diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects')
249 files changed, 0 insertions, 75530 deletions
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9cff5b421..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "AVRISP-MKII.h" - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - V2Protocol_Init(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - #if (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII) - /* On the USBTINY-MKII target, there is a secondary LED which indicates the current selected power - mode - either VBUS, or sourced from the VTARGET pin of the programming connectors */ - LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER, (PIND & (1 << 0)) ? 0 : LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER); - #endif - - AVRISP_Task(); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode(); - #endif - - /* USB Stack Initialization */ - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - /* Setup AVRISP Data OUT endpoint */ - ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1); - - /* Setup AVRISP Data IN endpoint if it is using a physically different endpoint */ - if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK)) - ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1); - - /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */ -void AVRISP_Task(void) -{ - /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - - V2Params_UpdateParamValues(); - - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR); - - /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */ - if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY); - - /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */ - V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - } -} - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - * - * \param[in] wValue Descriptor type and index to retrieve - * \param[in] wIndex Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language) - * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Address of the retrieved descriptor - * \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace Memory space that the descriptor is stored in - * - * \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* DescriptorMemorySpace) -{ - return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress, DescriptorMemorySpace); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h deleted file mode 100644 index 70f86f41c..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for AVRISP.c. - */ - -#ifndef _AVRISP_H_ -#define _AVRISP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - #if defined(ADC) - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> - #endif - - #include "AVRISPDescriptors.h" - #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_LED2 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the target is being powered by VBUS. */ - #define LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER LEDS_LED3 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void AVRISP_Task(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 71ef387a1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,385 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>8KB versions with reduced features only</i> - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Vendor Specific Class</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description - * - * Firmware for an Atmel Studio/AVR Studio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB - * AVR series of microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within - * Atmel Studio/AVR Studio or with any software capable of driving a real Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. In its most - * basic form, it allows for the programming of AVR TINY, MEGA and XMEGA devices aat the programmer's VCC voltage from - * within Atmel Studio/AVR Studio with no special hardware other than the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB - * interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating level conversion can be made to allow for the - * programming of target AVRs running at a different voltage to the programmer. - * - * This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII - * drivers. When prompted, direct your OS to install Atmel's AVRISP-MKII drivers provided with Atmel Studio/AVR Studio. - * - * Note that this design currently has the following limitations: - * - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification - * - A separate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use - * - * On AVR models with an ADC converter, the USB AVR's AVCC pin should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the - * \c VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET - * detection to operate correctly. On models without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 3.3V level at all times - * which should allow the programmer to remain compatible at the protocol level with all AVR devices. - * - * While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more - * of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI protocol programming support can be disabled to reduce program size. - * - * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues: - * - * \par Incompatible with newer AVRDUDE releases. - * Due to <a href="http://savannah.nongnu.org/bugs/index.php?40831">a change in 6.0.1 and never AVRDUDE releases</a>, - * these builds are incompatible with the AVRISP-MKII clone project. Use an older 5.x release until AVRDUDE is patched. - * - * \par XMEGA EEPROM programming fails in some cases. - * Several users have reported that XMEGA EEPROM programming fails unless the chip is erased first. If a non-blank EEPROM - * is present, writing further EEPROM data causes corruption. - * <a href="https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa/issues/25">LUFA issue tracker entry</a>. - * - * \section Sec_Installation Installation - * The programmer supports multiple platforms, both Windows and Linux. - * - * \subsection SSec_LinuxInstallation Linux Installation - * On Linux systems, the programmer should be usable out of the box with no special setup other than (on some systems) - * editing of the system permissions to allow the programmer to be used from a non-elevated (root) context. The programmer - * is compatible with the free open source AVRDude programming software project. - * - * \subsection SSec_WindowsInstallation Windows Installation - * On Windows systems, due to an unfortunate limitation of the USB AVR devices and the driver used in the official AVR - * Studio/Atmel Studio platform, the programmer cannot be made compatible with AVRDude and AVR Studio/Atmel Studio at the - * same time. Instead, the programmer will be compatible with the official Atmel software by default, with a recompilation - * with the \c LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT token (see \ref Sec_Options) being required to use the alternative libUSB driver - * compatibility mode that will allow the programmer to work under AVRDude on Windows. - * - * If compiled for Atmel Studio/AVR Studio compatibility, install the Jungo device drivers that ship with the Atmel software. - * If compiled in the alternative libUSB compatibility mode for AVRDude use, install the libUSB drivers that are included - * with your compiled copy of AVRDude, or create them using the libUSB-Win32 (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libusb-win32) - * project. - * - * For convenience, the programmer will report two different serial numbers depending on the firmware compatibility mode, so - * that the correct driver can be installed for the matching firmware. If the \c RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile option - * is used (see \ref Sec_Options) this allows for an easy way to automatically switch device drivers along with the firmware - * compatibility mode. The serials are: - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Serial Number:</b></th> - * <th><b>Compatibility Mode:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>000200012345</td> - * <td>Jungo (Atmel Studio) Compatibility</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>000200112345</td> - * <td>libUSB Compatibility</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections - * Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MISO</td> - * <td>PDO</td> - * <td>1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> - * <td>VTARGET</td> - * <td>2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>SCLK</td> - * <td>SCLK</td> - * <td>3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MOSI</td> - * <td>PDI</td> - * <td>4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>/RESET</td> - * <td>5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * In addition, the AVR's OCR1A pin will generate a 4MHz clock, to act as an external rescue device clock if the - * fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect the OCR1A pin of the USB AVR to the target AVR's - * XTAL1 pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz (note: other ISP speeds will not work correctly). - * - * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n - * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i> - * - * \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections - * Connections to the device for PDI programming (when enabled): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>DATA</td> - * <td>1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> - * <td>VTARGET</td> - * <td>2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>XCK</td> - * <td>CLOCK</td> - * <td>5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n - * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n - * - * \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections - * Connections to the device for TPI programming (when enabled): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>DATA</td> - * <td>1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> - * <td>VTARGET</td> - * <td>2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>XCK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>CLOCK</td> - * <td>3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td> - * <td>/RESET</td> - * <td>5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n - * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n - * <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i> - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer - * to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply - * voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage - * to the ADC. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will - * override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the - * ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be - * measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set - * to 2. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with Atmel Studio/AVR Studio under Windows but - * making the code compatible with software such as avrdude (all platforms) that use the libUSB driver. - * - * \note This option is incompatible with \c RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to make the /RESET line of the AVR toggle between Jungo and libUSB driver compatibility modes. Each time the AVR is - * reset externally via the reset pin, the compatibility mode will be toggled. The compatibility mode is preserved between - * power cycles and is not toggled via other forms of reset such as Watchdog or Brown Out. - * - * When this option is enabled, all board LEDs will flash twice on startup for Jungo compatibility mode, and five times for - * libUSB compatibility mode. - * - * \note This option is incompatible with \c LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming - * hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used, - * if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible - * with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index a098e7020..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,302 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h" - -#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** Indicates if an external reset has occurred and the compatibility mode needs to be altered */ - static bool AVRISP_NeedCompatibilitySwitch ATTR_NO_INIT; - - /** Current AVRISP data IN endpoint address. */ - uint8_t AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress; - - /** Saved AVRISP data IN endpoint address in EEPROM. */ - uint8_t AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress_EEPROM EEMEM; -#endif - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2104, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 1, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .AVRISP_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .AVRISP_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - -#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - .EndpointAddress = 0, -#else - .EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, -#endif - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A - }, - - .AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"ATMEL"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"AVRISP mkII"); - -/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a - * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t AVRISP_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"000200012345\0" - // Note: Real AVRISP-MKII has the embedded NUL byte, bug in firmware? -); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* DescriptorMemorySpace) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - *DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_FLASH; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - *DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_RAM; - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - /* Update the configuration descriptor with the current endpoint address */ - AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor.AVRISP_DataInEndpoint.EndpointAddress = AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress; - #endif - - Address = &AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &AVRISP_LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &AVRISP_ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &AVRISP_ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial: - Address = &AVRISP_SerialString; - Size = AVRISP_SerialString.Header.Size; - - /* Update serial number to have a different serial based on the current endpoint address */ - ((uint16_t*)&AVRISP_SerialString.UnicodeString)[6] = cpu_to_le16('0' + (AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK)); - - *DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_RAM; - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - -#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) -/** Checks the state of the system status register MCUSR and indicates via a flag if - * the current AVRISP driver compatibility mode needs to be reset. - * - * When the \c RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option is enabled, pulling - * the reset line of the AVR low will toggle between Jungo and libUSB compatibility - * modes. Other forms of reset (such as power on or watchdog) will not force a mode - * change. - */ -void CheckExternalReset(void) -{ - /* If an external reset occurred, we need to change compatibility mode */ - AVRISP_NeedCompatibilitySwitch = (MCUSR == (1 << EXTRF)); - - MCUSR = 0; -} - -/** Updates the device descriptors so that the correct compatibility mode is used - * when the \c RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option is enabled. This - * configures the programmer for either Jungo or libUSB driver compatibility. Each - * time the AVR is reset via pulling the reset line low the compatibility mode will - * be toggled. The current mode is stored in EEPROM and preserved through power - * cycles of the AVR. - */ -void UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode(void) -{ - /* Load the current IN endpoint address stored in EEPROM */ - AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress = eeprom_read_byte(&AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress_EEPROM); - - /* Check if we need to switch compatibility modes */ - if (AVRISP_NeedCompatibilitySwitch) - { - /* Toggle between compatibility modes */ - AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress = (AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress == AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_LIBUSB) ? - AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_JUNGO : AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_LIBUSB; - - /* Save the new mode into EEPROM */ - eeprom_update_byte(&AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress_EEPROM, AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress); - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS); - - /* Validate IN endpoint address and indicate current mode via LED flashes */ - switch (AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress) - { - default: - /* Default to Jungo compatibility mode if saved EEPROM is invalid */ - AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_JUNGO; - case AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_JUNGO: - /* Two flashes for Jungo compatibility mode */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS); - Delay_MS(100); - } - break; - case AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_LIBUSB: - /* Five flashes for libUSB compatibility mode */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS); - Delay_MS(100); - } - break; - } - - Delay_MS(500); -} -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 40d711387..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if defined(LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT) && defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - #error LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT and RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT are mutually exclusive. - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint, when in Jungo driver compatibility mode. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_JUNGO (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint, when in LibUSB driver compatibility mode. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_LIBUSB (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress - #elif defined(LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT) - #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_LIBUSB - #else - /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR_JUNGO - #endif - - /** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // Atmel AVRISP-MKII Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint; - } AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP = 0, /**< AVRISP interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum AVRISP_StringDescriptors_t - { - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */ - }; - - /* External Variables: */ - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - extern uint8_t AVRISP_CurrDataINEndpointAddress; - #endif - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4); - - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - void CheckExternalReset(void) ATTR_NAKED ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3); - void UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 979b354c4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB - #define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB - #define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB - #if (BOARD == BOARD_U2S) - #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 0) - #else - #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4) - #endif - - #define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - - #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2 - #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 5 - #define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 1 -// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF -// #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT -// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE -// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO - - #define LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT -// #define RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT -// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11 - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9c1715ced..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT - #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS - #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT - #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP - #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 60552564e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices. - */ - -#include "ISPProtocol.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on - * the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host. - */ -void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t TimeoutMS; - uint8_t PinStabDelayMS; - uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS; - uint8_t SynchLoops; - uint8_t ByteDelay; - uint8_t PollValue; - uint8_t PollIndex; - uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4]; - } Enter_ISP_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED; - - CurrentAddress = 0; - - /* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */ - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS); - ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(); - - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); - - /* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified - * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */ - while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - { - uint8_t ResponseBytes[4]; - - for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++) - { - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay); - ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]); - } - - /* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */ - if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue)) - { - ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - break; - } - else - { - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); - } - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP); - Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */ -void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t PreDelayMS; - uint8_t PostDelayMS; - } Leave_ISP_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - /* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */ - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS); - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false); - ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes, - * words or pages of data to the attached device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint16_t BytesToWrite; - uint8_t ProgrammingMode; - uint8_t DelayMS; - uint8_t ProgrammingCommands[3]; - uint8_t PollValue1; - uint8_t PollValue2; - uint8_t ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the - } Write_Memory_Params; // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NULL); - Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite); - - if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - return; - } - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NULL); - - // The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need - // to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues - if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) + - Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - uint8_t PollValue = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 : - Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2; - uint16_t PollAddress = 0; - uint8_t* NextWriteByte = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData; - uint16_t PageStartAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); - - for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++) - { - uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++); - uint8_t ProgrammingMode = Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode; - - /* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */ - if (MustLoadExtendedAddress) - { - ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(); - MustLoadExtendedAddress = false; - } - - ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); - ISPTarget_SendByte(ByteToWrite); - - /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high - * or low byte at the current word address */ - if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - - /* Check to see if we have a valid polling address */ - if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue)) - { - if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)) - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - else - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] &= ~READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - - PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); - } - - /* If in word programming mode, commit the byte to the target's memory */ - if (!(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK)) - { - /* If the current polling address is invalid, switch to timed delay write completion mode */ - if (!(PollAddress) && !(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK)) - ProgrammingMode = (ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK) | PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK; - - ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue, - Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]); - - /* Abort the programming loop early if the byte/word programming failed */ - if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK) - break; - - /* Must reset the polling address afterwards, so it is not erroneously used for the next byte */ - PollAddress = 0; - } - - /* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and - * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended - * address boundary has been crossed during FLASH memory programming */ - if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP)) - { - CurrentAddress++; - - if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - } - } - - /* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */ - if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK) - { - ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress & 0xFF); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Check if polling is enabled and possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */ - if ((Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) && !(PollAddress)) - { - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode = (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) | - PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK; - } - - ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue, - Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]); - - /* Check to see if the FLASH address has crossed the extended address boundary */ - if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(ProgrammingStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes, - * words or pages of data from the attached device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint16_t BytesToRead; - uint8_t ReadMemoryCommand; - } Read_Memory_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NULL); - Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - /* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */ - for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++) - { - /* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */ - if (MustLoadExtendedAddress) - { - ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(); - MustLoadExtendedAddress = false; - } - - /* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */ - ISPTarget_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); - Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high - * or low byte at the current word address */ - if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP) - Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - - /* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and - * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended - * address boundary has been crossed */ - if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP)) - { - CurrentAddress++; - - if ((V2Command != CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - } - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */ - if (IsEndpointFull) - { - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */ -void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t EraseDelayMS; - uint8_t PollMethod; - uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4]; - } Erase_Chip_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - - /* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */ - for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++) - ISPTarget_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]); - - /* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */ - if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod)) - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS); - else - ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP); - Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands, - * reading the requested configuration byte from the device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t RetByte; - uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4]; - } Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ResponseBytes[4]; - - /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */ - for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++) - ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration - * byte to the device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4]; - } Write_FuseLockSig_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */ - for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++) - ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */ -void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t TxBytes; - uint8_t RxBytes; - uint8_t RxStartAddr; - uint8_t TxData[255]; - } SPI_Multi_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NULL); - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SPI_MULTI); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0; - uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0; - - /* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */ - while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr) - { - if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes) - ISPTarget_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]); - else - ISPTarget_SendByte(0); - - CurrTxPos++; - } - - /* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */ - while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes) - { - if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes) - Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++])); - else - Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - CurrRxPos++; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */ - if (IsEndpointFull) - { - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } -} - -/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. This provides a simple wrapper around - * the avr-libc provided delay function, so that the delay function can be called with a - * constant value (to prevent run-time floating point operations being required). - * - * \param[in] DelayMS Number of milliseconds to delay for - */ -void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS) -{ - while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - Delay_MS(1); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29d2bf747..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ISPProtocol.c. - */ - -#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_ -#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command. */ - #define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3) - - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0) - #define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1) - #define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2) - #define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3) - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4) - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5) - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6) - #define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void); - void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void); - void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void); - void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void); - void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS); -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6cfe01708..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,370 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder. - */ - -#include "ISPTarget.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** List of hardware SPI prescaler masks for possible AVRStudio ISP programming speeds. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM = -{ -#if (F_CPU == 8000000) - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI -#elif (F_CPU == 16000000) - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI -#else - #error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed. -#endif -}; - -/** Lookup table to convert the slower ISP speeds into a compare value for the software SPI driver. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -static const uint16_t TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM = -{ - TIMER_COMP(96386), TIMER_COMP(89888), TIMER_COMP(84211), TIMER_COMP(79208), TIMER_COMP(74767), - TIMER_COMP(70797), TIMER_COMP(67227), TIMER_COMP(64000), TIMER_COMP(61069), TIMER_COMP(58395), - TIMER_COMP(55945), TIMER_COMP(51613), TIMER_COMP(49690), TIMER_COMP(47905), TIMER_COMP(46243), - TIMER_COMP(43244), TIMER_COMP(41885), TIMER_COMP(39409), TIMER_COMP(38278), TIMER_COMP(36200), - TIMER_COMP(34335), TIMER_COMP(32654), TIMER_COMP(31129), TIMER_COMP(29740), TIMER_COMP(28470), - TIMER_COMP(27304), TIMER_COMP(25724), TIMER_COMP(24768), TIMER_COMP(23461), TIMER_COMP(22285), - TIMER_COMP(21221), TIMER_COMP(20254), TIMER_COMP(19371), TIMER_COMP(18562), TIMER_COMP(17583), - TIMER_COMP(16914), TIMER_COMP(16097), TIMER_COMP(15356), TIMER_COMP(14520), TIMER_COMP(13914), - TIMER_COMP(13224), TIMER_COMP(12599), TIMER_COMP(12031), TIMER_COMP(11511), TIMER_COMP(10944), - TIMER_COMP(10431), TIMER_COMP(9963), TIMER_COMP(9468), TIMER_COMP(9081), TIMER_COMP(8612), - TIMER_COMP(8239), TIMER_COMP(7851), TIMER_COMP(7498), TIMER_COMP(7137), TIMER_COMP(6809), - TIMER_COMP(6478), TIMER_COMP(6178), TIMER_COMP(5879), TIMER_COMP(5607), TIMER_COMP(5359), - TIMER_COMP(5093), TIMER_COMP(4870), TIMER_COMP(4633), TIMER_COMP(4418), TIMER_COMP(4209), - TIMER_COMP(4019), TIMER_COMP(3823), TIMER_COMP(3645), TIMER_COMP(3474), TIMER_COMP(3310), - TIMER_COMP(3161), TIMER_COMP(3011), TIMER_COMP(2869), TIMER_COMP(2734), TIMER_COMP(2611), - TIMER_COMP(2484), TIMER_COMP(2369), TIMER_COMP(2257), TIMER_COMP(2152), TIMER_COMP(2052), - TIMER_COMP(1956), TIMER_COMP(1866), TIMER_COMP(1779), TIMER_COMP(1695), TIMER_COMP(1615), - TIMER_COMP(1539), TIMER_COMP(1468), TIMER_COMP(1398), TIMER_COMP(1333), TIMER_COMP(1271), - TIMER_COMP(1212), TIMER_COMP(1155), TIMER_COMP(1101), TIMER_COMP(1049), TIMER_COMP(1000), - TIMER_COMP(953), TIMER_COMP(909), TIMER_COMP(866), TIMER_COMP(826), TIMER_COMP(787), - TIMER_COMP(750), TIMER_COMP(715), TIMER_COMP(682), TIMER_COMP(650), TIMER_COMP(619), - TIMER_COMP(590), TIMER_COMP(563), TIMER_COMP(536), TIMER_COMP(511), TIMER_COMP(487), - TIMER_COMP(465), TIMER_COMP(443), TIMER_COMP(422), TIMER_COMP(402), TIMER_COMP(384), - TIMER_COMP(366), TIMER_COMP(349), TIMER_COMP(332), TIMER_COMP(317), TIMER_COMP(302), - TIMER_COMP(288), TIMER_COMP(274), TIMER_COMP(261), TIMER_COMP(249), TIMER_COMP(238), - TIMER_COMP(226), TIMER_COMP(216), TIMER_COMP(206), TIMER_COMP(196), TIMER_COMP(187), - TIMER_COMP(178), TIMER_COMP(170), TIMER_COMP(162), TIMER_COMP(154), TIMER_COMP(147), - TIMER_COMP(140), TIMER_COMP(134), TIMER_COMP(128), TIMER_COMP(122), TIMER_COMP(116), - TIMER_COMP(111), TIMER_COMP(105), TIMER_COMP(100), TIMER_COMP(95.4), TIMER_COMP(90.9), - TIMER_COMP(86.6), TIMER_COMP(82.6), TIMER_COMP(78.7), TIMER_COMP(75.0), TIMER_COMP(71.5), - TIMER_COMP(68.2), TIMER_COMP(65.0), TIMER_COMP(61.9), TIMER_COMP(59.0), TIMER_COMP(56.3), - TIMER_COMP(53.6), TIMER_COMP(51.1) -}; - -/** Currently selected SPI driver, either hardware (for fast ISP speeds) or software (for slower ISP speeds). */ -bool HardwareSPIMode = true; - -/** Software SPI data register for sending and receiving */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_Data; - -/** Number of bits left to transfer in the software SPI driver */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_BitsRemaining; - - -/** ISR to handle software SPI transmission and reception */ -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Check if rising edge (output next bit) or falling edge (read in next bit) */ - if (!(PINB & (1 << 1))) - { - if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7)) - PORTB |= (1 << 2); - else - PORTB &= ~(1 << 2); - } - else - { - SoftSPI_Data <<= 1; - - if (!(--SoftSPI_BitsRemaining)) - { - TCCR1B = 0; - TIFR1 = (1 << OCF1A); - } - - if (PINB & (1 << 3)) - SoftSPI_Data |= (1 << 0); - } - - /* Fast toggle of PORTB.1 via the PIN register (see datasheet) */ - PINB |= (1 << 1); -} - -/** Initializes the appropriate SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) ready for - * communication with the attached target. - */ -void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void) -{ - uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION); - - if (SCKDuration < sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)) - { - HardwareSPIMode = true; - - SPI_Init(pgm_read_byte(&SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]) | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | - SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER); - } - else - { - HardwareSPIMode = false; - - DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2)); - PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3)); - - ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(SCKDuration); - } -} - -/** Shuts down the current selected SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) so that no - * further communications can occur until the driver is re-initialized. - */ -void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void) -{ - if (HardwareSPIMode) - { - SPI_Disable(); - } - else - { - DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2)); - PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3)); - - /* Must re-enable rescue clock once software ISP has exited, as the timer for the rescue clock is - * re-purposed for software SPI */ - ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(); - } -} - -/** Configures the AVR to produce a 4MHz rescue clock out of the OCR1A pin of the AVR, so - * that it can be fed into the XTAL1 pin of an AVR whose fuses have been mis-configured for - * an external clock rather than a crystal. When used, the ISP speed must be 125KHz for this - * functionality to work correctly. - */ -void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void) -{ - #if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) - /* Configure XCK as an output for the specified AVR model */ - DDRD |= (1 << 5); - - /* Start USART to generate a 4MHz clock on the XCK pin */ - UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1); - UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); - #else - /* Configure OCR1A as an output for the specified AVR model */ - #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) - DDRC |= (1 << 6); - #else - DDRB |= (1 << 5); - #endif - - /* Start Timer 1 to generate a 4MHz clock on the OCR1A pin */ - TIMSK1 = 0; - TCNT1 = 0; - OCR1A = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1); - TCCR1A = (1 << COM1A0); - TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS10)); - #endif -} - -/** Configures the AVR's timer ready to produce software SPI for the slower ISP speeds that - * cannot be obtained when using the AVR's hardware SPI module. - * - * \param[in] SCKDuration Duration of the desired software ISP SCK clock - */ -void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration) -{ - /* Configure Timer 1 for software SPI using the specified SCK duration */ - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); - TCNT1 = 0; - OCR1A = pgm_read_word(&TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration - sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)]); - TCCR1A = 0; - TCCR1B = 0; -} - -/** Sends and receives a single byte of data to and from the attached target via software SPI. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target - * - * \return Received byte of data from the attached target - */ -uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte) -{ - SoftSPI_Data = Byte; - SoftSPI_BitsRemaining = 8; - - /* Set initial MOSI pin state according to the byte to be transferred */ - if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7)) - PORTB |= (1 << 2); - else - PORTB &= ~(1 << 2); - - TCNT1 = 0; - TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS11)); - while (SoftSPI_BitsRemaining && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - TCCR1B = 0; - - return SoftSPI_Data; -} - -/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command. - * When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation. - * - * \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, \c false otherwise - */ -void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget) -{ - if (ResetTarget) - { - AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK; - - if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY))) - AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK; - else - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - } - else - { - AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - } -} - -/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's - * BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired. - * - * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise - */ -uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void) -{ - do - { - ISPTarget_SendByte(0xF0); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - } - while ((ISPTarget_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT; -} - -/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the - * 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address - * pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued. - */ -void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void) -{ - ISPTarget_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 16); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); -} - -/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using - * the given parameters. - * - * \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of \c PROG_MODE_* constants - * \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used - * \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used - * \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used - * \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used - * - * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or - * \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise - */ -uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, - const uint16_t PollAddress, - const uint8_t PollValue, - const uint8_t DelayMS, - const uint8_t ReadMemCommand) -{ - uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - - /* Determine method of Programming Complete check */ - switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)) - { - case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK: - case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK: - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS); - break; - case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK: - case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK: - do - { - ISPTarget_SendByte(ReadMemCommand); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF); - } - while ((ISPTarget_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT; - - break; - case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK: - case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK: - ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(); - break; - } - - /* Program complete - reset timeout */ - TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS; - - return ProgrammingStatus; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1687abac1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ISPTarget.c. - */ - -#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_ -#define _ISP_TARGET_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "ISPProtocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Low level device command to issue an extended FLASH address, for devices with over 128KB of FLASH. */ - #define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D - - /** Macro to convert an ISP frequency to a number of timer clock cycles for the software SPI driver. */ - #define TIMER_COMP(freq) (((F_CPU / 8) / 2 / freq) - 1) - - /** ISP rescue clock speed in Hz, for clocking targets with incorrectly set fuses. */ - #define ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED 4000000 - - /* External Variables: */ - extern bool HardwareSPIMode; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void); - void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void); - void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void); - void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration); - uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte); - void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget); - uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void); - void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void); - uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, - const uint16_t PollAddress, - const uint8_t PollValue, - const uint8_t DelayMS, - const uint8_t ReadMemCommand); - - /* Inline Functions: */ - /** Sends a byte of ISP data to the attached target, using the appropriate SPI hardware or - * software routines depending on the selected ISP speed. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target - */ - static inline void ISPTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) - { - if (HardwareSPIMode) - SPI_SendByte(Byte); - else - ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte); - } - - /** Receives a byte of ISP data from the attached target, using the appropriate - * SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed. - * - * \return Received byte of data from the attached target - */ - static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_ReceiveByte(void) - { - uint8_t ReceivedByte; - - if (HardwareSPIMode) - ReceivedByte = SPI_ReceiveByte(); - else - ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(0x00); - - #if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO) - return ~ReceivedByte; - #else - return ReceivedByte; - #endif - } - - /** Sends and receives a byte of ISP data to and from the attached target, using the - * appropriate SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target - * - * \return Received byte of data from the attached target - */ - static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) - { - uint8_t ReceivedByte; - - if (HardwareSPIMode) - ReceivedByte = SPI_TransferByte(Byte); - else - ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte); - - #if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO) - return ~ReceivedByte; - #else - return ReceivedByte; - #endif - } - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index a4fada724..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C -#include "V2Protocol.h" - -/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */ -uint32_t CurrentAddress; - -/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current extended FLASH address */ -bool MustLoadExtendedAddress; - - -/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */ -ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK) -{ - if (TimeoutTicksRemaining) - TimeoutTicksRemaining--; - else - TCCR0B = 0; -} - -/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */ -void V2Protocol_Init(void) -{ - #if defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT) - /* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */ - ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); - ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL); - ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_REF_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK); - #endif - - /* Timeout timer initialization (~10ms period) */ - OCR0A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1); - TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); - TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); - - V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(); - - #if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) - ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(); - #endif -} - -/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host. - * This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the - * appropriate function. - */ -void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void) -{ - uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - /* Reset timeout counter duration and start the timer */ - TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS; - TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00)); - - switch (V2Command) - { - case CMD_SIGN_ON: - V2Protocol_SignOn(); - break; - case CMD_SET_PARAMETER: - case CMD_GET_PARAMETER: - V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS: - V2Protocol_LoadAddress(); - break; - case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION: - V2Protocol_ResetProtection(); - break; -#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) - case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP: - ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(); - break; - case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP: - ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(); - break; - case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP: - case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP: - case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ChipErase(); - break; - case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP: - case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP: - case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP: - case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP: - case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP: - ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_SPI_MULTI: - ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(); - break; -#endif -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE: - XPROGProtocol_SetMode(); - break; - case CMD_XPROG: - XPROGProtocol_Command(); - break; -#endif - default: - V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command); - break; - } - - /* Disable the timeout management timer */ - TCCR0B = 0; - - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT); -} - -/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a - * STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command) -{ - /* Discard all incoming data */ - while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */ -static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SIGN_ON); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as - * no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented. - */ -static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - - -/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or - * getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command) -{ - uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_8(); - uint8_t ParamValue; - - if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) - ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - - uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID); - - if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE)) - { - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue); - } - else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ)) - { - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID)); - } - else - { - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED); - } - - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a - * global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands - * to the attached device as required. - */ -static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void) -{ - Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h deleted file mode 100644 index 143e6965d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for V2Protocol.c. - */ - -#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_ -#define _V2_PROTOCOL_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../AVRISPDescriptors.h" - #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h" - #include "V2ProtocolParams.h" - #include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h" - #include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) && ((VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 2) || (VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 3)) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT) - #error The U4 AVR chips do not contain ADC channels 2 or 3. Please change VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL or define NO_VTARGET_DETECT in the makefile. - #endif - - #if defined(VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF) - #undef VTARGET_REF_VOLTS - #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 2.56 - - #define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV - #else - #define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing. */ - #define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2" - - /** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted (in 10ms ticks). */ - #define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS 100 - - /** Command timeout ticks remaining counter, GPIOR for speed. */ - #define TimeoutTicksRemaining GPIOR1 - - /** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number. */ - #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL) - - /* External Variables: */ - extern uint32_t CurrentAddress; - extern bool MustLoadExtendedAddress; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void V2Protocol_Init(void); - void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C) - static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command); - static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void); - static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command); - static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void); - static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h deleted file mode 100644 index efa8ee674..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses. - */ - -#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_ -#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_ - - /* Macros: */ - #define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01 - #define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02 - #define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03 - #define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05 - #define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06 - #define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07 - #define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A - #define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10 - #define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11 - #define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13 - #define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15 - #define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17 - #define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19 - #define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A - #define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B - #define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C - #define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D - #define CMD_XPROG 0x50 - #define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51 - - #define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00 - #define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80 - #define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81 - #define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82 - #define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0 - #define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9 - #define STATUS_CMD_ILLEGAL_PARAM 0xCA - #define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00 - #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01 - #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02 - #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04 - #define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10 - #define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20 - - #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80 - #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81 - #define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90 - #define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91 - #define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92 - #define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94 - #define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98 - #define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E - #define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1 - #define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4 - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f287060c..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C -#include "V2ProtocolParams.h" - -/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */ -static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Reset_Polarity = 0x01; - -/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */ -static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_SCK_Duration = 0x06; - -/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */ -static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] = - { - { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0x00 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0x01 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = (uint8_t)(3.3 * 10) }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, - .ParamValue = 6 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, - .ParamValue = 0x01 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, - .ParamValue = 0x00 }, - }; - - -/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */ -void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void) -{ - /* Read parameter values that are stored in non-volatile EEPROM */ - uint8_t ResetPolarity = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity); - uint8_t SCKDuration = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration); - - /* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */ - if (ResetPolarity != 0xFF) - V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = ResetPolarity; - - /* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */ - if (SCKDuration != 0xFF) - V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_SCK_DURATION)->ParamValue = SCKDuration; -} - -/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as - * VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models. - */ -void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void) -{ - #if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)) - /* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */ - V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = (((uint16_t)(VTARGET_REF_VOLTS * 10 * VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR) * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024); - #endif -} - -/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should - * be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when - * getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table - * - * \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of \c PARAM_PRIV_* masks - */ -uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID) -{ - ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); - - if (ParamInfo == NULL) - return 0; - - return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges; -} - -/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table. - * - * \note This function does not first check for read privileges - if the value is being sent to the host via a - * GET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the - * parameter is host-readable. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table - * - * \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found - */ -uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID) -{ - ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); - - if (ParamInfo == NULL) - return 0; - - return ParamInfo->ParamValue; -} - -/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table. - * - * \note This function does not first check for write privileges - if the value is being sourced from the host - * via a SET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the - * parameter is host-writable. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table - * \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to - * - * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise - */ -void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, - const uint8_t Value) -{ - ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); - - if (ParamInfo == NULL) - return; - - ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value; - - /* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */ - if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY) - eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity, Value); - - /* The target SCK line period is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */ - if (ParamID == PARAM_SCK_DURATION) - eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration, Value); -} - -/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given - * parameter ID. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table - * - * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise - */ -static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID) -{ - ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable; - - /* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */ - for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++) - { - if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID) - return CurrTableItem; - - CurrTableItem++; - } - - return NULL; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1155dbe4d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c. - */ - -#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_ -#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/eeprom.h> - - #if defined(ADC) - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> - #endif - - #include "V2Protocol.h" - #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h" - #include "ISP/ISPTarget.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */ - #define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0) - - /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value. */ - #define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1) - - /** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */ - #define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0])) - - #if (!defined(FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) - /** Minor firmware version, reported to the host on request; must match the version - * the host is expecting, or it (may) reject further communications with the programmer. */ - #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x17 - #endif - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */ - typedef struct - { - const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */ - const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */ - uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */ - } ParameterItem_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void); - void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void); - - uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID); - uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID); - void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, - const uint8_t Value); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C) - static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c deleted file mode 100644 index 277e58f2f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C -#include "TINYNVM.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */ -static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress) -{ - /* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8); -} - -/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written. - * - * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space - */ -static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address) -{ - /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper - * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN(Address)); -} - -/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read. - * - * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space - */ -static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address) -{ - /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper - * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address)); -} - -/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void) -{ - /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ - for (;;) - { - /* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS)); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */ - if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM) - return true; - } -} - -/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the - * timeout period expires. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void) -{ - /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ - for (;;) - { - /* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */ - TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */ - if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7))) - return true; - } -} - -/** Enables the physical TPI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the TPI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void) -{ - /* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */ - XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(); - - /* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_CTRL)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02); - - /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY); - for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]); - - /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */ - return TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); -} - -/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical TPI interface. */ -void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void) -{ - TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); - - do - { - /* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI STATUS register to disable TPI mode */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_STATUS)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Read back the STATUS register, check to see if it took effect */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS)); - } while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00); - - XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(); -} - -/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space - * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into - * \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadSize) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */ - TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP); - - /* Send the address of the location to read from */ - TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress); - - while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - { - /* Read the byte of data from the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI)); - *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - } - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0); -} - -/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space - * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from - * \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2) - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, - uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteLength) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */ - if (WriteLength & 0x01) - WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF; - - /* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory writing */ - TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE); - - /* Send the address of the location to write to */ - TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress); - - while (WriteLength) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Write the low byte of data to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); - - /* Write the high byte of data to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); - - /* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we wrote a whole two-byte word */ - WriteLength -= 2; - } - - return true; -} - -/** Erases the target's memory space. - * - * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device - * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint16_t Address) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */ - TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */ - TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - return true; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h deleted file mode 100644 index 915c00cc5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for TINYNVM.c. - */ - -#ifndef _TINY_NVM_ -#define _TINY_NVM_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - #include "XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "XPROGTarget.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00 - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10 - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14 - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); - bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void); - bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void); - void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void); - bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadLength); - bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, - uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteLength); - bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint16_t Address); - - #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)) - static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address); - static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address); - static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c deleted file mode 100644 index d0b5752fa..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C -#include "XMEGANVM.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target. - * - * \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target - */ -static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress) -{ - /* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 16); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 24); -} - -/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target. - * - * \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent - */ -static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register) -{ - /* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */ - uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register; - - /* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */ - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); -} - -/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC - * calculation. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void) -{ - /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ - for (;;) - { - /* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_STATUS)); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */ - if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM) - return true; - } -} - -/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the - * timeout period expires. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void) -{ - /* Preload the pointer register with the NVM STATUS register address to check the BUSY flag */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS); - - /* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */ - for (;;) - { - /* Fetch the current status value via the pointer register (without auto-increment afterwards) */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */ - if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7))) - return true; - } -} - -/** Enables the physical PDI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the PDI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void) -{ - /* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */ - XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(); - - /* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY); - - /* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_CTRL)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02); - - /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY); - for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]); - - /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */ - return XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); -} - -/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical PDI interface. */ -void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void) -{ - XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); - - /* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run - must perform this until the - * change takes effect, as in some cases it takes multiple writes (silicon bug?). - */ - do - { - /* Clear reset register */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Read back the reset register, check to see if it took effect */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_RESET)); - } while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00); - - XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(); -} - -/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space. - * - * \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target - * \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, - uint32_t* const CRCDest) -{ - *CRCDest = 0; - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - - /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy())) - return false; - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0); - - /* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES - 1); - - /* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES; i++) - ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0); -} - -/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space - * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into - * \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadSize) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM); - - if (ReadSize > 1) - { - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress); - - /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1); - - /* Send a LD command with indirect access and post-increment to read out the bytes */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - } - else - { - /* Send a LDS command with the read address to read out the requested byte */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress); - *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - } - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0); -} - -/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte - * \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space - * \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t Byte) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand); - - /* Send new memory byte to the memory of the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte); - - return true; -} - -/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer - * \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer - * \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory - * \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page - * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space - * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from - * \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, - const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand, - const uint8_t WritePageCommand, - const uint8_t PageMode, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteSize) -{ - if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - } - - if (WriteSize) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand); - - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); - - /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1); - - /* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to write the bytes */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - while (WriteSize--) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); - } - - if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand); - - /* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - } - - return true; -} - -/** Erases a specific memory space of the target. - * - * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device - * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint32_t Address) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* EEPROM and Chip erasures are triggered differently to FLASH section erasures */ - if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE) - { - /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the erase sequence */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - } - else if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM) - { - /* Send the EEPROM page buffer erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the EEPROM memory buffer write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF); - - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the EEPROM page start address */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); - - /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XPROG_Param_EEPageSize - 1); - - /* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to tag each byte in the EEPROM page buffer */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - for (uint8_t PageByte = 0; PageByte < XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; PageByte++) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the EEPROM erase sequence */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - } - else - { - /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy())) - return false; - - return true; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h deleted file mode 100644 index d038b6c0b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XMEGANVM.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_ -#define _XMEGA_NVM_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - #include "XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "XPROGTarget.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - #define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES 3 - - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10 - - #define XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX (1 << 0) - - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); - bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void); - bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void); - void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void); - bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, - uint32_t* const CRCDest); - bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadSize); - bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t Byte); - bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, - const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand, - const uint8_t WritePageCommand, - const uint8_t PageMode, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteSize); - bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint32_t Address); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C) - static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register); - static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0915f97cc..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,480 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C -#include "XPROGProtocol.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) -/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */ -uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase = 0x010001C0; - -/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */ -uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = 32; - -/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */ -uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = 0x33; - -/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */ -uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = 0x32; - -/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */ -uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol = XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI; - -/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI - * programming. - */ -void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t Protocol; - } SetMode_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol; - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE); - Endpoint_Write_8((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be - * removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled. - */ -void XPROGProtocol_Command(void) -{ - uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - switch (XPROGCommand) - { - case XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE: - XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE: - XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_ERASE: - XPROGProtocol_Erase(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM: - XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM: - XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_CRC: - XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM: - XPROGProtocol_SetParam(); - break; - } -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */ -static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - bool NVMBusEnabled = false; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(); - else if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI) - NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_EnableTPI(); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE); - Endpoint_Write_8(NVMBusEnabled ? XPROG_ERR_OK : XPROG_ERR_FAILED); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with - * the attached device. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(); - else - TINYNVM_DisableTPI(); - - #if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) && defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) - /* If the XCK rescue clock option is enabled, we need to restart it once the - * XPROG mode has been exited, since the XPROG protocol stops it after use. */ - ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(); - #endif - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_ERR_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */ -static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t MemoryType; - uint32_t Address; - } Erase_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NULL); - Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t EraseCommand; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */ - switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType) - { - case XPROG_ERASE_CHIP: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_APP: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG; - break; - default: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP; - break; - } - - /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPROG_ERASE_CHIP) - EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE; - else - EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE; - - /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ERASE); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */ -static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t MemoryType; - uint8_t PageMode; - uint32_t Address; - uint16_t Length; - uint8_t ProgData[256]; - } WriteMemory_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NULL); - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address); - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length); - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL); - - // The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need - // to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues - if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData)) + - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - /* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */ - uint8_t WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE; - uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF; - uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF; - bool PagedMemory = true; - - switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType) - { - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE; - WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF; - EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE; - PagedMemory = false; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK; - PagedMemory = false; - break; - } - - /* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) || - (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0])))) - { - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - else - { - /* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) - { - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the - * attached device. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t MemoryType; - uint32_t Address; - uint16_t Length; - } ReadMemory_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NULL); - ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address); - ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ReadBuffer[256]; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - /* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - /* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - - if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK) - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the - * attached device's memory and a data set on the host. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t CRCType; - } ReadCRC_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint32_t MemoryCRC; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - uint8_t CRCCommand; - - /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */ - switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType) - { - case XPROG_CRC_APP: - CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC; - break; - case XPROG_CRC_BOOT: - CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC; - break; - default: - CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC; - break; - } - - /* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - /* TPI does not support memory CRC */ - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_CRC); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - - if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK) - { - Endpoint_Write_8(MemoryCRC >> 16); - Endpoint_Write_16_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF); - } - - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the - * attached device. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - /* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */ - switch (XPROGParam) - { - case XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE: - XPROG_Param_NVMBase = Endpoint_Read_32_BE(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE: - XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = Endpoint_Read_16_BE(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG: - XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG: - XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1: - /* TODO: Undocumented parameter added in AVRStudio 5.1, purpose unknown. Must ACK and discard or - the communication with AVRStudio 5.1 will fail. - */ - Endpoint_Discard_16(); - break; - default: - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED; - break; - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h deleted file mode 100644 index 830abc26d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XPROGProtocol.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_ -#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "XMEGANVM.h" - #include "TINYNVM.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - /* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming - for the ATXMEGA128A1 - disable ISP to prevent hardware - damage and force-enable XPROG. - */ - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - #define XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01 - #define XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02 - #define XPROG_CMD_ERASE 0x03 - #define XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04 - #define XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05 - #define XPROG_CMD_CRC 0x06 - #define XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07 - - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7 - - #define XPROG_ERASE_CHIP 1 - #define XPROG_ERASE_APP 2 - #define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT 3 - #define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM 4 - #define XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5 - #define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6 - #define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7 - #define XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG 8 - - #define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0 - #define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1 - - #define XPROG_CRC_APP 1 - #define XPROG_CRC_BOOT 2 - #define XPROG_CRC_FLASH 3 - - #define XPROG_ERR_OK 0 - #define XPROG_ERR_FAILED 1 - #define XPROG_ERR_COLLISION 2 - #define XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3 - - #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01 - #define XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02 - #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03 - #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04 - #define XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1 0x05 - - #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00 - #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01 - #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02 - - #define XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1) - #define XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0) - - /* External Variables: */ - extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase; - extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; - extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr; - extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void); - void XPROGProtocol_Command(void); - - #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)) - static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c deleted file mode 100644 index 75b43f0fe..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C -#include "XPROGTarget.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */ -bool IsSending; - -/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */ -void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void) -{ - IsSending = false; - - /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */ - DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3); - DDRD &= ~(1 << 2); - - /* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */ - PORTD |= (1 << 3); - _delay_us(100); - - /* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */ - UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1); - UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); - - /* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */ - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); -} - -/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */ -void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void) -{ - IsSending = false; - - /* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */ - AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK; - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - _delay_us(100); - - /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */ - DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3); - DDRD &= ~(1 << 2); - - /* Set up the synchronous USART for TPI communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */ - UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1); - UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); - - /* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */ - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); -} - -/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */ -void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void) -{ - /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */ - if (IsSending) - XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); - - /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */ - UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1)); - UCSR1B = 0; - UCSR1C = 0; - - /* Tristate all pins */ - DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3)); - PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2)); -} - -/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */ -void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void) -{ - /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */ - if (IsSending) - XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); - - /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */ - UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1); - UCSR1B = 0; - UCSR1C = 0; - - /* Set all USART lines as inputs, tristate */ - DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3)); - PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2)); - - /* Tristate target /RESET line */ - AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; -} - -/** Sends a byte via the USART. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART - */ -void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) -{ - /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */ - if (!(IsSending)) - XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(); - - /* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */ - while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1))); - UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1); - UDR1 = Byte; -} - -/** Receives a byte via the hardware USART, blocking until data is received or timeout expired. - * - * \return Received byte from the USART - */ -uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void) -{ - /* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */ - if (IsSending) - XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); - - /* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */ - while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - - return UDR1; -} - -/** Sends an IDLE via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */ -void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void) -{ - /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */ - if (!(IsSending)) - XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(); - - /* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send an IDLE */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++) - { - /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */ - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - while (!(PIND & (1 << 5))); - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - } -} - -static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void) -{ - /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */ - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - while (!(PIND & (1 << 5))); - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - - PORTD |= (1 << 3); - DDRD |= (1 << 3); - - UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1); - UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1); - - IsSending = true; -} - -static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void) -{ - while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1))); - UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1); - - UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1); - - DDRD &= ~(1 << 3); - PORTD &= ~(1 << 3); - - IsSending = false; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 560d39d96..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XPROGTarget.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_ -#define _XPROG_TARGET_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed in Hz, when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used. */ - #define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 2000000 - - /** Total number of bits in a single USART frame. */ - #define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12 - - /** \name PDI Related Constants - * @{ - */ - #define PDI_CMD_LDS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x00 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_LD(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x20 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_STS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x40 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_ST(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x60 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDIReg) (0x80 | PDIReg) - #define PDI_CMD_REPEAT(DataSize) (0xA0 | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_STCS(PDIReg) (0xC0 | PDIReg) - #define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0 - - #define PDI_REG_STATUS 0 - #define PDI_REG_RESET 1 - #define PDI_REG_CTRL 2 - - #define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1) - - #define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59 - #define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF} - - #define PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE 0 - #define PDI_DATASIZE_2BYTES 1 - #define PDI_DATASIZE_3BYTES 2 - #define PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES 3 - - #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0 - #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1 - #define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2 - /** @} */ - - /** \name TPI Related Constants - * @{ - */ - #define TPI_CMD_SLD(PointerAccess) (0x20 | PointerAccess) - #define TPI_CMD_SST(PointerAccess) (0x60 | PointerAccess) - #define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68 - #define TPI_CMD_SIN(Address) (0x10 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F)) - #define TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address) (0x90 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F)) - #define TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPIReg) (0x80 | TPIReg) - #define TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPIReg) (0xC0 | TPIReg) - #define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0 - - #define TPI_REG_STATUS 0x00 - #define TPI_REG_CTRL 0x02 - #define TPI_REG_ID 0x0F - - #define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1) - - #define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF} - - #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0 - #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4 - /** @} */ - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void); - void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void); - void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void); - void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void); - void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte); - uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void); - void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void); - bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); - - #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)) - static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void); - static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d89b8852f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <!-- Required by the XPLAIN Bridge project as well, so split into a meta module -->
- <module type="meta" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
- <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="."/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="AVRISPDescriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="AVRISPDescriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
-
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2Protocol.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2Protocol.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
- </module>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Clone firmware of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="AVRISP-MKII.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 6c8698751..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index c89648d5a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = AVRISP-MKII -SRC = $(TARGET).c AVRISPDescriptors.c Lib/V2Protocol.c Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \ - Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.c deleted file mode 100644 index b5a0560f7..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,311 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the Benito project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "Benito.h" - -/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */ -static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer; - -/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */ -static uint8_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128]; - -/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */ -volatile struct -{ - uint8_t ResetPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for target /RESET pulse */ - uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */ - uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */ - uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */ -} PulseMSRemaining; - -/** Milliseconds remaining until the receive buffer is flushed to the USB host */ -uint8_t FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS; - -/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - }, - }; - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data)); - - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - /* Echo bytes from the host to the target via the hardware USART */ - if ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) && CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface)) - { - UDR1 = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX); - PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS; - } - - /* Check if the millisecond timer has elapsed */ - if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)) - { - /* Clear flush timer expiry flag */ - TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0); - - /* Check if the reset pulse period has elapsed, if so tristate the target reset line */ - if (PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse)) - { - LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY); - AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK; - } - - /* Check if the LEDs should be ping-ponging (during enumeration) */ - if (PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse)) - { - LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDMASK_TX | LEDMASK_RX); - PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS; - } - - /* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */ - if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse)) - LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX); - - /* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */ - if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse)) - LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX); - - /* Check if the receive buffer flush period has expired */ - uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer); - if (!(--FlushPeriodRemaining) || (BufferCount > 200)) - { - FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS; - - /* Start RX LED indicator pulse */ - if (BufferCount) - { - LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX); - PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS; - } - - /* Echo bytes from the target to the host via the virtual serial port */ - while (BufferCount--) - { - /* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */ - if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, - RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError) - { - break; - } - - /* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */ - RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer); - } - } - } - - CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); - - /* Millisecond Timer Interrupt */ - OCR0A = (F_CPU / 64 / 1000); - TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); - TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00)); - - /* Tristate target /RESET Line */ - AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK; - AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK; -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS; - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_TX); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0; - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDS_NO_LEDS : LEDMASK_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to - * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing - * internally. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event. - * - * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint8_t ConfigMask = 0; - - switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType) - { - case CDC_PARITY_Odd: - ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10)); - break; - case CDC_PARITY_Even: - ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11); - break; - } - - if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits) - ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1); - - switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits) - { - case 6: - ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10); - break; - case 7: - ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11); - break; - case 8: - ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10)); - break; - } - - /* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */ - UCSR1B = 0; - UCSR1A = 0; - UCSR1C = 0; - - /* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */ - UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS); - - /* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */ - UCSR1C = ConfigMask; - UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1); - UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1)); -} - -/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer - * for later transmission to the host. - */ -ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1; - - if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte); -} - -/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Host-to-Device Line Encoding Changed event. - * - * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) -{ - static bool PreviousDTRState = false; - bool CurrentDTRState = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR); - - /* Check if the DTR line has been asserted - if so, start the target AVR's reset pulse */ - if (!(PreviousDTRState) && CurrentDTRState) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY); - - AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR |= AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK; - PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse = AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS; - } - - PreviousDTRState = CurrentDTRState; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.h deleted file mode 100644 index b77409bd0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Benito.c. - */ - -#ifndef _BENITO_H_ -#define _BENITO_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */ - #define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */ - #define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - - void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo); - void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 07bec52b3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Benito Arduino Programmer Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n - * Arduino Bootloader Specification</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Firmware for a USB AVR powered programmer for Arduino boards using the official Arduino bootloader. This - * project acts like a regular USB to Serial bridge, except that asserting the DTR line will cause a pulse - * to appear on a given port pin, to control the target's /RESET pin. - * - * This is primarily designed to fit the Benito board from www.dorkbotpdx.org, but will suit all USB AVRs. - * - * After running this project for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file located - * in this project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use - * its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should - * automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-ponging between toggles.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Period between flushings of received data buffer to the attached USB host.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85bf57938..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT PORTD - #define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR DDRD - #define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK (1 << 4) - - #define AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS 10 - - #define TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS 30 - #define PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS 100 - - #define RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS 10 - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bf1f19e6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE - #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index e21a6ee54..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2060, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CDC_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Header = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - }, - - .CDC_Functional_ACM = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, - - .Capabilities = 0x06, - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, - - .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - }, - - .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .CDC_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Benito Arduino Programmer"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95223ee2d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // CDC Command Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; - - // CDC Data Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 75e93a8a9..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -;************************************************************ -; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation -;************************************************************ - -[DefaultInstall] -CopyINF="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf" - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Ports -ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 - -[SourceDisksNames] - -[SourceDisksFiles] - -[DestinationDirs] -DefaultDestDir=12 - -[DriverInstall] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection -AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg - -[DriverInstall.Services] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst - -[DriverInstall.AddReg] -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060 - -[DeviceList.NTx86] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060 - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060 - -[DeviceList.NTia64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060 - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" -DESCRIPTION="LUFA Benito Programmer"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6f36da767..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Benito Programmer" id="lufa.projects.benito.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.benito"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.benito" caption="Benito Programmer">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Benito AVR programmer.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Benito.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Benito.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Benito.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 487c43c80..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "Benito Arduino Programmer Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index a1fa59e35..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = atmega32u2 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = BENITO -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = Benito -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d657a214..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) -// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY - #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL -// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here} -// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c deleted file mode 100644 index 924fe1dd2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,325 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the HIDReportViewer project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "HIDReportViewer.h" - -/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */ -static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo; - -/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Device_HID_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .DataINPipe = - { - .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1), - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTPipe = - { - .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2), - .Banks = 1, - }, - .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, - .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo - }, - }; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "HID Device Report Viewer Running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE)); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - RetrieveDeviceData(); - - HID_Host_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Task to retrieve the HID device information from an attached device, and output - * the relevant data to the serial port for analysis. - */ -void RetrieveDeviceData(void) -{ - if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) - return; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - OutputReportSizes(); - OutputParsedReportItems(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0); -} - -/** Prints a summary of the device's HID report sizes from the HID parser output to the serial port - * for display to the user. - */ -void OutputReportSizes(void) -{ - printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nTotal Device Reports: %" PRId8 "\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports); - - for (uint8_t ReportIndex = 0; ReportIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports; ReportIndex++) - { - const HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &HIDReportInfo.ReportIDSizes[ReportIndex]; - - uint8_t ReportSizeInBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_In]; - uint8_t ReportSizeOutBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out]; - uint8_t ReportSizeFeatureBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature]; - - /* Print out the byte sizes of each report within the device */ - printf_P(PSTR(" + Report ID 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Input Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n" - " - Output Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n" - " - Feature Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"), - CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID, - ReportSizeInBits, - ((ReportSizeInBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeInBits & 0x07) != 0)), - ReportSizeOutBits, - ((ReportSizeOutBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeOutBits & 0x07) != 0)), - ReportSizeFeatureBits, - ((ReportSizeFeatureBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeFeatureBits & 0x07) != 0))); - } -} - -/** Prints a summary of the device's parsed and stored report items along with their attributes - * to the serial port for display to the user. - */ -void OutputParsedReportItems(void) -{ - printf_P(PSTR("\r\nReport Items (%" PRId8 " in Table):\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems); - - for (uint8_t ItemIndex = 0; ItemIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ItemIndex++) - { - const HID_ReportItem_t* RItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ItemIndex]; - - printf_P(PSTR(" + Item %" PRId8 ":\r\n" - " - Report ID: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Data Direction: %s\r\n" - " - Item Flags: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Item Offset (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Item Size (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Usage Page: 0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n" - " - Usage: 0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n" - " - Unit Type: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n" - " - Unit Exponent: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Logical Minimum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n" - " - Logical Maximum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n" - " - Physical Minimum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n" - " - Physical Maximum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n" - " - Collection Path:\r\n"), - ItemIndex, - RItem->ReportID, - ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In) ? "IN" : ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out) ? "OUT" : "FEATURE")), - RItem->ItemFlags, - RItem->BitOffset, - RItem->Attributes.BitSize, - RItem->Attributes.Usage.Page, - RItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage, - RItem->Attributes.Unit.Type, - RItem->Attributes.Unit.Exponent, - RItem->Attributes.Logical.Minimum, - RItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum, - RItem->Attributes.Physical.Minimum, - RItem->Attributes.Physical.Maximum); - - OutputCollectionPath(RItem->CollectionPath); - } -} - -/** Prints the HID Collection path (along with each node's attributes) to the serial port - * for display to the user, from the given starting node to the root node. - * - * \param[in] CollectionPath Starting HID Collection node to print - */ -void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath) -{ - const HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrentNode = CollectionPath; - - while (CurrentNode != NULL) - { - printf_P(PSTR(" |\r\n" - " - Type: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n" - " - Usage: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"), - CurrentNode->Type, CurrentNode->Usage); - - CurrentNode = CurrentNode->Parent; - } - - printf_P(PSTR(" |\r\n" - " END\r\n")); -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - Serial_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); - - /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */ - Serial_CreateStream(NULL); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512]; - - if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData, - sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Device_HID_Interface, - ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid HID Device.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Device_HID_Interface) != 0) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0); - return; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n")); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_Disable(); - - printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n" - " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, - const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n" - " -- Error Code %d\r\n" - " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n" - " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store - * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items - * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would - * have occupied). - * - * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded - */ -bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem) -{ - return true; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b4edc39b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for HIDReportViewer.c. - */ - -#ifndef _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_ -#define _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdio.h> - #include <inttypes.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void RetrieveDeviceData(void); - void OutputReportSizes(void); - void OutputParsedReportItems(void); - void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath); - - void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, - const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fccc892c6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage HID Device Report Viewer Programmer Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Host</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n - * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Low Speed Mode \n - * Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Firmware for a HID Report viewer. This project is designed to aid in the debugging of USB HID Hosts, where the contents of an - * unknown HID device's HID Report need to be examined. Once a HID device has been plugged into this application, the HID report - * descriptor will be parsed using the internal LUFA HID report parser, and the results dumped to the serial port in a human - * readable format. This output will contain information on the sizes of the reports within the device's HID interface, as well as - * information on each report element (size, usage, minimum/maximum values, etc.). - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7819aabf8..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="HID Report Viewer" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.hid_viewer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer" caption="HID Report Viewer">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- HID device report viewer project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Host"/>
- <keyword value="HID Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="HIDReportViewer.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="HIDReportViewer.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="HIDReportViewer.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 3a5ac5692..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "HID Device Report Viewer Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 7336a7edf..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = HIDReportViewer -SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 2b189943a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -namespace CPUMonitor -{ - partial class frmCPU - { - /// <summary> - /// Required designer variable. - /// </summary> - private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; - - /// <summary> - /// Clean up any resources being used. - /// </summary> - /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param> - protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) - { - if (disposing && (components != null)) - { - components.Dispose(); - } - base.Dispose(disposing); - } - - #region Windows Form Designer generated code - - /// <summary> - /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify - /// the contents of this method with the code editor. - /// </summary> - private void InitializeComponent() - { - this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container(); - this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components); - this.tmrCPUTimer = new System.Windows.Forms.Timer(this.components); - this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); - this.pcCPUUsage = new System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter(); - this.lblCPU = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components); - this.btnMinimizeToTray = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).BeginInit(); - this.SuspendLayout(); - // - // tmrCPUTimer - // - this.tmrCPUTimer.Enabled = true; - this.tmrCPUTimer.Interval = 1000; - this.tmrCPUTimer.Tick += new System.EventHandler(this.tmrCPUTimer_Tick); - // - // cmbComPort - // - this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true; - this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(48, 12); - this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort"; - this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(156, 21); - this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0; - this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged); - // - // pcCPUUsage - // - this.pcCPUUsage.CategoryName = "Processor"; - this.pcCPUUsage.CounterName = "% Processor Time"; - this.pcCPUUsage.InstanceName = "_Total"; - // - // lblCPU - // - this.lblCPU.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblCPU.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(44, 36); - this.lblCPU.Name = "lblCPU"; - this.lblCPU.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(160, 28); - this.lblCPU.TabIndex = 1; - this.lblCPU.Text = "0%"; - this.lblCPU.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; - // - // nicoNotifyIcon - // - this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor"; - this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true; - // - // btnMinimizeToTray - // - this.btnMinimizeToTray.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 67); - this.btnMinimizeToTray.Name = "btnMinimizeToTray"; - this.btnMinimizeToTray.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28); - this.btnMinimizeToTray.TabIndex = 2; - this.btnMinimizeToTray.Text = "Minimize to Tray"; - this.btnMinimizeToTray.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.btnMinimizeToTray.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimizeToTray_Click); - // - // btnExit - // - this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(126, 67); - this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit"; - this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28); - this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3; - this.btnExit.Text = "Exit"; - this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click); - // - // frmCPU - // - this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); - this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; - this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(249, 106); - this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit); - this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimizeToTray); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblCPU); - this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort); - this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle; - this.MaximizeBox = false; - this.Name = "frmCPU"; - this.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor"; - this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized; - this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.Form1_Load); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).EndInit(); - this.ResumeLayout(false); - - } - - #endregion - - private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort; - private System.Windows.Forms.Timer tmrCPUTimer; - private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort; - private System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter pcCPUUsage; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblCPU; - private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon; - private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimizeToTray; - private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit; - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 32543fc59..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.ComponentModel; -using System.Data; -using System.Drawing; -using System.Linq; -using System.Text; -using System.Windows.Forms; -using Microsoft.Win32; - -namespace CPUMonitor -{ - public partial class frmCPU : Form - { - private RegistryKey AppRegKey; - - private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F; - - public frmCPU() - { - InitializeComponent(); - - nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon; - nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick); - } - - private void Form1_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\CPUMonitor"); - - String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames(); - Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); }); - cmbComPort.Items.Clear(); - cmbComPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames); - - cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1; - serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text; - - Hide(); - } - - private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue) - { - byte[] buffer = new byte[3]; - buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX)); - buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX)); - buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX)); - - try - { - serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text; - serSerialPort.Open(); - serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length); - serSerialPort.Close(); - } - catch (Exception e) - { - - } - } - - private void tmrCPUTimer_Tick(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - float CPUUsage = pcCPUUsage.NextValue(); - - int Red = 0; - int Green = 0; - int Blue = 0; - - if (CPUUsage < 25) - { - Green = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * CPUUsage); - } - else if (CPUUsage < 50) - { - Blue = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 25)); - Green = LIGHT_MAX - Blue; - } - else if (CPUUsage < 75) - { - Red = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 50)); - Blue = LIGHT_MAX - Red; - } - else - { - Red = LIGHT_MAX; - } - - NotifyLight(Red, Green, Blue); - lblCPU.Text = ((int)CPUUsage).ToString() + "%"; - } - - private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - Application.Exit(); - } - - private void btnMinimizeToTray_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - this.Hide(); - } - - private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e) - { - this.Show(); - this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal; - } - - private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1); - serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text; - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index d568a9dc4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003"> - <PropertyGroup> - <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration> - <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform> - <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion> - <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion> - <ProjectGuid>{6040B049-4241-4FFD-B388-AACDA78D1469}</ProjectGuid> - <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType> - <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder> - <RootNamespace>CPUMonitor</RootNamespace> - <AssemblyName>CPUMonitor</AssemblyName> - <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion> - <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment> - <FileUpgradeFlags> - </FileUpgradeFlags> - <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion> - <UpgradeBackupLocation /> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols> - <DebugType>full</DebugType> - <Optimize>false</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType> - <Optimize>true</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Reference Include="System" /> - <Reference Include="System.Core"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data" /> - <Reference Include="System.Deployment" /> - <Reference Include="System.Drawing" /> - <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" /> - <Reference Include="System.Xml" /> - </ItemGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Compile Include="CPUMonitor.cs"> - <SubType>Form</SubType> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="CPUMonitor.Designer.cs"> - <DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="Program.cs" /> - <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" /> - <EmbeddedResource Include="CPUMonitor.resx"> - <DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx"> - <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon> - <DesignTime>True</DesignTime> - </Compile> - <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings"> - <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - </None> - <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon> - <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput> - </Compile> - </ItemGroup> - <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" /> - <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. - Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets. - <Target Name="BeforeBuild"> - </Target> - <Target Name="AfterBuild"> - </Target> - --> -</Project>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx deleted file mode 100644 index c62b1b020..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" /> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a"> - <value>17, 17</value> - </metadata> - <metadata name="tmrCPUTimer.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a"> - <value>137, 17</value> - </metadata> - <metadata name="pcCPUUsage.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a"> - <value>262, 17</value> - </metadata> - <metadata name="nicoNotifyIcon.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a"> - <value>383, 17</value> - </metadata> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs deleted file mode 100644 index cb4fd89f2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using System.Windows.Forms; - -namespace CPUMonitor -{ - static class Program - { - /// <summary> - /// The main entry point for the application. - /// </summary> - [STAThread] - static void Main() - { - Application.EnableVisualStyles(); - Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); - Application.Run(new frmCPU()); - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 85d31fcba..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("CPUMonitor")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("CPUMonitor")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("3e4a61da-cdde-46de-848b-b5206d225e21")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index bf80e05fc..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace CPUMonitor.Properties { - using System; - - - /// <summary> - /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - /// </summary> - // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder - // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. - // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen - // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] - [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - internal class Resources { - - private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; - - private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; - - [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] - internal Resources() { - } - - /// <summary> - /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { - get { - if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) { - global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("CPUMonitor.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); - resourceMan = temp; - } - return resourceMan; - } - } - - /// <summary> - /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { - get { - return resourceCulture; - } - set { - resourceCulture = value; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx deleted file mode 100644 index af7dbebba..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 690fde3ba..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace CPUMonitor.Properties { - - - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")] - internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase { - - private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); - - public static Settings Default { - get { - return defaultInstance; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings deleted file mode 100644 index 39645652a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)"> - <Profiles> - <Profile Name="(Default)" /> - </Profiles> - <Settings /> -</SettingsFile> diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 078f7e675..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index aed252fe9..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2044, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CDC_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Header = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - }, - - .CDC_Functional_ACM = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, - - .Capabilities = 0x06, - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, - - .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - }, - - .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .CDC_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LED Notifier"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index ce014c632..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // CDC Command Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; - - // CDC Data Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 595083a4a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -namespace LEDMixer -{ - partial class LEDMixer - { - /// <summary> - /// Required designer variable. - /// </summary> - private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; - - /// <summary> - /// Clean up any resources being used. - /// </summary> - /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param> - protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) - { - if (disposing && (components != null)) - { - components.Dispose(); - } - base.Dispose(disposing); - } - - #region Windows Form Designer generated code - - /// <summary> - /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify - /// the contents of this method with the code editor. - /// </summary> - private void InitializeComponent() - { - this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container(); - this.tbRed = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar(); - this.tbGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar(); - this.tbBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar(); - this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components); - this.cbPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); - this.lblRed = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.lblBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.lblGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).BeginInit(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).BeginInit(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).BeginInit(); - this.SuspendLayout(); - // - // tbRed - // - this.tbRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 64); - this.tbRed.Maximum = 512; - this.tbRed.Name = "tbRed"; - this.tbRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45); - this.tbRed.TabIndex = 0; - this.tbRed.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbRed_Scroll); - // - // tbGreen - // - this.tbGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 115); - this.tbGreen.Maximum = 512; - this.tbGreen.Name = "tbGreen"; - this.tbGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45); - this.tbGreen.TabIndex = 1; - this.tbGreen.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbGreen_Scroll); - // - // tbBlue - // - this.tbBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 163); - this.tbBlue.Maximum = 512; - this.tbBlue.Name = "tbBlue"; - this.tbBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45); - this.tbBlue.TabIndex = 2; - this.tbBlue.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbBlue_Scroll); - // - // cbPort - // - this.cbPort.FormattingEnabled = true; - this.cbPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(97, 12); - this.cbPort.Name = "cbPort"; - this.cbPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(99, 21); - this.cbPort.TabIndex = 3; - this.cbPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged); - // - // lblRed - // - this.lblRed.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 64); - this.lblRed.Name = "lblRed"; - this.lblRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(48, 29); - this.lblRed.TabIndex = 4; - this.lblRed.Text = "Red"; - this.lblRed.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight; - // - // lblBlue - // - this.lblBlue.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 115); - this.lblBlue.Name = "lblGreen"; - this.lblBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 27); - this.lblBlue.TabIndex = 5; - this.lblBlue.Text = "Green"; - this.lblBlue.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight; - // - // lblGreen - // - this.lblGreen.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 163); - this.lblGreen.Name = "lblBlue"; - this.lblGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 25); - this.lblGreen.TabIndex = 6; - this.lblGreen.Text = "Blue"; - this.lblGreen.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight; - // - // LEDMixer - // - this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); - this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; - this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(284, 207); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblGreen); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblBlue); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblRed); - this.Controls.Add(this.cbPort); - this.Controls.Add(this.tbBlue); - this.Controls.Add(this.tbGreen); - this.Controls.Add(this.tbRed); - this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle; - this.MaximizeBox = false; - this.MinimizeBox = false; - this.Name = "LEDMixer"; - this.Text = "LED Mixer"; - this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.LEDMixer_Load); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).EndInit(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).EndInit(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).EndInit(); - this.ResumeLayout(false); - this.PerformLayout(); - - } - - #endregion - - private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbRed; - private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbGreen; - private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbBlue; - private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort; - private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cbPort; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblRed; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblBlue; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblGreen; - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index dfaffed30..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.ComponentModel; -using System.Data; -using System.Drawing; -using System.Linq; -using System.Text; -using System.Windows.Forms; - -namespace LEDMixer -{ - public partial class LEDMixer : Form - { - private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F; - - public LEDMixer() - { - InitializeComponent(); - } - - private void LEDMixer_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames(); - Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); }); - cbPort.Items.Clear(); - cbPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames); - - cbPort.SelectedIndex = 0; - - tbRed.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX; - tbGreen.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX; - tbBlue.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX; - } - - private void tbRed_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value); - } - - private void tbGreen_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value); - } - - private void tbBlue_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value); - } - - private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue) - { - byte[] buffer = new byte[3]; - buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX)); - buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX)); - buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX)); - - try - { - serSerialPort.PortName = cbPort.Text; - serSerialPort.Open(); - serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length); - serSerialPort.Close(); - } - catch (Exception e) - { - - } - } - - private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value); - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index 6287ddcff..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003"> - <PropertyGroup> - <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration> - <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform> - <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion> - <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion> - <ProjectGuid>{A7814DA7-FA30-4A3D-878F-2E1975F9B27D}</ProjectGuid> - <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType> - <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder> - <RootNamespace>LEDMixer</RootNamespace> - <AssemblyName>LEDMixer</AssemblyName> - <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion> - <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment> - <FileUpgradeFlags> - </FileUpgradeFlags> - <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion> - <UpgradeBackupLocation /> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols> - <DebugType>full</DebugType> - <Optimize>false</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType> - <Optimize>true</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Reference Include="System" /> - <Reference Include="System.Core"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data" /> - <Reference Include="System.Deployment" /> - <Reference Include="System.Drawing" /> - <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" /> - <Reference Include="System.Xml" /> - </ItemGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Compile Include="LEDMixer.cs"> - <SubType>Form</SubType> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="LEDMixer.Designer.cs"> - <DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="Program.cs" /> - <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" /> - <EmbeddedResource Include="LEDMixer.resx"> - <DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx"> - <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon> - <DesignTime>True</DesignTime> - </Compile> - <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings"> - <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - </None> - <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon> - <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput> - </Compile> - </ItemGroup> - <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" /> - <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. - Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets. - <Target Name="BeforeBuild"> - </Target> - <Target Name="AfterBuild"> - </Target> - --> -</Project>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx deleted file mode 100644 index 0601840d7..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" /> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a"> - <value>17, 17</value> - </metadata> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 8958f86d2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using System.Windows.Forms; - -namespace LEDMixer -{ - static class Program - { - /// <summary> - /// The main entry point for the application. - /// </summary> - [STAThread] - static void Main() - { - Application.EnableVisualStyles(); - Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); - Application.Run(new LEDMixer()); - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index c88194381..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("LEDMixer")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("LEDMixer")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("335c1112-9aa6-42a0-9765-5cc6deb78c88")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 53e3f2e0b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace LEDMixer.Properties { - using System; - - - /// <summary> - /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - /// </summary> - // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder - // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. - // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen - // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] - [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - internal class Resources { - - private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; - - private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; - - [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] - internal Resources() { - } - - /// <summary> - /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { - get { - if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) { - global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("LEDMixer.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); - resourceMan = temp; - } - return resourceMan; - } - } - - /// <summary> - /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { - get { - return resourceCulture; - } - set { - resourceCulture = value; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx deleted file mode 100644 index af7dbebba..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index d79f28b80..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace LEDMixer.Properties { - - - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")] - internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase { - - private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); - - public static Settings Default { - get { - return defaultInstance; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings deleted file mode 100644 index 39645652a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)"> - <Profiles> - <Profile Name="(Default)" /> - </Profiles> - <Settings /> -</SettingsFile> diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c deleted file mode 100644 index 07455764d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the LEDNotfier project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "LEDNotifier.h" - -/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - }, - }; - -/** Counter for the software PWM. */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Count; - -/** Duty cycle for the first software PWM channel. */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty; - -/** Duty cycle for the second software PWM channel. */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty; - -/** Duty cycle for the third software PWM channel. */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty; - -/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be - * used like any regular character stream in the C APIs. - */ -static FILE USBSerialStream; - - -/** Interrupt handler for managing the software PWM channels for the LEDs */ -ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS; - - if (++SoftPWM_Count == 0b00011111) - SoftPWM_Count = 0; - - if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty) - LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED1; - - if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty) - LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED2; - - if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty) - LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED3; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - /* Create a regular blocking character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */ - CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream); - - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - /* Read in next LED colour command from the host */ - uint8_t ColourUpdate = fgetc(&USBSerialStream); - - /* Top 3 bits select the LED, bottom 5 control the brightness */ - uint8_t Channel = (ColourUpdate & 0b11100000); - uint8_t Duty = (ColourUpdate & 0b00011111); - - if (Channel & (1 << 5)) - SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty = Duty; - - if (Channel & (1 << 6)) - SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty = Duty; - - if (Channel & (1 << 7)) - SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty = Duty; - - CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); - - /* Timer Initialization */ - OCR0A = 100; - TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); - TCCR0B = (1 << CS00); - TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a0a9ae46..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for LEDNotifier.c. - */ - -#ifndef _LEDNOTIFIER_H_ -#define _LEDNOTIFIER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <string.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 53728f448..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage USB LED Notifier Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. - * - * \li AT90USB646 - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * USB LED Notifier Project. This project is designed for the Busware BUI board, however it can run easily on any - * USB AVR. It is a generic RGB LED controller (via a three channel software PWM) which listens for commands from the - * host on a CDC virtual serial port. When new commands are received, it updates the board LEDs. - * - * This can be controlled with any host application that can write to the virtual serial port, allowing it to become - * a visual notification system for any number of custom host applications, such as a new unread email notifier. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf deleted file mode 100644 index dc3f0e74a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -;************************************************************ -; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation -;************************************************************ - -[DefaultInstall] -CopyINF="LUFA LED Notifier.inf" - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Ports -ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 - -[SourceDisksNames] - -[SourceDisksFiles] - -[DestinationDirs] -DefaultDestDir=12 - -[DriverInstall] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection -AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg - -[DriverInstall.Services] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst - -[DriverInstall.AddReg] -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 - -[DeviceList.NTx86] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 - -[DeviceList.NTia64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" -DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 01f346838..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="LED Notifier Widget" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.led_notifier"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier" caption="LED Notifier Widget">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- RGB LED notification widget project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LEDNotifier.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="CPUUsageApp"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="LEDMixerApp"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="LEDNotifier.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="LEDNotifier.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 1a1e500f4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2366 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - USB LED Notifier Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ - CPUUsageApp/ \ - LEDMixerApp/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index c4e033478..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = BUI -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = LEDNotifier -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2e249cf1f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES 3 - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 078f7e675..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index f7138ca59..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2048, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .Audio_ControlInterface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 0, - - .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, - .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass, - .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0), - .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), - - .InCollection = 1, - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, - }, - - .Audio_StreamInterface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, - .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass, - .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General, - - .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0), - - .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) - - offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC)) - }, - - .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal, - - .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded, - .JackID = 0x01, - - .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal, - - .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External, - .JackID = 0x02, - - .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal, - - .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded, - .JackID = 0x03, - - .NumberOfPins = 1, - .SourceJackID = {0x02}, - .SourcePinID = {0x01}, - - .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal, - - .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External, - .JackID = 0x04, - - .NumberOfPins = 1, - .SourceJackID = {0x01}, - .SourcePinID = {0x01}, - - .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint = - { - .Endpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .Refresh = 0, - .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 - }, - - .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General, - - .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01, - .AssociatedJackID = {0x01} - }, - - .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint = - { - .Endpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .Refresh = 0, - .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 - }, - - .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint}, - .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General, - - .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01, - .AssociatedJackID = {0x03} - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a0d6414e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */ - #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */ - #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1) - - /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // MIDI Audio Control Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface; - USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC; - - // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext; - USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC; - USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint; - USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c deleted file mode 100644 index dd4529adc..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h" - -/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, - .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, - .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - }, - }; - -/** 8-bit 256 entry Sine Wave lookup table */ -static const uint8_t SineTable[256] = -{ - 128, 131, 134, 137, 140, 143, 146, 149, 152, 156, 159, 162, 165, 168, 171, 174, - 176, 179, 182, 185, 188, 191, 193, 196, 199, 201, 204, 206, 209, 211, 213, 216, - 218, 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 237, 239, 240, 242, 243, 245, - 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 252, 253, 254, 254, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, - 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 254, 254, 253, 252, 252, 251, 250, 249, 248, 247, - 246, 245, 243, 242, 240, 239, 237, 236, 234, 232, 230, 228, 226, 224, 222, 220, - 218, 216, 213, 211, 209, 206, 204, 201, 199, 196, 193, 191, 188, 185, 182, 179, - 176, 174, 171, 168, 165, 162, 159, 156, 152, 149, 146, 143, 140, 137, 134, 131, - 128, 124, 121, 118, 115, 112, 109, 106, 103, 99, 96, 93, 90, 87, 84, 81, - 79, 76, 73, 70, 67, 64, 62, 59, 56, 54, 51, 49, 46, 44, 42, 39, - 37, 35, 33, 31, 29, 27, 25, 23, 21, 19, 18, 16, 15, 13, 12, 10, - 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, - 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, - 37, 39, 42, 44, 46, 49, 51, 54, 56, 59, 62, 64, 67, 70, 73, 76, - 79, 81, 84, 87, 90, 93, 96, 99, 103, 106, 109, 112, 115, 118, 121, 124, -}; - -/** Array of structures describing each note being generated */ -static DDSNoteData NoteData[MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES]; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent; - if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent)) - { - if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0)) - { - DDSNoteData* LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[0]; - - /* Find a free entry in the note table to use for the note being turned on */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++) - { - /* Check if the note is unused */ - if (!(NoteData[i].Pitch)) - { - /* If a note is unused, it's age is essentially infinite - always prefer unused note entries */ - LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i]; - break; - } - else if (NoteData[i].LRUAge >= LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge) - { - /* If an older entry that the current entry has been found, prefer overwriting that one */ - LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i]; - } - - NoteData[i].LRUAge++; - } - - /* Update the oldest note entry with the new note data and reset its age */ - LRUNoteStruct->Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2; - LRUNoteStruct->TableIncrement = (uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * SCALE_FACTOR) + - ((uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO * SCALE_FACTOR) * - (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 - BASE_PITCH_INDEX)); - LRUNoteStruct->TablePosition = 0; - LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge = 0; - - /* Turn on indicator LED to indicate note generation activity */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1); - } - else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0)) - { - bool FoundActiveNote = false; - - /* Find the note in the note table to turn off */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++) - { - if (NoteData[i].Pitch == ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2) - NoteData[i].Pitch = 0; - else if (NoteData[i].Pitch) - FoundActiveNote = true; - } - - /* If all notes off, turn off the indicator LED */ - if (!(FoundActiveNote)) - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS); - } - } - - MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */ -ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - uint16_t MixedSample = 0; - - /* Sum together all the active notes to form a single sample */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++) - { - /* A non-zero pitch indicates the note is active */ - if (NoteData[i].Pitch) - { - /* Use the top 8 bits of the table position as the sample table index */ - uint8_t TableIndex = (NoteData[i].TablePosition >> 24); - - /* Add the new tone sample to the accumulator and increment the table position */ - MixedSample += SineTable[TableIndex]; - NoteData[i].TablePosition += NoteData[i].TableIncrement; - } - } - - /* Output clamped mixed sample value to the PWM */ - OCR3A = (MixedSample <= 0xFF) ? MixedSample : 0xFF; -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); - - /* Sample reload timer initialization */ - TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); - OCR0A = (VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 8); - TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode - TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed - - /* Set speaker as output */ - DDRC |= (1 << 6); - - /* PWM speaker timer initialization */ - TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM31) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP - TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - /* Set speaker as output */ - DDRC |= (1 << 6); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - - /* Disable any notes currently being played */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++) - NoteData[i].Pitch = 0; - - /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */ - DDRC &= ~(1 << 6); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0661c3f8..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for AudioOutput.c. - */ - -#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ -#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** Scale factor used to convert the floating point frequencies and ratios into a fixed point number */ - #define SCALE_FACTOR 65536 - - /** Base (lowest) allowable MIDI note frequency */ - #define BASE_FREQUENCY 27.5 - - /** Ratio between each note in an octave */ - #define NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO 1.05946 - - /** Lowest valid MIDI pitch index */ - #define BASE_PITCH_INDEX 21 - - /** Number of samples in the virtual sample table (can be expanded to lower maximum frequency, but allow for - * more simultaneous notes due to the reduced amount of processing time needed when the samples are spaced out) - */ - #define VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE 512 - - /** Sample table increments per period for the base MIDI note frequency */ - #define BASE_INCREMENT (((F_CPU / VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 2) / BASE_FREQUENCY)) - - /* Type Defines: */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t LRUAge; - uint8_t Pitch; - uint32_t TableIncrement; - uint32_t TablePosition; - } DDSNoteData; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7d0f019ee..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage MIDI Tone Generator Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Audio Class</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Standard Audio Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n - * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n - * General MIDI Specification</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * MIDI note synthesiser project. This project implements a basic DDS frequency synthesiser, capable of producing 8-bit PWM sine - * waves of variable frequency. When attached to a USB host, this project will allow for multiple MIDI notes to be synthesised into - * audiable sound via PWM, using the notes sent to MIDI channel 1. - * - * Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare channel A. Decouple the audio output with a capacitor - * and attach to a speaker to hear the audio. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Sets the maximum number of MIDI notes that can be generated simultaneously. More notes require more processing time, - * and thus a value that is too high will cause audiable sound distortion due to insufficient CPU time.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6795c1bb8..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="MIDI Tone Generator" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen" caption="MIDI Tone Generator">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- MIDI tone generator project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="MIDIToneGenerator.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 3c623c815..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Tone Generator Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 77d771b71..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = MIDIToneGenerator -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index da4113323..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define MAG_T1_CLOCK (1 << 0) - #define MAG_T1_DATA (1 << 1) - #define MAG_T2_CLOCK (1 << 2) - #define MAG_T2_DATA (1 << 3) - #define MAG_T3_CLOCK (1 << 4) - #define MAG_T3_DATA (1 << 5) - #define MAG_CARDPRESENT (1 << 6) - - #define MAG_PORT PORTC - #define MAG_PIN PINC - #define MAG_DDR DDRC - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7decf5a0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1c6e9f043..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the - * reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent, - * where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used. - * - * See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] = -{ - /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report. - * Max simultaneous keys: 6 - */ - HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6) -}; - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2042, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 1, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .HID_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard, - .AlternateSetting = 0x00, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, - .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass, - .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .HID_KeyboardHID = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, - - .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), - .CountryCode = 0x00, - .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, - .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, - .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport) - }, - - .HID_ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Magnetic Card Reader"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - case HID_DTYPE_HID: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID; - Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); - break; - case HID_DTYPE_Report: - Address = &KeyboardReport; - Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport); - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54436fc18..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */ - - // Keyboard HID Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */ - USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */ - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */ - #define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) - - /** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */ - #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c deleted file mode 100644 index fbd511b81..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** Circular bit buffer library. This will allow for individual bits - * to be stored in packed form inside circular buffers, to reduce - * overall RAM usage. - */ - -#include "CircularBitBuffer.h" - -/** Function to initialize or reset a bit buffer, ready for data to be stored into it. */ -void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) -{ - /* Reset the number of stored bits in the buffer */ - Buffer->Elements = 0; - - /* Reset the data in and out pointer structures in the buffer to the first buffer bit */ - Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data; - Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0); - Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data; - Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0); -} - -/** Function to store the given bit into the given bit buffer. */ -void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer, - const bool Bit) -{ - /* If the bit to store is true, set the next bit in the buffer */ - if (Bit) - *Buffer->In.CurrentByte |= Buffer->In.ByteMask; - - /* Increment the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */ - Buffer->Elements++; - - /* Check if the current buffer byte is full of stored bits */ - if (Buffer->In.ByteMask == (1 << 7)) - { - /* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */ - if (Buffer->In.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1]) - Buffer->In.CurrentByte++; - else - Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data; - - /* Reset the storage bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */ - Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0); - } - else - { - /* Shift the current storage bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */ - Buffer->In.ByteMask <<= 1; - } -} - -/** Function to retrieve the next bit stored in the given bit buffer. */ -bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) -{ - /* Retrieve the value of the next bit stored in the buffer */ - bool Bit = ((*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte & Buffer->Out.ByteMask) != 0); - - /* Clear the buffer bit */ - *Buffer->Out.CurrentByte &= ~Buffer->Out.ByteMask; - - /* Decrement the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */ - Buffer->Elements--; - - /* Check if the current buffer byte is empty of stored bits */ - if (Buffer->Out.ByteMask == (1 << 7)) - { - /* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */ - if (Buffer->Out.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1]) - Buffer->Out.CurrentByte++; - else - Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data; - - /* Reset the retrieval bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */ - Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0); - } - else - { - /* Shift the current retrieval bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */ - Buffer->Out.ByteMask <<= 1; - } - - /* Return the retrieved bit from the buffer */ - return Bit; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 918c82533..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for CircularBitBuffer.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_ -#define _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - /* Macros: */ - #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \ - defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** Maximum number of bits which can be stored into a bit buffer. The memory usage is one eighth of this value per buffer. */ - #define MAX_BITS 8192 - #else - #define MAX_BITS 1024 - #endif - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a pointer to a bit in a bit buffer. */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t* CurrentByte; /**< Pointer to the current byte in the buffer */ - uint8_t ByteMask; /**< Mask of the current bit in the buffer */ - } BitBufferPointer_t; - - /** Type define for a circular packet bit buffer. */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Data[MAX_BITS / 8]; /**< Buffer to hold the stored bits in packed form */ - uint16_t Elements; /**< Number of stored bits in the bit buffer */ - - BitBufferPointer_t In; /**< Bit pointer to the next storage location in the buffer */ - BitBufferPointer_t Out; /**< Bit pointer to the next retrieval location in the buffer */ - } BitBuffer_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - /** Initializes or resets a given bit buffer, ready to store new bits. - * - * \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to initialize - */ - void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); - - /** Stores a bit into the next location inside a given bit buffer. - * - * \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to store a bit into - * \param[in] Bit Bit to store into the buffer - */ - void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer, - const bool Bit) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); - - /** Retrieves a bit from the next location inside a given bit buffer. - * - * \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to retrieve a bit from - * - * \return Next bit from the buffer - */ - bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h deleted file mode 100644 index 45c040eec..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/* - NOTE: The user of this include file MUST define the following macros - prior to including the file: - - MAG_T1_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC1) - MAG_T1_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 data wire (i.e.. PORTC2) - MAG_T2_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC3) - MAG_T2_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 data wire (i.e.. PORTC0) - MAG_T3_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC5) - MAG_T3_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 data wire (i.e.. PORTC6) - MAG_CLS_PIN Pin connected to card loaded wire (i.e.. PORTC4) - MAG_PIN PIN macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PINC) - MAG_DDR DDR macro for the reader's port (i.e.. DDRC) - MAG_PORT PORT macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PORTC) - - The example macros listed above assume that the Track 2 data wire is - connected to pin 0 on port C, the Track 2 clock wire is connected to - pin 3 on port C (similarly for Tracks 1 and 3), and the card loaded - wire is connected to pin 4 on port C. - - If the mag-stripe reader you are using only reads one or two tracks, - then set the clock and data pins for the tracks it doesn't read to a - pin that is unused. For example, on the AT90USBKey, any of the pins on - port C that do not have wires attached will be unused since they are - not connected to any onboard devices (such as the joystick or - temperature sensor). - - Connecting wires to pins on different ports (i.e.. a data wire to pin 0 - on port C and a clock wire to pin 0 on port D) is currently - unsupported. All pins specified above must be on the same port. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Driver header for a TTL Magnetic Card reader device (such as the Omron V3B-4K). - */ - -#ifndef _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_ -#define _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */ - /* Macros: */ - /** Mask of the track data, clock and card detection pins. */ - #define MAG_MASK (MAG_T1_DATA | MAG_T1_CLOCK | \ - MAG_T2_DATA | MAG_T2_CLOCK | \ - MAG_T3_DATA | MAG_T3_CLOCK | \ - MAG_CARDPRESENT) - - /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */ - /* Inline Functions: */ - /** Initializes the magnetic stripe card reader ports and pins so that the card reader - * device can be controlled and read by the card reader driver. This must be called before - * trying to read any of the card reader's status lines. - */ - static inline void Magstripe_Init(void) - { - MAG_DDR &= ~MAG_MASK; - MAG_PORT |= MAG_MASK; - }; - - /** Returns the status of all the magnetic card reader's outputs. - * - * \return A mask indicating which card lines are high or low - */ - static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT; - static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) - { - /* Mag-stripe IOs are active low and must be inverted when read */ - return ((uint8_t)~MAG_PIN & MAG_MASK); - } - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7cf7373a2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MagStripe reader program. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "Magstripe.h" - -/** Bit buffers to hold the read bits for each of the three magnetic card tracks before they are transmitted - * to the host as keyboard presses. - */ -static BitBuffer_t TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS]; - -/** Pointer to the current track buffer being sent to the host. */ -static BitBuffer_t* CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS]; - -/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */ -static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)]; - -/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard, - .ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Address = KEYBOARD_EPADDR, - .Size = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer, - .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer), - }, - }; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - for (uint8_t Buffer = 0; Buffer < TOTAL_TRACKS; Buffer++) - BitBuffer_Init(&TrackDataBuffers[Buffer]); - - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - if (Magstripe_GetStatus() & MAG_CARDPRESENT) - ReadMagstripeData(); - - HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - Magstripe_Init(); - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Determines if a card has been inserted, and if so reads in each track's contents into the bit buffers - * until they are read out to the host as a series of keyboard presses. - */ -void ReadMagstripeData(void) -{ - /* Arrays to hold the buffer pointers, clock and data bit masks for the separate card tracks */ - const struct - { - uint8_t ClockMask; - uint8_t DataMask; - } TrackInfo[] = {{MAG_T1_CLOCK, MAG_T1_DATA}, - {MAG_T2_CLOCK, MAG_T2_DATA}, - {MAG_T3_CLOCK, MAG_T3_DATA}}; - - uint8_t Magstripe_Prev = 0; - uint8_t Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus(); - - while (Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT) - { - for (uint8_t Track = 0; Track < TOTAL_TRACKS; Track++) - { - bool DataPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].DataMask) != 0); - bool ClockPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0); - bool ClockLevelChanged = (((Magstripe_LCL ^ Magstripe_Prev) & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0); - - /* Sample data on rising clock edges from the card reader */ - if (ClockPinLevel && ClockLevelChanged) - BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&TrackDataBuffers[Track], DataPinLevel); - } - - Magstripe_Prev = Magstripe_LCL; - Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus(); - } - - CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[0]; -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface); - - USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) -{ - HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface); -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID - * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored - * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent) - * - * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent - */ -bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize) -{ - USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData; - - static bool IsKeyReleaseReport; - - /* Key reports must be interleaved with key release reports, or repeated keys will be ignored */ - IsKeyReleaseReport = !IsKeyReleaseReport; - - if ((IsKeyReleaseReport) || (CurrentTrackBuffer == &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS])) - { - /* No more data to send, or key release report between key presses */ - KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_NONE; - } - else if (!(CurrentTrackBuffer->Elements)) - { - /* End of current track, send an enter press and change to the next track's buffer */ - KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_ENTER; - CurrentTrackBuffer++; - } - else - { - /* Still data in the current track; convert next bit to a 1 or 0 keypress */ - KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = BitBuffer_GetNextBit(CurrentTrackBuffer) ? KEY_1 : KEY_0; - } - - *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t); - return false; -} - -/** HID Class driver callback function for the processing of a received HID report from the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID interface structure for the HID interface being referenced - * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host - * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to the report buffer where the received report is stored - * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the report received from the host - */ -void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize) -{ - // Ignore keyboard LED reports from the host, but still need to declare the callback routine -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h deleted file mode 100644 index 79a0f126f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Magstripe.c. - */ - -#ifndef _MAGSTRIPE_H_ -#define _MAGSTRIPE_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - #include "Lib/MagstripeHW.h" - #include "Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** Total number of tracks which can be read from the card, between 1 and 3. */ - #define TOTAL_TRACKS 3 - - /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that no is currently pressed. */ - #define KEY_NONE 0 - - /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "1" key is currently pressed. */ - #define KEY_1 30 - - /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "0" key is currently pressed. */ - #define KEY_0 39 - - /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the enter key is currently pressed. */ - #define KEY_ENTER 40 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void ReadMagstripeData(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void); - - bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize); - void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a11dfaf80..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Denver Gingerich's USBSnoop Magnetic Card Reader Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li AT90USB1287 - * \li AT90USB1286 - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Keyboard</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF HID Standard, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Firmware for a USB AVR powered USB TTL magnetic stripe reader (using a card - * reader such as the Omron V3B-4K) by Denver Gingerich. This project is designed - * to be used with the open source Stripe Snoop project at <a>http://stripesnoop.sourceforge.net/</a>. - * - * See <a>http://ossguy.com/ss_usb/</a> for the USB reader hardware project website, - * including construction and support details. - * - * To use, connect your magnetic card reader device to the USB AVR as follows (pin and port mapping may be adjusted - * from the project makefile): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Signal:</b></th> - * <th><b>AVR Port:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Track 1 Data</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Track 1 Clock</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Track 2 Data</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Track 2 Clock</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 0</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Track 3 Data</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Track 3 Clock</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Card Detect</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * This project is based on the LUFA Keyboard project demonstration application, written by Denver Gingerich. - * - * This application uses a keyboard HID driver to communicate the data collected a TTL magnetic stripe reader - * to the connected computer. The raw bitstream obtained from the magnetic stripe reader is "typed" through - * the keyboard driver as 0's and 1's. After every card swipe, the project will send a return key. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAX_BITS</td> - * <td>CircularBitBuffer.h</td> - * <td>Gives the maximum number of bits per track which can be buffered by the device for later transmission to a host.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_T1_CLOCK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 1 output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_T1_DATA</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 1 output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_T2_CLOCK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 2 output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_T2_DATA</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 2 output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_T3_CLOCK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 3 output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_T3_DATA</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 3 output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_CARDPRESENT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's card detection output.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_PIN</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>PIN register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_PORT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>PORT register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAG_DDR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>DDR register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9fc5311e2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Magnetic Strip Card Reader" id="lufa.projects.magstripe.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.magstripe"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.magstripe" caption="Magnetic Strip Card Reader">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Magnetic strip card reader project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="HID Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Magstripe.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Magstripe.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Magstripe.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/MagstripeHW.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 7f112e1dc..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "Denver Gingerich's Stripe Snoop Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b45917fbf..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = NONE -F_CPU = 16000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = Magstripe -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 078f7e675..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index 678ab6a94..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the - * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This - * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) - * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for - * more details on HID report descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MediaControlReport[] = -{ - HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x0C), /* Consumer Page */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Consumer Controls */ - HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB0), /* Play */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB1), /* Pause */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB3), /* Fast Forward */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB4), /* Rewind */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB5), /* Next Track */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB6), /* Previous Track */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB7), /* Stop */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xCD), /* Play/Pause (toggle) */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xE2), /* Mute */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xE9), /* Volume Up */ - HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xEA), /* Volume Down */ - HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), - HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x0B), - HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0), - HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1), - HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE), - HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05), - HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), - HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), -}; - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x206A, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 1, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .HID_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, - .AlternateSetting = 0x00, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, - .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, - .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .HID_MediaControlHID = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, - - .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), - .CountryCode = 0x00, - .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, - .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, - .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MediaControlReport) - }, - - .HID_ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Media Controller"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - case HID_DTYPE_HID: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MediaControlHID; - Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); - break; - case HID_DTYPE_Report: - Address = &MediaControlReport; - Size = sizeof(MediaControlReport); - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index b8c0b8859..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // Media Controller HID Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; - USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MediaControlHID; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_HID = 0, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the Media Control HID reporting IN endpoint. */ - #define MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) - - /** Size in bytes of the Media Control HID reporting IN endpoint. */ - #define MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE 8 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c deleted file mode 100644 index 70522e7b2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MediaControl project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "MediaController.h" - -/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Media Control HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */ -static uint8_t PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MediaReport_Data_t)]; - -/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t MediaControl_HID_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, - .ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Address = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR, - .Size = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer, - .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer), - }, - }; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - HID_Device_USBTask(&MediaControl_HID_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware() -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - Joystick_Init(); - LEDs_Init(); - Buttons_Init(); - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&MediaControl_HID_Interface); - - USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&MediaControl_HID_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) -{ - HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&MediaControl_HID_Interface); -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID - * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored - * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent) - * - * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent - */ -bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize) -{ - USB_MediaReport_Data_t* MediaReport = (USB_MediaReport_Data_t*)ReportData; - - uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); - uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus(); - - /* Update the Media Control report with the user button presses */ - MediaReport->Mute = ((ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? true : false); - MediaReport->PlayPause = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) ? true : false); - MediaReport->VolumeUp = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) ? true : false); - MediaReport->VolumeDown = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) ? true : false); - MediaReport->PreviousTrack = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) ? true : false); - MediaReport->NextTrack = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) ? true : false); - - *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MediaReport_Data_t); - return false; -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host - * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored - * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report - */ -void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize) -{ - // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6a36d4421..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for MediaControl.c. - */ - -#ifndef _MEDIACONTROL_H_ -#define _MEDIACONTROL_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - #include <string.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a Media Control HID report. This report contains the bits to match the usages defined - * in the HID report of the device. When set to a true value, the relevant media controls on the host will - * be triggered. - */ - typedef struct - { - unsigned Play : 1; - unsigned Pause : 1; - unsigned FForward : 1; - unsigned Rewind : 1; - unsigned NextTrack : 1; - unsigned PreviousTrack : 1; - unsigned Stop : 1; - unsigned PlayPause : 1; - unsigned Mute : 1; - unsigned VolumeUp : 1; - unsigned VolumeDown : 1; - unsigned RESERVED : 5; - } ATTR_PACKED USB_MediaReport_Data_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void); - - bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize); - void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dece2132a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Media Controller Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n - * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Low Speed Mode \n - * Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Media Controller project. This project implements a basic Media Control device, to signal the host to play, pause, toggle playback, - * mute and/or adjust the host volume, in addition to other such media commands. This project may be extended to create a dedicated - * media playback control device, for home media centers or other equipment. By default, some of the most commonly used playback controls - * are controlled by the board joystick and LEDs, however this may be altered as desired. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2d476da51..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Media Controller" id="lufa.projects.media_control.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.media_control"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.media_control" caption="Media Controller">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Magnetic strip card reader project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="HID Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MediaController.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="MediaController.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="MediaController.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index f6fff7354..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Media Controller Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 7db333810..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = MediaController -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38f4dca9e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) -// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY - #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL -// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here} -// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index a90e25548..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint. - * - * \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512]; - void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem; - - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL; - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData))) - { - case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful: - break; - case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData: - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow: - return DescriptorTooLarge; - default: - return ControlError; - } - - while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint)) - { - /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */ - if (!(HIDInterface) || - USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation, - DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor - * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */ - if (DataINEndpoint) - break; - - /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation, - DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */ - HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t); - - /* Clear any found endpoints */ - DataOUTEndpoint = NULL; - - /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */ - continue; - } - - /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */ - if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) - DataINEndpoint = EndpointData; - else - DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData; - } - - /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1); - Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS); - - /* Check if the HID interface contained an optional OUT data endpoint */ - if (DataOUTEndpoint) - { - /* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1); - } - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t); - - /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */ - if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface) - { - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t); - - /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if (Interface->Class == HID_CLASS) - { - /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t); - - /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */ - if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - else - { - /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 50481340d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "MissileLauncher.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class. */ - #define HID_CLASS 0x03 - - /** Pipe address for the HID data IN pipe. */ - #define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1) - - /** Pipe address for the HID data OUT pipe. */ - #define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2) - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c deleted file mode 100644 index a33c4cf7e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,323 +0,0 @@ -/* - USB Missile Launcher Demo - Copyright (C) Dave Fletcher, 2010. - fletch at fletchtronics dot net - - Based on research by Scott Weston at - http://code.google.com/p/pymissile - */ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2010 Dave Fletcher (fletch [at] fletchtronics [dot] net) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/* - * Missile Launcher host. This is a host driver for the popular USB-controller table top toy missile launchers, - * which can typically aim and fire small foam "missiles" from a spring-loaded turret. This project controls the - * launcher via a joystick and button to aim and fire missiles at targets without a PC. - */ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MissileLauncher application. This file contains the main tasks of - * the application and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration as well - * as the sending of commands to the attached launcher toy. - */ - -#include "MissileLauncher.h" - -/** Launcher first init command report data sequence */ -static const uint8_t CMD_INITA[8] = { 85, 83, 66, 67, 0, 0, 4, 0 }; - -/** Launcher second init command report data sequence */ -static const uint8_t CMD_INITB[8] = { 85, 83, 66, 67, 0, 64, 2, 0 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to stop all movement */ -static const uint8_t CMD_STOP[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left */ -static const uint8_t CMD_LEFT[8] = { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right */ -static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHT[8] = { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move up */ -static const uint8_t CMD_UP[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move down */ -static const uint8_t CMD_DOWN[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left and up */ -static const uint8_t CMD_LEFTUP[8] = { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right and up */ -static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHTUP[8] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left and down */ -static const uint8_t CMD_LEFTDOWN[8] = { 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right and down */ -static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHTDOWN[8] = { 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 8, 8 }; - -/** Launcher command report data sequence to fire a missile */ -static const uint8_t CMD_FIRE[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 8, 8 }; - -/** Last command sent to the launcher, to determine what new command (if any) must be sent */ -static const uint8_t* CmdState; - -/** Buffer to hold a command to send to the launcher */ -static uint8_t CmdBuffer[LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE]; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - CmdState = CMD_STOP; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - Read_Joystick_Status(); - DiscardNextReport(); - - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); - Joystick_Init(); - Buttons_Init(); -} - -/** Reads the joystick and button status, sending commands to the launcher as needed. */ -void Read_Joystick_Status(void) -{ - uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); - uint8_t Buttons_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus(); - - if (Buttons_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) - Send_Command(CMD_FIRE); - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) - Send_Command(CMD_UP); - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) - Send_Command(CMD_DOWN); - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) - Send_Command(CMD_LEFT); - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) - Send_Command(CMD_RIGHT); - else if (CmdState != CMD_STOP) - Send_Command(CMD_STOP); -} - -/** Lower level send routine, copies report into a larger buffer and sends. - * - * \param[in] Report Report data to send. - * \param[in] ReportSize Report length in bytes. - */ -void Send_Command_Report(const uint8_t* const Report, - const uint16_t ReportSize) -{ - memcpy(CmdBuffer, Report, 8); - WriteNextReport(CmdBuffer, ReportSize); -} - -/** Sends one of the \c CMD_* command constants to the attached device. - * - * \param[in] Command One of the command constants. - */ -void Send_Command(const uint8_t* const Command) -{ - if ((CmdState == CMD_STOP && Command != CMD_STOP) || - (CmdState != CMD_STOP && Command == CMD_STOP)) - { - LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED4); - - Send_Command_Report(CMD_INITA, 8); - Send_Command_Report(CMD_INITB, 8); - Send_Command_Report(Command, LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE); - } - - CmdState = Command; -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if (ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */ - if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_Disable(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, - const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Reads in and discards the next report from the attached device. */ -void DiscardNextReport(void) -{ - if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) - return; - - /* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived())) - { - /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return; - } - - /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Writes a report to the attached device. - * - * \param[in] ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device - * \param[in] ReportLength Length of the report to send - */ -void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* const ReportOUTData, - const uint16_t ReportLength) -{ - if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) - return; - - /* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - - /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the - * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */ - if (Pipe_IsConfigured()) - { - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */ - if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady())) - { - /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return; - } - - /* Write out HID report data */ - Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength, NULL); - - /* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */ - Pipe_ClearOUT(); - - /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - } - else - { - /* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport, - .wValue = 0x02, - .wIndex = 0x01, - .wLength = ReportLength, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request to the device */ - USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData); - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a5057322..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for MissileLauncher.c. - */ - -#ifndef _MISSILELAUNCHER_HOST_H_ -#define _MISSILELAUNCHER_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <string.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** Size of the Launcher report command buffer. */ - #define LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE 64 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void Read_Joystick_Status(void); - void Send_Command_Report(const uint8_t* const Report, - const uint16_t ReportSize); - void Send_Command(const uint8_t* const Command); - - void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, - const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void DiscardNextReport(void); - void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* const ReportOUTData, - const uint16_t ReportLength); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a0ddd15cd..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage David Fletcher's Missile Launcher - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Host</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Missile Launcher host. This is a host driver for the popular USB-controller table top toy missile launchers, - * which can typically aim and fire small foam "missiles" from a spring-loaded turret. This project controls the - * launcher via a joystick and button to aim and fire missiles at targets without a PC. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1b8ac1bd5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Missile Launcher" id="lufa.projects.missile_launcher.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.missile_launcher"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.missile_launcher" caption="Missile Launcher">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Missile launcher project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Host"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MissileLauncher.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="MissileLauncher.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="MissileLauncher.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 37f91e4e9..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "Dave Fletcher's Missile Launcher Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 635f5d5a8..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = MissileLauncher -SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index f561bf68f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 - #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index d5951867a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x04B4, - .ProductID = 0xFD11, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = STRING_ID_Serial, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 1, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(500) - }, - - .RelayBoardInterface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_RelayBoard, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 0, - - .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass, - .SubClass = 0x00, - .Protocol = 0x00, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_LanguageString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} -}; - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"SISPM"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"RelayBoard"); - -/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a - * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"00001"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &RelayBoard_DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &RelayBoard_ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &RelayBoard_LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &RelayBoard_ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &RelayBoard_ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Serial: - Address = &RelayBoard_SerialString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_SerialString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 33790dc69..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // Relay Board Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t RelayBoardInterface; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_RelayBoard = 0, /**< Relay board interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - STRING_ID_Serial = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c deleted file mode 100644 index dccfe11a4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the RelayBoard program. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "RelayBoard.h" - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - USB_USBTask(); -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the project's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Initialize Relays */ - DDRC |= ALL_RELAYS; - PORTC &= ~ALL_RELAYS; -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - const uint8_t SerialNumber[5] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 }; - uint8_t ControlData[2] = { 0, 0 }; - - switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) - { - case 0x09: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1); - - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ControlData, sizeof(ControlData)); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - switch (USB_ControlRequest.wValue) - { - case 0x303: - if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY1; else PORTC |= RELAY1; - break; - case 0x306: - if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY2; else PORTC |= RELAY2; - break; - case 0x309: - if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY3; else PORTC |= RELAY3; - break; - case 0x30c: - if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY4; else PORTC |= RELAY4; - break; - } - } - - break; - case 0x01: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1); - - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - switch (USB_ControlRequest.wValue) - { - case 0x301: - Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SerialNumber, sizeof(SerialNumber)); - break; - case 0x303: - ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY1) ? 2 : 3; - break; - case 0x306: - ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY2) ? 2 : 3; - break; - case 0x309: - ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY3) ? 2 : 3; - break; - case 0x30c: - ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY4) ? 2 : 3; - break; - } - - if (ControlData[1]) - Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ControlData, sizeof(ControlData)); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - } - - break; - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h deleted file mode 100644 index c2269224f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com) - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for RelayBoard.c. - */ - -#ifndef _RELAYBOARD_H_ -#define _RELAYBOARD_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - #define RELAY1 (1 << 7) - #define RELAY2 (1 << 6) - #define RELAY3 (1 << 5) - #define RELAY4 (1 << 4) - #define ALL_RELAYS (RELAY1 | RELAY2 | RELAY3 | RELAY4) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4b190dfe3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage OB's Quad-Relay outlet control using a Teensy2++ - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li AT90USB1286 - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>None</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>None</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USB Standards</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Firmware for a Teensy2++ AVR-based miniboard to control four relays, using the - * same protocol used by the commercially available Silver Shield PM power outlets - * ( http://sourceforge.net/projects/sispmctl ) sold for some time. Because this - * project mimics the original device, it can be controlled using the "sismpctl" - * package included in many Linux distributions - including router-orientated - * versions such as OpenWRT - to control the board's relays. - * - * Relays 1 to 4 are respectively wired to pins C4, C5, C6 and C7 of the Teensy++ V2, - * which are the PORTC bits 4 to 7 of the AT90USB1286. The relays MUST be wired through - * a transistor, and a diode must be added in antiparallel on the relay's coil pins to - * protect the transistor from back EMF generated from the relay when the coil is turned off. - * The transistor base pin is wired to the Teensy data port through a 10K resistor. A - * LED may be also be added as a relay status indicator on each channel. - * - * The Relay coil will be driven by the transistor, but the power will come from - * the 5V from the PC's USB port: Be careful in choosing the relay to avoid overloading - * the PC, as the maximum current used MUST remains under ~450mA @ 5V. - * - * The author's tested relays are 2 Finder 32.21.7.005.2000, coil il 125ohm, which can - * handle 5A @ 250VAC. Be careful to use proper isolation if high voltages are manipulated. - * The author used Hotglue to isolate all parts of the PCB in contact with high voltage. - * - * See <a>http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/</a> for the Teensy2++ website. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Signal:</b></td> - * <td><b>AVR Port:</b></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Relay 1</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Relay 2</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Relay 3</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Relay 4</td> - * <td>PORTC, Pin 7</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Teensy2++ Yellow Led</td> - * <td>PORTD, pin 6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e3a2ef4b2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Relay Board Controller" id="lufa.projects.relay_board.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.relay_board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.relay_board" caption="Relay Board Controller">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Relay Board Controller project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RelayBoard.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="RelayBoard.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="RelayBoard.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 6c119a555..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "OB's Dual-Relay Outlet Control Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index bde15357e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = RelayBoard -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bf1f19e6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE - #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index f6ee88e21..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,257 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as - * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL. - * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated - * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices - * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value - * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and - * port location). - */ -#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR) - #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor. -#endif - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x204B, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CDC_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Header = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - }, - - .CDC_Functional_ACM = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, - - .Capabilities = 0x06, - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, - - .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - }, - - .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .CDC_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Simon Foster"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"USB-HD44780 Adapter"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed26aeed1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // CDC Command Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; - - // CDC Data Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c deleted file mode 100644 index a91e79310..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -#include "HD44780.h" - -static void HD44780_WriteNibble(const uint8_t nib) -{ - /* Read PORTD and clear the ENABLE and PD0..3 bits - then OR in the data */ - - PORTD = (PORTD & ~(ENABLE | LO4_MASK)) | (nib & LO4_MASK); - - /* Enforce address setup time (tAS) 60ns - 60 @ 16MHz = <1 - Let's us a few NOPs for good measure */ - asm volatile("nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - :: ); - - /* Take enable high and enforce Enable High time (tEH=450ns) - 450ns @ 16MHz = 7.2 => 7 NOPs */ - - PORTD |= ENABLE; - - asm volatile("nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - :: ); - - /* Take enable low and enforce Enable Low time (tEL=500ns) - 500ns @ 16MHz = 8.0 => 7 NOPs */ - PORTD &= ~ENABLE; - - asm volatile("nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - "nop\n\t" - :: ); -} - -static void HD44780_WriteByte(const uint8_t c) -{ - HD44780_WriteNibble(HI4(c)); - HD44780_WriteNibble(LO4(c)); -} - -static void HD44780_PowerUp4Bit(void) -{ - /* Wait for more than 40 ms after VCC rises to 2.7 V */ - _delay_ms(40); - HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit - - /* Wait for more than 4.1 ms */ - _delay_ms(5); - HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit - - /* Wait for more than 100 µs */ - _delay_us(100); - HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit - - /* From now on we must allow 40us for each command */ - _delay_us(50); - HD44780_WriteNibble(0x02); // FN_SET 4-bit - - /* The LCD is now in 4-bit mode so we can continue - using the 4-bit API */ - _delay_us(50); -} - -void HD44780_Initialize(void) -{ - PORTD &= ~ALL_BITS; - DDRD |= ALL_BITS; - HD44780_PowerUp4Bit(); -} - -void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c) -{ - PORTD &= ~RS; - HD44780_WriteByte(c); - _delay_us(50); -} - -void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c) -{ - PORTD |= RS; - HD44780_WriteByte(c); - PORTD &= ~RS; - _delay_us(50); -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h deleted file mode 100644 index b6dbe905e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for HD44780.c. - */ - -#ifndef _HD44780_H_ -#define _HD44780_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - - /* Macros: */ - #define RS (1 << 4) /* PD4 */ - #define ENABLE (1 << 7) /* PD7 */ - - #define HI4_MASK 0xF0 - #define LO4_MASK 0x0F /* PD0-PD3 */ - - #define ALL_BITS (RS | ENABLE | LO4_MASK) - - #define HI4(c) ((c & HI4_MASK) >> 4) - #define LO4(c) ((c & LO4_MASK) >> 0) - - #define CMD_DISPLAY_ON 0x0C - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void HD44780_Initialize(void); - void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c); - void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c); - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c deleted file mode 100644 index 21588c947..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the SerialToLCD program. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "SerialToLCD.h" - -/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the LCD */ -static RingBuffer_t FromHost_Buffer; - -/** Underlying data buffer for \ref FromHost_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */ -static uint8_t FromHost_Buffer_Data[128]; - -/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - }, - }; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&FromHost_Buffer, FromHost_Buffer_Data, sizeof(FromHost_Buffer_Data)); - - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - /* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */ - if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&FromHost_Buffer))) - { - int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - /* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the USART transmit buffer */ - if (!(ReceivedByte < 0)) - RingBuffer_Insert(&FromHost_Buffer, ReceivedByte); - } - - while (RingBuffer_GetCount(&FromHost_Buffer) > 0) - { - static uint8_t EscapePending = 0; - int16_t HD44780Byte = RingBuffer_Remove(&FromHost_Buffer); - - if (HD44780Byte == COMMAND_ESCAPE) - { - if (EscapePending) - { - HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte); - EscapePending = 0; - } - else - { - /* Next received character is the command byte */ - EscapePending = 1; - } - } - else - { - if (EscapePending) - { - HD44780_WriteCommand(HD44780Byte); - EscapePending = 0; - } - else - { - HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte); - } - } - } - - CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the application's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Power up the HD44780 Interface */ - HD44780_Initialize(); - HD44780_WriteCommand(CMD_DISPLAY_ON); - - /* Start the flush timer so that overflows occur rapidly to push received bytes to the USB interface */ - TCCR0B = (1 << CS02); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73455b1d4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for SerialToLCD.c. - */ - -#ifndef _SERIALTOLCD_H_ -#define _SERIALTOLCD_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - #include "Lib/HD44780.h" - - #include <LUFA/Version.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - #define COMMAND_ESCAPE 0x1B - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a2f339648..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li AT90USB162 - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Firmware for a USB Virtual Serial to HD44780 LCD controller project, by Simon Foster. This - * project connects a standard HD7780 compatible LCD controller to a PC via a virtual serial - * link, so that data supplied by the host can be written to the display. This project is - * designed to use the Minimum USB AVR board, however it can be modified to suit other hardware - * if desired. - * - * LCD Datasheet: http://www.sparkfun.com/datasheets/LCD/HD44780.pdf \n - * More Information: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HD44780_Character_LCD \n - * - * Below are the connections between the AVR Minimus board and LCD. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>AVR Pin:</b></td> - * <td><b>HD44780 LCD Pin:</b></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VCC</td> - * <td>VCC</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PD0</td> - * <td>DB4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PD1</td> - * <td>DB5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PD2</td> - * <td>DB6</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PD3</td> - * <td>DB7</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PD4</td> - * <td>/RS</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>/RW</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PD7</td> - * <td>/E</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 07c241903..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="USB Serial to LCD Display" id="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd" caption="USB Serial to LCD Display">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- USB Serial to LCD Controller project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="SerialToLCD.txt"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="SerialToLCD.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="SerialToLCD.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/HD44780.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/HD44780.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 38ac031ff..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b7e6d4211..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb162 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = MINIMUS -F_CPU = 16000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = SerialToLCD -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/HD44780.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5ac7011f0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define DUMMY_RTC - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d5f58a4a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE - #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index c5ff3e146..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,257 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - - -/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the - * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This - * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) - * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for - * more details on HID report descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] = -{ - /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report. - * Vendor Usage Page: 1 - * Vendor Collection Usage: 1 - * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2 - * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3 - * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE - */ - HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) -}; - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2063, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .MS_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass, - .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass, - .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MS_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .MS_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .HID_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, - .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, - .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .HID_GenericHID = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, - - .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), - .CountryCode = 0x00, - .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, - .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, - .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport) - }, - - .HID_ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - case HID_DTYPE_HID: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID; - Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); - break; - case HID_DTYPE_Report: - Address = &GenericReport; - Size = sizeof(GenericReport); - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 42d4ca2f3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "TempDataLogger.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64 - - /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */ - #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) - - /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */ - #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 16 - - /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */ - #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE sizeof(Device_Report_t) - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // Mass Storage Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint; - - // Settings Management Generic HID Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; - USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_HID = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c deleted file mode 100644 index d8dc54dad..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,534 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of - * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored - * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such - * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C -#include "DataflashManager.h" - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes - * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the - * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the - * Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read - * the files stored on the Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ -void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) -{ - /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - - /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - #endif - - /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise - */ -bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnByte; - - /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - #endif - - return true; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h deleted file mode 100644 index d93130d3b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DataflashManager.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ -#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include "../TempDataLogger.h" - #include "../Descriptors.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) - #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - - /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying - * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 - - /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not - * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); - bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 80d8843d1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 - - -FILES - - ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module. - ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module. - ff.c FatFs module. - diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module. - diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs. - integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs. - option Optional external functions. - - Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs - module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific - storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written - to control your storage device. - - - -AGREEMENTS - - FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to - small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, - research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. - - Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. - - * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. - * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for - personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. - * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. - - - -REVISION HISTORY - - Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype - - Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release. - - Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12. - Removed unbuffered mode. - Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition. - - Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM. - - Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename. - Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. - - Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast. - Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32. - - Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs) - Changed some APIs for multiple drive system. - Added f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs) - - Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs) - Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek. - Added minimization level 3. - Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an - existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs) - - May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option. - Added FSInfo support. - Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs) - Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. - Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object. - - Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write. - Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs) - - Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate(). - Added f_utime(). - Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. - Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. - Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. - - Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs) - Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). - Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster. - - Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option. - Added long file name support. - Added multiple code page support. - Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. - Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). - Added rewind option to f_readdir(). - Changed result code of critical errors. - Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. - - Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. - Added multiple sector size support. - - Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error. - Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). - Added relative path feature. - Added f_chdir(). - Added f_chdrive(). - Added proper case conversion for extended characters. - - Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. - Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. - Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. - Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. - Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. - - May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN) - Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) - Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) - Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. - Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. - String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. - - Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) - Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) - Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. - Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. - Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. - - Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). - f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. - Extended format syntax of f_printf function. - Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names. - - Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. - Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) - - Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16. - Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash. - Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8cc8cd404..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */ -/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "diskio.h" - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Initialize a Drive */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Return Disk Status */ - -DSTATUS disk_status ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Sector(s) */ - -DRESULT disk_read ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write Sector(s) */ - -#if _READONLY == 0 -DRESULT disk_write ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} -#endif /* _READONLY */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Miscellaneous Functions */ - -DRESULT disk_ioctl ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - BYTE ctrl, /* Control code */ - void *buff /* Buffer to send/receive control data */ -) -{ - if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC) - return RES_OK; - else - return RES_PARERR; -} - - -DWORD get_fattime (void) -{ - TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate; - - RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate); - - - return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) | - ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) | - (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h deleted file mode 100644 index d3c3149a5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- -/ Low level disk interface module include file -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED -#define _DISKIO_DEFINED - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" - -#include "../DataflashManager.h" - - -/* Status of Disk Functions */ -typedef BYTE DSTATUS; - -/* Results of Disk Functions */ -typedef enum { - RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */ - RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */ - RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */ - RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */ - RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */ -} DRESULT; - - -/*---------------------------------------*/ -/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE); -DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE); -DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -#if _READONLY == 0 -DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -#endif -DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*); - - -/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ - -#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ -#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ -#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */ - -/* Generic command */ -#define CTRL_SYNC 0 /* Mandatory for write functions */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c deleted file mode 100644 index 059b5885a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4139 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype. -/ -/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version. -/ -/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support. -/ Removed unbuffered mode. -/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition. -/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM). -/ -/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename(). -/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. -/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32. -/ -/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. -/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system. -/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount(). -/ Added f_mkfs(). -/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive. -/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek(). -/ Added minimization level 3. -/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs(). -/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG. -/ Added FSInfo support. -/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. -/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object. -/ -/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs(). -/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. -/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime(). -/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. -/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. -/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. -/ -/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). -/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster. -/ -/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY) -/ Added long file name feature. -/ Added multiple code page feature. -/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. -/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). -/ Added rewind option to f_readdir(). -/ Changed result code of critical errors. -/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. -/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. -/ Added multiple sector size feature. -/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error. -/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). -/ Added relative path feature. -/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive(). -/ Added proper case conversion to extended char. -/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. -/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. -/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. -/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. -/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. -/ -/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3) -/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) -/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) -/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. -/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. -/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. -/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) -/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) -/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. -/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. -/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. -/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). -/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. -/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function. -/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name. -/ -/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. -/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) -/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume. -/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash. -/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. -/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */ -#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Definitions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */ -#error Wrong include file (ff.h). -#endif - - -/* Definitions on sector size */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096 -#error Wrong sector size. -#endif -#if _MAX_SS != 512 -#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */ -#else -#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */ -#endif - - -/* Reentrancy related */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -#if _USE_LFN == 1 -#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration. -#endif -#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; } -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; } -#else -#define ENTER_FF(fs) -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res -#endif - -#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); } - - -/* File access control feature */ -#if _FS_LOCK -#if _FS_READONLY -#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg. -#endif -typedef struct { - FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */ - DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */ - WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */ - WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */ -} FILESEM; -#endif - - - -/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */ - -#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */ -#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */ -#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */ -#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */ -#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */ -#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */ -#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */ -#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */ - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0x80 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x41 -#define _DS1E 0x5A -#define _DS2S 0x61 -#define _DS2E 0x7A -#define _DS3S 0x81 -#define _DS3E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0xA1 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \ - 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \ - 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \ - 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */ -#if _USE_LFN -#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page. -#endif -#define _DF1S 0 - -#else -#error Unknown code page - -#endif - - -/* Character code support macros */ -#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z')) -#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z')) -#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9')) - -#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */ - -#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E)) -#else /* One 1st byte area */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) -#endif - -#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E)) -#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E)) -#endif - -#else /* Code page is SBCS */ - -#define IsDBCS1(c) 0 -#define IsDBCS2(c) 0 - -#endif /* _DF1S */ - - -/* Name status flags */ -#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */ -#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */ -#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */ -#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */ -#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */ -#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */ -#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */ - - -/* FAT sub-type boundaries */ -/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */ -#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */ -#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */ - - -/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of -/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between -/ different platforms */ - -#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */ -#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */ -#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */ -#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */ -#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */ -#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */ -#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */ -#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */ -#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */ -#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */ -#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */ -#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */ -#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */ -#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */ -#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */ -#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */ -#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */ -#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */ -#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */ -#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */ -#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */ -#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */ - -#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */ -#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */ -#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */ -#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */ -#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */ -#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */ -#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */ -#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */ -#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */ -#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */ -#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */ -#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */ -#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */ -#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */ - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Module private work area */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are -/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up -/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard. -*/ - -#if _VOLUMES -static -FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */ -#else -#error Number of volumes must not be 0. -#endif - -static -WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - -#if _FS_RPATH -static -BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */ -#endif - -#if _FS_LOCK -static -FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */ -static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1]; -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \ - if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \ - (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; } -#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn) - -#else -#error Wrong LFN configuration. -#endif - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Functions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* String functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Copy memory to memory */ -static -void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src; - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 - while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) { - *(int*)d = *(int*)s; - d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int); - cnt -= sizeof (int); - } -#endif - while (cnt--) - *d++ = *s++; -} - -/* Fill memory */ -static -void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - - while (cnt--) - *d++ = (BYTE)val; -} - -/* Compare memory to memory */ -static -int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src; - int r = 0; - - while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; - return r; -} - -/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ -static -int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { - while (*str && *str != chr) str++; - return *str; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - -static -int lock_fs ( - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj); -} - - -static -void unlock_fs ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */ -) -{ - if (fs && - res != FR_NOT_ENABLED && - res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE && - res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT && - res != FR_TIMEOUT) { - ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj); - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* File lock control functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_LOCK - -static -FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */ - int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */ -) -{ - UINT i, be; - - /* Search file semaphore table */ - for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */ - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } else { /* Blank entry */ - be++; - } - } - if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */ - return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */ - - /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */ - return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK; -} - - -static -int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */ -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1; -} - - -static -UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */ - int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */ -) -{ - UINT i; - - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } - - if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */ - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */ - Files[i].fs = dj->fs; - Files[i].clu = dj->sclust; - Files[i].idx = dj->index; - Files[i].ctr = 0; - } - - if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */ - - Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */ - - return i + 1; -} - - -static -FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */ - UINT i /* Semaphore index */ -) -{ - WORD n; - FRESULT res; - - - if (--i < _FS_LOCK) { - n = Files[i].ctr; - if (n == 0x100) n = 0; - if (n) n--; - Files[i].ctr = n; - if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } else { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - return res; -} - - -static -void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */ - FATFS *fs -) -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0; - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change window offset */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT move_window ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */ -) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */ -{ - DWORD wsect; - - - wsect = fs->winsect; - if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */ - if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->wflag = 0; - if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */ - BYTE nf; - for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */ - wsect += fs->fsize; - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1); - } - } - } -#endif - if (sector) { - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->winsect = sector; - } - } - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Clean-up cached data */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */ - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = move_window(fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */ - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) { - fs->winsect = 0; - /* Create FSInfo structure */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512); - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust); - /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */ - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1); - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - } - /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK) - res = FR_DISK_ERR; - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get sector# from cluster# */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */ -) -{ - clst -= 2; - if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */ - return clst * fs->csize + fs->database; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */ -) -{ - UINT wc, bc; - BYTE *p; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */ - return 1; - - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8; - return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); - - case FS_FAT16 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_WORD(p); - - case FS_FAT32 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - - return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY - -FRESULT put_fat ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */ - DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */ -) -{ - UINT bc; - BYTE *p; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val; - bc++; - fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F)); - break; - - case FS_FAT16 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val); - break; - - case FS_FAT32 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000; - ST_DWORD(p, val); - break; - - default : - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - fs->wflag = 1; - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT remove_chain ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD nxt; -#if _USE_ERASE - DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2]; -#endif - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - res = FR_OK; - while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */ - nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */ - if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */ - if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */ - if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */ - res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */ - fs->free_clust++; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } -#if _USE_ERASE - if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */ - ecl = nxt; - } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */ - rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */ - rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */ - disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */ - scl = ecl = nxt; - } -#endif - clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */ - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */ -) -{ - DWORD cs, ncl, scl; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */ - scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */ - if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1; - } - else { /* Stretch the current chain */ - cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */ - if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */ - if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */ - scl = clst; - } - - ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */ - for (;;) { - ncl++; /* Next cluster */ - if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */ - ncl = 2; - if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */ - if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */ - if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */ - return cs; - if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - - res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */ - if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) { - res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */ - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */ - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { - fs->free_clust--; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } - } else { - ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1; - } - - return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */ -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK -static -DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */ - FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */ -) -{ - DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl; - - - tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */ - cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */ - for (;;) { - ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */ - if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */ - if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */ - cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */ - } - return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */ -} -#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Set directory index */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_sdi ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - WORD idx /* Index of directory table */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD ic; - - - dj->index = idx; - clst = dj->sclust; - if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ - clst = dj->fs->dirbase; - - if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */ - dj->clust = clst; - if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */ - ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */ - while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */ - if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - idx -= ic; - } - dj->clust = clst; - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */ - - return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD i; - - - stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */ - i = dj->index + 1; - if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - - if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */ - dj->sect++; /* Next sector */ - - if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */ - if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - } - else { /* Dynamic table */ - if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - BYTE c; - if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */ - clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */ - if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */ - if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - /* Clean-up stretched table */ - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */ - mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */ - dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */ - for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - dj->fs->winsect++; - } - dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */ -#else - return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */ -#endif - } - dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */ - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); - } - } - } - - dj->index = i; - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -DWORD ld_clust ( - FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - DWORD cl; - - cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) - cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16; - - return cl; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void st_clust ( - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - DWORD cl /* Value to be set */ -) -{ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16); -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */ - - -static -int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */ - return 0; /* Not matched */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */ - - if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */ - return 0; - - return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */ -} - - - -static -int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */ - - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */ - - if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i] = 0; - } - - return 1; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void fit_lfn ( - const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */ - BYTE sum /* SFN sum */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc; - - - dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */ - dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */ - dir[LDIR_Type] = 0; - ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0); - - i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = wc = 0; - do { - if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */ - ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */ - if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */ - } while (++s < 13); - if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */ - dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */ -} - -#endif -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create numbered name */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -void gen_numname ( - BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */ - const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */ - const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */ - WORD seq /* Sequence number */ -) -{ - BYTE ns[8], c; - UINT i, j; - - - mem_cpy(dst, src, 11); - - if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */ - do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn); - } - - /* itoa (hexdecimal) */ - i = 7; - do { - c = (seq % 16) + '0'; - if (c > '9') c += 7; - ns[i--] = c; - seq /= 16; - } while (seq); - ns[i] = '~'; - - /* Append the number */ - for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) { - if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) { - if (j == i - 1) break; - j++; - } - } - do { - dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' '; - } while (j < 8); -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Calculate sum of an SFN */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -BYTE sum_sfn ( - const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */ -) -{ - BYTE sum = 0; - UINT n = 11; - - do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n); - return sum; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_find ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord, sum; -#endif - - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */ - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - -#if _USE_LFN - ord = sum = 0xFF; -#endif - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (dj->lfn) { - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */ - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */ - ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */ - if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */ - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -FRESULT dir_read ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF; -#endif - - res = FR_NO_FILE; - while (dj->sect) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check LFN validity and capture it */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */ - dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */ - break; - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - - if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; - - return res; -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Register an object to the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD n, ne, is; - BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum; - WCHAR *lfn; - - - fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn; - mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12); - - if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */ - fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */ - for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) { - gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */ - res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */ - fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn; - } - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */ - for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ; - ne = (ne + 25) / 13; - } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */ - ne = 1; - } - - /* Reserve contiguous entries */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - n = is = 0; - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */ - if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */ - if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */ - if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */ - } else { - n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */ - } - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, is); - if (res == FR_OK) { - sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */ - ne--; - do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum); - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK && --ne); - } - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; - if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */ - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - } -#endif - - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj->dir; - mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */ - mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */ -#if _USE_LFN - dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */ -#endif - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Remove an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE -static -FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD i; - - i = dj->index; /* SFN index */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } -#endif - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT create_name ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ -) -{ -#ifdef _EXCVT - static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, cf; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - UINT i, ni, si, di; - const TCHAR *p; - - /* Create LFN in Unicode */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - si = di = 0; - for (;;) { - w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */ - if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w &= 0xFF; - if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(b)) - return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */ - w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */ - } - w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */ - if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */ -#endif - if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */ - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ -#if _FS_RPATH - if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */ - (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) { - lfn[di] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) - dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' '; - dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */ - w = lfn[di-1]; - if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break; - di--; - } - if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - - lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */ - - /* Create SFN in directory form */ - mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11); - for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */ - if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; - while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */ - - b = i = 0; ni = 8; - for (;;) { - w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */ - if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */ - if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue; - } - - if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */ - if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break; - } - if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */ - if (si > di) break; /* No extension */ - si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */ - b <<= 2; continue; - } - - if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */ - if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */ -#else - w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */ -#endif - cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */ - } - - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - if (i >= ni - 1) { - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue; - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8); - } else { /* Single byte char */ - if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */ - w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */ - } else { - if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */ - b |= 1; w -= 0x20; - } - } - } - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w; - } - - if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */ - cf |= NS_LFN; - if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */ - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */ - } - - dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */ - - return FR_OK; - - -#else /* Non-LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, c, d, *sfn; - UINT ni, si, i; - const char *p; - - /* Create file name in directory form */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - sfn = dj->fn; - mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); - si = i = b = 0; ni = 8; -#if _FS_RPATH - if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */ - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break; - sfn[i++] = c; - } - if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { - if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - i = 8; ni = 11; - b <<= 2; continue; - } - if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */ - b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */ -#else -#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#endif -#endif - } - if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - sfn[i++] = c; - sfn[i++] = d; - } else { /* Single byte code */ - if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */ - b |= 1; c -= 0x20; - } - } - sfn[i++] = c; - } - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - - if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */ - - sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */ - - return FR_OK; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get file information from directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */ -) -{ - UINT i; - BYTE nt, *dir; - TCHAR *p, c; - - - p = fno->fname; - if (dj->sect) { - dir = dj->dir; - nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */ - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */ - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */ - *p++ = '.'; - for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - } - fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */ - fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */ - fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */ - fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */ - } - *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */ - -#if _USE_LFN - if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) { - TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - - i = 0; - if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */ -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */ - if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */ - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8); -#endif - if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w; - } - } - tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */ - } -#endif -} -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Follow a file path */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ - DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ - const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE *dir, ns; - - -#if _FS_RPATH - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */ - path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */ - } else { /* No heading separator */ - dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */ - } -#else - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */ - path++; - dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */ -#endif - - if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - dj->dir = 0; - } else { /* Follow path */ - for (;;) { - res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */ - ns = *(dj->fn+NS); - if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */ - /* Object not found */ - if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */ - dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */ - res = FR_OK; - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue; - } else { /* Could not find the object */ - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - break; - } - if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */ - dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; break; - } - dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir); - } - } - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ -) -{ - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */ - return 3; - if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */ - return 2; - - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */ - return 0; - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) - return 0; - - return 1; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */ - const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */ - FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */ - BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */ -) -{ - BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl; - UINT vol; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat; - WORD nrsv; - const TCHAR *p = *path; - FATFS *fs; - - - /* Get logical drive number from the path name */ - vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */ - if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */ - p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */ - } else { /* No drive number is given */ -#if _FS_RPATH - vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */ -#else - vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */ -#endif - } - - /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ - *rfs = 0; - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */ - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */ - - ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */ - - *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */ - if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */ - stat = disk_status(fs->drv); - if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */ - } - } - - /* The file system object is not valid. */ - /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */ - - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */ - fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */ - stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */ - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */ - return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */ - if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */ - if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */ - /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */ - pi = LD2PT(vol); - if (pi) pi--; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */ - if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */ - bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */ - } - } - if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */ - - /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */ - - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - - fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32); - fs->fsize = fasize; - - fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */ - if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */ - fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */ - - fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */ - - fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */ - if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */ - - tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */ - if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32); - - nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */ - if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */ - - /* Determine the FAT sub type */ - sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */ - if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */ - if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Boundaries and Limits */ - fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */ - fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */ - fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */ - szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */ - } else { - if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */ - szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */ - fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1); - } - if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - -#if !_FS_READONLY - /* Initialize cluster allocation information */ - fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF; - fs->last_clust = 0; - - /* Get fsinfo if available */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo); - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK && - LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) { - fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free); - fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count); - } - } -#endif - fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */ - fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */ - fs->wflag = 0; -#if _FS_RPATH - fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */ - clear_lock(fs); -#endif - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */ - void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */ -) -{ - FIL *fil; - - - fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */ - if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id) - return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */ - - if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT) - return FR_NOT_READY; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Public Functions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mount ( - BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */ - FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/ -) -{ - FATFS *rfs; - - - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */ - - if (rfs) { -#if _FS_LOCK - clear_lock(rfs); -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */ - if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */ - } - - if (fs) { - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */ - if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */ - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Open or Create a File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_open ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */ - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */ - BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */ - -#if !_FS_READONLY - mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ)); -#else - mode &= FA_READ; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - dir = dj.dir; -#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - else - res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); -#endif - } - /* Create or Open a file */ - if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) { - DWORD dw, cl; - - if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; -#else - res = dir_register(&dj); -#endif - mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */ - dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */ - } - else { /* Any object is already existing */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } else { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */ - res = FR_EXIST; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */ - dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw); - dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */ - cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */ - st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - dw = dj.fs->winsect; - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, dw); - } - } - } - } - else { /* Open an existing file */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */ - mode |= FA__WRITTEN; - fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - fp->dir_ptr = dir; -#if _FS_LOCK - fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); - if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - -#else /* R/O configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } - } -#endif - FREE_BUF(); - - if (res == FR_OK) { - fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */ - fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */ - fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */ - fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */ - fp->dsect = 0; -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */ -#endif - fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */ - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_read ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */ - UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect, remain; - UINT rcnt, cc; - BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff; - - - *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */ - rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */ -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs)); -#else - if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs)); -#endif -#endif - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if !_FS_TINY - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#else - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_write ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */ - UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */ - UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect; - UINT wcnt, cc; - const BYTE *wbuff = buff; - BYTE csect; - - - *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */ - - for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */ - wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */ - fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */ - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#else - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->fs->wflag = 0; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */ - if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->fs->winsect = sect; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */ - if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize && - disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */ - if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->fs->wflag = 1; -#else - mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY; -#endif - } - - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */ - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Synchronize the File Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_sync ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD tim; - BYTE *dir; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */ -#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */ - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - /* Update the directory entry */ - res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = fp->dir_ptr; - dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */ - st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */ - tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0); - fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN; - fp->fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(fp->fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Close File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_close ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - -#if _FS_READONLY - res = validate(fp); - { -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs; -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); - } -#else - res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs;; - res = validate(fp); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); - unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK); - } -#else - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); -#endif - } -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - return res; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 1 - -FRESULT f_chdrive ( - BYTE drv /* Drive number */ -) -{ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - - CurrVol = drv; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - -FRESULT f_chdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (!dj.dir) { - dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */ - } else { - if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */ - dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); - else - res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 2 -FRESULT f_getcwd ( - TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */ - UINT sz_path /* Size of path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - UINT i, n; - DWORD ccl; - TCHAR *tp; - FILINFO fno; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - *path = 0; - res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */ - dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */ - while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */ - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */ - res = dir_next(&dj, 0); - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; -#if _USE_LFN - fno.lfname = path; - fno.lfsize = i; -#endif - get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */ - tp = fno.fname; - if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path; - for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ; - if (i < n + 3) { - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break; - } - while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n]; - path[--i] = '/'; - } - tp = path; - if (res == FR_OK) { - *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */ - *tp++ = ':'; - if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */ - *tp++ = '/'; - } else { /* Sub-dir */ - do /* Add stacked path str */ - *tp++ = path[i++]; - while (i < sz_path); - } - } - *tp = 0; - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */ -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */ - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Seek File R/W Pointer */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_lseek ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */ - DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl; - - if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */ - tbl = fp->cltbl; - tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */ - cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */ - if (cl) { - do { - /* Get a fragment */ - tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */ - do { - pcl = cl; ncl++; - cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl); - if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } while (cl == pcl + 1); - if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */ - *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl; - } - } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */ - } - *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */ - if (ulen <= tlen) - *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */ - else - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */ - - } else { /* Fast seek */ - if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */ - ofs = fp->fsize; - fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */ - if (ofs) { - fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1); - dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1); - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = dsc; - } - } - } - } else -#endif - - /* Normal Seek */ - { - DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr; - - if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE) -#endif - ) ofs = fp->fsize; - - ifptr = fp->fptr; - fp->fptr = nsect = 0; - if (ofs) { - bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */ - if (ifptr > 0 && - (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */ - fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */ - ofs -= fp->fptr; - clst = fp->clust; - } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->sclust = clst; - } -#endif - fp->clust = clst; - } - if (clst != 0) { - while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */ - if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */ - ofs = bcs; break; - } - } else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; - fp->fptr += bcs; - ofs -= bcs; - } - fp->fptr += ofs; - if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) { - nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */ - if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs); - } - } - } - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = nsect; - } -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */ - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - } -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_opendir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */ - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0); - fs = dj->fs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */ - if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */ - dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir); - } else { /* The object is not a directory */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj->id = fs->id; - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */ - } else { - dj->fs = 0; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_readdir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!fno) { - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */ - } else { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */ - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */ - get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get File Status */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_stat ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */ - get_fileinfo(&dj, fno); - else /* It is root dir */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get Number of Free Clusters */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_getfree ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */ - DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */ - FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DWORD n, clst, sect, stat; - UINT i; - BYTE fat, *p; - - - /* Get drive number */ - res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0); - fs = *fatfs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */ - if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) { - *nclst = fs->free_clust; - } else { - /* Get number of free clusters */ - fat = fs->fs_type; - n = 0; - if (fat == FS_FAT12) { - clst = 2; - do { - stat = get_fat(fs, clst); - if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 0) n++; - } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent); - } else { - clst = fs->n_fatent; - sect = fs->fatbase; - i = 0; p = 0; - do { - if (!i) { - res = move_window(fs, sect++); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = fs->win; - i = SS(fs); - } - if (fat == FS_FAT16) { - if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++; - p += 2; i -= 2; - } else { - if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++; - p += 4; i -= 4; - } - } while (--clst); - } - fs->free_clust = n; - if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1; - *nclst = n; - } - } - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Truncate File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_truncate ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD ncl; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) { - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */ - res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust); - fp->sclust = 0; - } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */ - ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - res = FR_OK; - if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) { - res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF); - if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl); - } - } - } - if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Delete a File or Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_unlink ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj, sdj; - BYTE *dir; - DWORD dclst; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */ -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */ - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO) - res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */ - } - dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); - if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */ - if (dclst < 2) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */ - sdj.sclust = dclst; - res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_read(&sdj); - if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */ -#if _FS_RPATH - || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */ -#endif - ) res = FR_DENIED; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */ - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst); - if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mkdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir, n; - DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime(); - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */ - dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */ - res = FR_OK; - if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */ - if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */ - dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl); - dir = dj.fs->win; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */ - dir[DIR_Name] = '.'; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - st_clust(dir, dcl); - mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */ - dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust; - if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase) - pcl = 0; - st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl); - for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */ - dj.fs->winsect = dsc++; - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directoy */ - if (res != FR_OK) { - remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */ - } else { - dir = dj.dir; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */ - st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Attribute */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_chmod ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */ - BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub directory */ - mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */ - dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Timestamp */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_utime ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */ - const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Root directory */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub-directory */ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate); - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Rename File/Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_rename ( - const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */ - const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR djo, djn; - BYTE buf[21], *dir; - DWORD dw; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - djn.fs = djo.fs; - INIT_BUF(djo); - res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */ - if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */ - res = follow_path(&djn, path_new); - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */ -/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */ - res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19); - dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC; - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */ - dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir)); - if (!dw) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - res = move_window(djo.fs, dw); - dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */ - if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') { - dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust; - st_clust(dir, dw); - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) - res = sync(djo.fs); - } - } -/* End critical section */ - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY - -FRESULT f_forward ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */ - UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD remain, clst, sect; - UINT rcnt; - BYTE csect; - - - *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */ - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */ - fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */ - fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->dsect = sect; - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; - rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); - if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} -#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */ - - - -#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create File System on the Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */ -#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */ - - -FRESULT f_mkfs ( - BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */ - BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */ - UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */ -) -{ - static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0}; - static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512}; - BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part; - DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect; - UINT i; - DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */ - DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */ - FATFS *fs; - DSTATUS stat; - - - /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - fs = FatFs[drv]; - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; - fs->fs_type = 0; - pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */ - part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/ - - /* Get disk statics */ - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */ - if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */ - b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */ - } else { - /* Create a partition in this function */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */ - } - - if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */ - vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512)); - for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ; - au = cst[i]; - } - au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (au == 0) au = 1; - if (au > 128) au = 128; - - /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = n_vol / au; - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 32; - n_dir = 0; - } else { - n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4; - n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 1; - n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs); - } - b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */ - b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */ - b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */ - if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */ - - /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1; - n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */ - n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */ - n_rsv += n; - b_fat += n; - } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */ - n_fat += n; - } - - /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au; - if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16) - || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32)) - return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - - switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */ - case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break; - case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break; - default: sys = 0x0C; - } - - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Update system ID in the partition table */ - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - tbl[4] = sys; - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } else { - if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */ - md = 0xF0; - } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs)); - tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */ - tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */ - tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */ - tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */ - tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */ - tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */ - n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255; - tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */ - tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */ - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } - } - - /* Create BPB in the VBR */ - tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); - mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */ - i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i); - tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */ - tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i); - if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol); - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol); - } - tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */ - n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1); - - /* Initialize FAT area */ - wsect = b_fat; - for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */ - n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */ - if (fmt != FS_FAT32) { - n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */ - } else { - n |= 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF); - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */ - } - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */ - for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } - } - - /* Initialize root directory */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir; - do { - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } while (--i); - -#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */ - { - DWORD eb[2]; - - eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1; - disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb); - } -#endif - - /* Create FSInfo if needed */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */ - } - - return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR; -} - - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Divide Physical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_fdisk ( - BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */ - const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */ - void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */ -) -{ - UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl; - BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part; - - - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - - /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */ - for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ; - if (n == 256) n--; - e_hd = n - 1; - sz_cyl = 63 * n; - tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl; - - /* Create partition table */ - mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS); - p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) { - p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl; - if (!p_cyl) continue; - s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl; - sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl; - if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */ - s_hd = 1; - s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63; - } else { - s_hd = 0; - } - e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1; - if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - - /* Set partition table */ - p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */ - p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */ - p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */ - p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */ - p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */ - p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */ - p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */ - - /* Next partition */ - b_cyl += p_cyl; - } - ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55); - - /* Write it to the MBR */ - return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; -} - - -#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */ -#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get a string from the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -TCHAR* f_gets ( - TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */ - int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n = 0; - TCHAR c, *p = buff; - BYTE s[2]; - UINT rc; - - - while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */ - c = s[0]; -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c >= 0x80) { - if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */ - if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; - c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x80) c = '?'; - } else { - if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc); - if (rc != 2) break; - c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x800) c = '?'; - } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */ - c = '?'; - } - } - } -#endif -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */ -#endif - *p++ = c; - n++; - if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */ - } - *p = 0; - return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */ -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#include <stdarg.h> -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a character to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_putc ( - TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - UINT bw, btw; - BYTE s[3]; - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */ -#endif - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; - } else { - if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 2; - } else { /* 16-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F)); - s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 3; - } - } -#else /* Write the character without conversion */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; -#endif - f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */ - return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_puts ( - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n; - - - for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) { - if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF; - } - return n; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a formatted string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_printf ( - FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */ - ... /* Optional arguments... */ -) -{ - va_list arp; - BYTE f, r; - UINT i, j, w; - ULONG v; - TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p; - int res, chc, cc; - - - va_start(arp, str); - - for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) { - c = *str++; - if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */ - if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); - if (cc != EOF) cc = 1; - continue; - } - w = f = 0; - c = *str++; - if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */ - f = 1; c = *str++; - } else { - if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */ - f = 2; c = *str++; - } - } - while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */ - w = w * 10 + c - '0'; - c = *str++; - } - if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */ - f |= 4; c = *str++; - } - if (!c) break; - d = c; - if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20; - switch (d) { /* Type is... */ - case 'S' : /* String */ - p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*); - for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ; - chc = 0; - if (!(f & 2)) { - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - } - chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil)); - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = chc; - continue; - case 'C' : /* Character */ - cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue; - case 'B' : /* Binary */ - r = 2; break; - case 'O' : /* Octal */ - r = 8; break; - case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */ - case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */ - r = 10; break; - case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */ - r = 16; break; - default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue; - } - - /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */ - v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int)); - if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) { - v = 0 - v; - f |= 8; - } - i = 0; - do { - d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r; - if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07; - s[i++] = d + '0'; - } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]); - if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-'; - j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' '; - res = 0; - while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil)); - do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i); - while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = res; - } - - va_end(arp); - return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res; -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */ diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h deleted file mode 100644 index 627cbaabe..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,337 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _FATFS -#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */ -#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */ - -#if _FATFS != _FFCONF -#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h). -#endif - - - -/* Definitions of volume management */ - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */ -typedef struct { - BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */ -} PARTITION; -extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */ - -#else /* Single partition configuration */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */ - -#endif - - - -/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */ - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */ -#if !_USE_LFN -#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg. -#endif -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef WCHAR TCHAR; -#define _T(x) L ## x -#define _TEXT(x) L ## x -#endif - -#else /* ANSI/OEM string */ -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef char TCHAR; -#define _T(x) x -#define _TEXT(x) x -#endif - -#endif - - - -/* File system object structure (FATFS) */ - -typedef struct { - BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */ - BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */ - BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */ - BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID */ - WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 - WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */ -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT - _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */ -#endif -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */ - DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */ - DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */ -#endif -#if _FS_RPATH - DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */ -#endif - DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */ - DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */ - DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */ - DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */ - DWORD database; /* Data start sector */ - DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */ - BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */ -} FATFS; - - - -/* File object structure (FIL) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */ - BYTE flag; /* File status flags */ - BYTE pad1; - DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */ - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */ - DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */ - BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */ -#endif -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK - UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */ -#endif -#if !_FS_TINY - BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */ -#endif -} FIL; - - - -/* Directory object structure (DIR) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */ - WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */ - WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */ - DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */ - DWORD sect; /* Current sector */ - BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */ - BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ -#if _USE_LFN - WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */ - WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */ -#endif -} DIR; - - - -/* File status structure (FILINFO) */ - -typedef struct { - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */ - WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */ - BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */ - TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */ -#if _USE_LFN - TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */ -#endif -} FILINFO; - - - -/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ - -typedef enum { - FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */ - FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */ - FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */ - FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */ - FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */ - FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */ - FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */ - FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */ - FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */ - FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */ - FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */ - FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */ - FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */ - FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */ - FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */ - FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */ - FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */ - FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */ - FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */ - FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */ -} FRESULT; - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FatFs module application interface */ - -FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ -FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */ -FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */ -FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */ -FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */ -FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */ -FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */ -FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */ -FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */ -FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */ -FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */ -FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */ -FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */ -FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */ -FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */ -FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */ -FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */ -FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */ -FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */ -FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */ -FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */ -int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */ -int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */ -int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */ -TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */ - -#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr) -#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize) - -#ifndef EOF -#define EOF (-1) -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Additional user defined functions */ - -/* RTC function */ -#if !_FS_READONLY -DWORD get_fattime (void); -#endif - -/* Unicode support functions */ -#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */ -WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */ -WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */ -#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */ -void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */ -void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */ -#endif -#endif - -/* Sync functions */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */ -int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */ -void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */ -int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */ -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Flags and offset address */ - - -/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */ - -#define FA_READ 0x01 -#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00 -#define FA__ERROR 0x80 - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#define FA_WRITE 0x02 -#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04 -#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08 -#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10 -#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20 -#define FA__DIRTY 0x40 -#endif - - -/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ - -#define FS_FAT12 1 -#define FS_FAT16 2 -#define FS_FAT32 3 - - -/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ - -#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */ -#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */ -#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */ -#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */ -#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */ -#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */ -#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */ -#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */ - - -/* Fast seek feature */ -#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF - - - -/*--------------------------------*/ -/* Multi-byte word access macros */ - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) -#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 63a4e7823..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ -/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to -/ the configuration options. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef _FFCONF -#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Function and Buffer Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */ -/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system -/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file -/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */ - - -#define _FS_READONLY 0 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */ -/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes -/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename, -/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */ - - -#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */ -/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions. -/ -/ 0: Full function. -/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename -/ are removed. -/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1. -/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */ - - -#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */ -/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */ - - -#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */ - - -#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */ - - -#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Locale and Namespace Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _CODE_PAGE 932 -/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system. -/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure. -/ -/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows) -/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows) -/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows) -/ 1253 - Greek (Windows) -/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows) -/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows) -/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows) -/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows) -/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows) -/ 437 - U.S. (OEM) -/ 720 - Arabic (OEM) -/ 737 - Greek (OEM) -/ 775 - Baltic (OEM) -/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) -/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) -/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM) -/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM) -/ 866 - Russian (OEM) -/ 857 - Turkish (OEM) -/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM) -/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows) -/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.) -*/ - - -#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */ -#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */ -/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support. -/ -/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect. -/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant. -/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK. -/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP. -/ -/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN, -/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added -/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions -/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */ -/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode, -/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */ - - -#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */ -/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature. -/ -/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions. -/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available. -/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1. -/ -/ Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Physical Drive Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _VOLUMES 1 -/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */ - - -#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */ -/* Maximum sector size to be handled. -/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be -/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk. -/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size -/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */ - - -#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */ -/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and -/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume -/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */ - - -#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command -/ should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ System Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */ -/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS -/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume. -/ -/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. -/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. -/ -/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word -/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. -/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the -/ performance and code size. -*/ - - -/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as -/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */ - -#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */ -#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */ - -/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module. -/ -/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect. -/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers, -/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj -/ function must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */ -/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater. - The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */ - - -#endif /* _FFCONFIG */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5408fe6b3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ -/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _INTEGER -#define _INTEGER - -#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */ - -#include <windows.h> -#include <tchar.h> - -#else /* Embedded platform */ - -/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ -typedef int INT; -typedef unsigned int UINT; - -/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ -typedef char CHAR; -typedef unsigned char UCHAR; -typedef unsigned char BYTE; - -/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ -typedef short SHORT; -typedef unsigned short USHORT; -typedef unsigned short WORD; -typedef unsigned short WCHAR; - -/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ -typedef long LONG; -typedef unsigned long ULONG; -typedef unsigned long DWORD; - -#endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c deleted file mode 100644 index a5a0f911d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -#include "RTC.h" - -#if defined(DUMMY_RTC) - -/** Current dummy RTC time and date */ -static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count; - -void RTC_Init(void) -{ - DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; - DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; - DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; - DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; - DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; - DummyRTC_Count.Year = 00; -} - -void RTC_Tick500ms(void) -{ - static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false; - - HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed; - if (HalfSecondElapsed == false) - return; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; - - static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; - uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1]; - - /* Check if we need to account for a leap year */ - if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) && - ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4)))) - { - DaysInMonth++; - } - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; - - if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12) - return; - - DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; - DummyRTC_Count.Year++; -} - -bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) -{ - GlobalInterruptDisable(); - DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate; - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - return true; -} - -bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) -{ - GlobalInterruptDisable(); - *TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count; - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - return true; -} - -#else - -void RTC_Init(void) -{ - /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ -} - -void RTC_Tick500ms(void) -{ - /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ -} - -bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) -{ - DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues; - const uint8_t WriteAddress = 0; - - // Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout - NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH = false; - NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false; - - // Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout - NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0; - NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10); - NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10); - NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10); - - // Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307 - if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress), - (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) - { - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) -{ - DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues; - const uint8_t ReadAddress = 0; - - // Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307 - if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress), - (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) - { - return false; - } - - // Convert stored time value into decimal - TimeDate->Second = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec; - TimeDate->Minute = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min; - TimeDate->Hour = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour; - - // Convert stored date value into decimal - TimeDate->Day = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day; - TimeDate->Month = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month; - TimeDate->Year = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year; - - return true; -} - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h deleted file mode 100644 index ae4fbfe16..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -#ifndef _RTC_H_ -#define _RTC_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Type Defines: */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Hour; - uint8_t Minute; - uint8_t Second; - uint8_t Day; - uint8_t Month; - uint8_t Year; - } TimeDate_t; - - typedef struct - { - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Sec : 4; - unsigned TenSec : 3; - unsigned CH : 1; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte1; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Min : 4; - unsigned TenMin : 3; - unsigned Reserved : 1; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte2; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Hour : 4; - unsigned TenHour : 2; - unsigned TwelveHourMode : 1; - unsigned Reserved : 1; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte3; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned DayOfWeek : 3; - unsigned Reserved : 5; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte4; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Day : 4; - unsigned TenDay : 2; - unsigned Reserved : 2; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte5; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Month : 4; - unsigned TenMonth : 1; - unsigned Reserved : 3; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte6; - - union - { - struct - { - unsigned Year : 4; - unsigned TenYear : 4; - } Fields; - - uint8_t IntVal; - } Byte7; - } DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t; - - /* Macros: */ - /** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */ - #define DS1307_ADDRESS 0xD0 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void RTC_Init(void); - void RTC_Tick500ms(void); - bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate); - bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c deleted file mode 100644 index 315f2e3a3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage - * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, - * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C -#include "SCSI.h" - -/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's - * features and capabilities. - */ -static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = - { - .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, - .PeripheralQualifier = 0, - - .Removable = true, - - .Version = 0, - - .ResponseDataFormat = 2, - .NormACA = false, - .TrmTsk = false, - .AERC = false, - - .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, - - .SoftReset = false, - .CmdQue = false, - .Linked = false, - .Sync = false, - .WideBus16Bit = false, - .WideBus32Bit = false, - .RelAddr = false, - - .VendorID = "LUFA", - .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", - .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, - }; - -/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE - * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. - */ -static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = - { - .ResponseCode = 0x70, - .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, - }; - - -/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches - * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns - * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess = false; - - /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ - switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) - { - case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: - case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: - case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: - case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: - /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ - CommandSuccess = true; - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - break; - default: - /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - break; - } - - /* Check if command was successfully processed */ - if (CommandSuccess) - { - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features - * and capabilities to the host. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); - uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); - - /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ - if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) - { - /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - - /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, - * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; - uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity - * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); - uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the - * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is - * supported. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ - if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) - { - /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ - if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) - { - /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address - * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual - * reading and writing of the data. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead) -{ - uint32_t BlockAddress; - uint16_t TotalBlocks; - - /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ - if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, - SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); - - /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); - - /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ - if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ - if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - else - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about - * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; - - return true; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h deleted file mode 100644 index ec9c3e2a4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for SCSI.c. - */ - -#ifndef _SCSI_H_ -#define _SCSI_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../TempDataLogger.h" - #include "../Descriptors.h" - #include "DataflashManager.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This - * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about - * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. - * - * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to - * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to - * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to - */ - #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_READ true - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_WRITE false - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) - static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead); - static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c deleted file mode 100644 index 44904fbe1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "TempDataLogger.h" - -/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, - .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, - .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .TotalLUNs = 1, - }, - }; - -/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */ -static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; - -/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, - .ReportINEndpoint = - { - .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, - .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer, - .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer), - }, - }; - -/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ -static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; - -/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ -static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; - -/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */ -static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks; - -/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */ -static FATFS DiskFATState; - -/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */ -static FIL TempLogFile; - - -/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */ -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */ - RTC_Tick500ms(); - - /* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */ - if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM) - return; - - /* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */ - CurrentLoggingTicks = 0; - - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs(); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - /* Only log when not connected to a USB host */ - if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached) - { - TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; - RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); - - char LineBuffer[100]; - uint16_t BytesWritten; - - BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n", - CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year, - CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second, - Temperature_GetTemperature()); - - f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten); - f_sync(&TempLogFile); - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - /* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */ - LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM); - - /* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */ - if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF) - LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; - - /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ - OpenLogFile(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface); - HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */ -void OpenLogFile(void) -{ - char LogFileName[12]; - - /* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */ - TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; - RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); - sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year); - - /* Mount the storage device, open the file */ - f_mount(0, &DiskFATState); - f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE); - f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize); -} - -/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */ -void CloseLogFile(void) -{ - /* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */ - f_sync(&TempLogFile); - f_close(&TempLogFile); -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); - Temperature_Init(); - Dataflash_Init(); - USB_Init(); - TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000)); - RTC_Init(); - - /* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */ - OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1); - TCCR1B = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12); - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); - - /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */ - if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - for(;;); - } - - /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */ - DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - /* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */ - CloseLogFile(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - - /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ - OpenLogFile(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface); - ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface); - HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface); -} - -/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - - return CommandSuccess; -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID - * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored - * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent) - * - * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent - */ -bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize) -{ - Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; - - RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); - - ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; - - *ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t); - return true; -} - -/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host. - * - * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced - * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host - * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature - * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored - * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report - */ -void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize) -{ - Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; - - RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); - - /* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */ - if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS) - { - LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS; - eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM); - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h deleted file mode 100644 index 70d17f4da..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for TempDataLogger.c. - */ - -#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ -#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include "Lib/SCSI.h" - #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h" - #include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h" - #include "Lib/RTC.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 - - /** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */ - #define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL 10 - - /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */ - #define DISK_READ_ONLY false - - /* Type Defines: */ - typedef struct - { - TimeDate_t TimeDate; - uint8_t LogInterval500MS; - } Device_Report_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void OpenLogFile(void); - void CloseLogFile(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - - bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - uint8_t* const ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - void* ReportData, - uint16_t* const ReportSize); - void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, - const uint8_t ReportID, - const uint8_t ReportType, - const void* ReportData, - const uint16_t ReportSize); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bdf8db0ee..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ - GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates -the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public -License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. - - 0. Additional Definitions. - - As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU -General Public License. - - "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, -other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. - - An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided -by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. -Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode -of using an interface provided by the Library. - - A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an -Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library -with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked -Version". - - The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the -Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code -for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are -based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. - - The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the -object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data -and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the -Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. - - 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License -without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - 2. Conveying Modified Versions. - - If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a -facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application -that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the -facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified -version: - - a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to - ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the - function or data, the facility still operates, and performs - whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or - - b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of - this License applicable to that copy. - - 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. - - The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from -a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object -code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated -material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure -layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates -(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the - Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - 4. Combined Works. - - You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, -taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the -portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse -engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of -the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that - the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during - execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among - these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the - copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. - - d) Do one of the following: - - 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this - License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form - suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to - recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of - the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the - manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying - Corresponding Source. - - 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the - Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time - a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer - system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version - of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked - Version. - - e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise - be required to provide such information under section 6 of the - GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is - necessary to install and execute a modified version of the - Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the - Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If - you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany - the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application - Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation - Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL - for conveying Corresponding Source.) - - 5. Combined Libraries. - - You may place library facilities that are a work based on the -Library side by side in a single library together with other library -facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this -License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your -choice, if you do both of the following: - - a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based - on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, - conveyed under the terms of this License. - - b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it - is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the - accompanying uncombined form of the same work. - - 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new -versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version -of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" -applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and -conditions either of that published version or of any later version -published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you -received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser -General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide -whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall -apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is -permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the -Library. - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 10926e87f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,675 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for -software and other kinds of works. - - The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed -to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, -the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to -share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free -software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the -GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to -any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you -want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new -free programs, and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you -these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have -certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if -you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same -freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive -or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they -know their rights. - - Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: -(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License -giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. - - For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains -that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and -authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as -changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to -authors of previous versions. - - Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run -modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer -can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of -protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic -pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to -use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we -have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those -products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we -stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions -of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. - - Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. -States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of -software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to -avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could -make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that -patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - 0. Definitions. - - "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. - - "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of -works, such as semiconductor masks. - - "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this -License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and -"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. - - To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work -in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an -exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the -earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. - - A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based -on the Program. - - To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without -permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for -infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a -computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, -distribution (with or without modification), making available to the -public, and in some countries other activities as well. - - To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other -parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through -a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. - - An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" -to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible -feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) -tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the -extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the -work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If -the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a -menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. - - 1. Source Code. - - The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work -for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source -form of a work. - - A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official -standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of -interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that -is widely used among developers working in that language. - - The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other -than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of -packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major -Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that -Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an -implementation is available to the public in source code form. A -"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component -(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system -(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to -produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. - - The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all -the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable -work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to -control those activities. However, it does not include the work's -System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free -programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but -which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source -includes interface definition files associated with source files for -the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically -linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, -such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those -subprograms and other parts of the work. - - The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users -can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding -Source. - - The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that -same work. - - 2. Basic Permissions. - - All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of -copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated -conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited -permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a -covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its -content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your -rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. - - You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not -convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains -in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose -of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you -with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with -the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do -not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works -for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction -and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of -your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. - - Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under -the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 -makes it unnecessary. - - 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. - - No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological -measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article -11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or -similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such -measures. - - When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid -circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention -is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to -the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or -modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's -users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of -technological measures. - - 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. - - You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you -receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and -appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; -keep intact all notices stating that this License and any -non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; -keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all -recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. - - You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, -and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. - - 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. - - You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to -produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the -terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified - it, and giving a relevant date. - - b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is - released under this License and any conditions added under section - 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to - "keep intact all notices". - - c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this - License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This - License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 - additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, - regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no - permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not - invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. - - d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display - Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive - interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your - work need not make them do so. - - A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent -works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, -and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, -in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an -"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not -used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users -beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work -in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other -parts of the aggregate. - - 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. - - You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms -of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the -machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, -in one of these ways: - - a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the - Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium - customarily used for software interchange. - - b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a - written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as - long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product - model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a - copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the - product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical - medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no - more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this - conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the - Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. - - c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the - written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This - alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and - only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord - with subsection 6b. - - d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated - place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the - Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no - further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the - Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to - copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source - may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) - that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain - clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the - Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the - Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is - available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. - - e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided - you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding - Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no - charge under subsection 6d. - - A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded -from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be -included in conveying the object code work. - - A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any -tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, -or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation -into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, -doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular -product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a -typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status -of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user -actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product -is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial -commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent -the only significant mode of use of the product. - - "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, -procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install -and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from -a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must -suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object -code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because -modification has been made. - - If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or -specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as -part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the -User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a -fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the -Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied -by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply -if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install -modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has -been installed in ROM). - - The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a -requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates -for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for -the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a -network may be denied when the modification itself materially and -adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and -protocols for communication across the network. - - Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, -in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly -documented (and with an implementation available to the public in -source code form), and must require no special password or key for -unpacking, reading or copying. - - 7. Additional Terms. - - "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this -License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. -Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall -be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent -that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions -apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately -under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by -this License without regard to the additional permissions. - - When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option -remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of -it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own -removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place -additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, -for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you -add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of -that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: - - a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the - terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or - - b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or - author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal - Notices displayed by works containing it; or - - c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or - requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in - reasonable ways as different from the original version; or - - d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or - authors of the material; or - - e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some - trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or - - f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that - material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of - it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for - any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on - those licensors and authors. - - All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further -restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you -received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is -governed by this License along with a term that is a further -restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains -a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this -License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms -of that license document, provided that the further restriction does -not survive such relicensing or conveying. - - If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you -must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the -additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating -where to find the applicable terms. - - Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the -form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; -the above requirements apply either way. - - 8. Termination. - - You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly -provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or -modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under -this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third -paragraph of section 11). - - However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your -license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) -provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and -finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright -holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means -prior to 60 days after the cessation. - - Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is -reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the -violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have -received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that -copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after -your receipt of the notice. - - Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the -licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under -this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently -reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same -material under section 10. - - 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. - - You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or -run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work -occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission -to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, -nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or -modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do -not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a -covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. - - 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. - - Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically -receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and -propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible -for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. - - An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an -organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an -organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered -work results from an entity transaction, each party to that -transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever -licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could -give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the -Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if -the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. - - You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the -rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may -not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of -rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation -(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that -any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for -sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. - - 11. Patents. - - A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this -License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The -work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". - - A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims -owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or -hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted -by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, -but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a -consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For -purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant -patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of -this License. - - Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free -patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to -make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and -propagate the contents of its contributor version. - - In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express -agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent -(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to -sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a -party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a -patent against the party. - - If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, -and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone -to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a -publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, -then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so -available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the -patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner -consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent -license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have -actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the -covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work -in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that -country that you have reason to believe are valid. - - If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or -arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a -covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties -receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify -or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license -you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered -work and works based on it. - - A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within -the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is -conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are -specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered -work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is -in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment -to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying -the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the -parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory -patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work -conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily -for and in connection with specific products or compilations that -contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, -or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. - - Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting -any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may -otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. - - 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. - - If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a -covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may -not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you -to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey -the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this -License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. - - 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have -permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed -under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single -combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this -License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, -but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, -section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the -combination as such. - - 14. Revised Versions of this License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of -the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General -Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the -option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered -version or of any later version published by the Free Software -Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the -GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published -by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future -versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's -public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you -to choose that version for the Program. - - Later license versions may give you additional or different -permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any -author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a -later version. - - 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. - - THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY -APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT -HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY -OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM -IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF -ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 16. Limitation of Liability. - - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS -THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY -GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE -USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF -DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD -PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), -EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -SUCH DAMAGES. - - 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. - - If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided -above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, -reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates -an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the -Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a -copy of the Program in return for a fee. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - - If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short -notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: - - <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands -might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". - - You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, -if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. -For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see -<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - - The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program -into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you -may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with -the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General -Public License instead of this License. But first, please read -<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 58fac5144..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -namespace Project1HostApp -{ - partial class frmDataloggerSettings - { - /// <summary> - /// Required designer variable. - /// </summary> - private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; - - /// <summary> - /// Clean up any resources being used. - /// </summary> - /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param> - protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) - { - if (disposing && (components != null)) - { - components.Dispose(); - } - base.Dispose(disposing); - } - - #region Windows Form Designer generated code - - /// <summary> - /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify - /// the contents of this method with the code editor. - /// </summary> - private void InitializeComponent() - { - this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); - this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown(); - this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit(); - this.SuspendLayout(); - // - // btnSetValues - // - this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136); - this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues"; - this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); - this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0; - this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values"; - this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click); - // - // dtpTime - // - this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = ""; - this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time; - this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61); - this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime"; - this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true; - this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); - this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1; - // - // lblTime - // - this.lblTime.AutoSize = true; - this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67); - this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime"; - this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); - this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2; - this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:"; - // - // lblLoggingInterval - // - this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true; - this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101); - this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval"; - this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13); - this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3; - this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:"; - // - // nudLogInterval - // - this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94); - this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] { - 60, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] { - 1, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval"; - this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20); - this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5; - this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] { - 5, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - // - // lblSeconds - // - this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true; - this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101); - this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds"; - this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13); - this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6; - this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds"; - // - // btnGetValues - // - this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136); - this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues"; - this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); - this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7; - this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values"; - this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click); - // - // lblDate - // - this.lblDate.AutoSize = true; - this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); - this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33); - this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate"; - this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); - this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8; - this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:"; - // - // dtpDate - // - this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy"; - this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom; - this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27); - this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate"; - this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); - this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9; - // - // frmDataloggerSettings - // - this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); - this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; - this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197); - this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate); - this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds); - this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval); - this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime); - this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime); - this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues); - this.MaximizeBox = false; - this.MinimizeBox = false; - this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings"; - this.Text = "Datalogger"; - this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit(); - this.ResumeLayout(false); - this.PerformLayout(); - - } - - #endregion - - private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues; - private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval; - private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds; - private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate; - private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate; - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs deleted file mode 100644 index c3d1e1564..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.ComponentModel; -using System.Data; -using System.Drawing; -using System.Linq; -using System.Text; -using System.Windows.Forms; -using Hid; - -namespace Project1HostApp -{ - public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form - { - private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB; - private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063; - - private struct Device_Report_t - { - public Byte Day; - public Byte Month; - public Byte Year; - - public Byte Hour; - public Byte Minute; - public Byte Second; - - public Byte LogInterval500MS; - - public Byte[] ToReport() - { - Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; - - Report[0] = this.Hour; - Report[1] = this.Minute; - Report[2] = this.Second; - Report[3] = this.Day; - Report[4] = this.Month; - Report[5] = this.Year; - Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS; - - return Report; - } - - public void FromReport(Byte[] Report) - { - this.Hour = Report[0]; - this.Minute = Report[1]; - this.Second = Report[2]; - this.Day = Report[3]; - this.Month = Report[4]; - this.Year = Report[5]; - this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6]; - } - }; - - private IDevice GetDeviceConnection() - { - IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID); - IDevice ConnectionHandle = null; - - if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0) - ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0]; - else - return null; - - // Fix report handle under Windows - if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet) - { - ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00, - ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]); - } - - return ConnectionHandle; - } - - public frmDataloggerSettings() - { - InitializeComponent(); - } - - private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); - - if (ConnectionHandle == null) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); - return; - } - - Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); - DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day; - DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month; - DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000)); - DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour; - DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute; - DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second; - DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2); - - try - { - ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport()); - MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully."); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); - } - } - - private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); - - if (ConnectionHandle == null) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); - return; - } - - Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); - - try - { - Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; - - ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report); - DeviceReport.FromReport(Report); - String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully."; - - try - { - dtpDate.Value = new DateTime( - (2000 + DeviceReport.Year), - DeviceReport.Month, - DeviceReport.Day); - - dtpTime.Value = new DateTime( - DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day, - DeviceReport.Hour, - DeviceReport.Minute, - DeviceReport.Second); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" + - ex.Message + - "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() + - " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() + - " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() + - "\n\nUsing current date and time."; - dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now; - dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now; - } - - try - { - nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum; - } - - MessageBox.Show(msgText); - } - catch (Exception ex) - { - MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); - } - } - - private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx deleted file mode 100644 index 19dc0dd8b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" /> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4c19edd21..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2a7112fc0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3693c6ca0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 2588e60c1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using System.Windows.Forms; - -namespace Project1HostApp -{ - static class Program - { - /// <summary> - /// The main entry point for the application. - /// </summary> - [STAThread] - static void Main() - { - Application.EnableVisualStyles(); - Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); - Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings()); - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index a4d0ab1d5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 63b1af40d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { - using System; - - - /// <summary> - /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - /// </summary> - // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder - // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. - // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen - // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] - [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - internal class Resources { - - private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; - - private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; - - [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] - internal Resources() { - } - - /// <summary> - /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { - get { - if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) { - global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); - resourceMan = temp; - } - return resourceMan; - } - } - - /// <summary> - /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - /// </summary> - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { - get { - return resourceCulture; - } - set { - resourceCulture = value; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx deleted file mode 100644 index af7dbebba..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<root> - <!-- - Microsoft ResX Schema - - Version 2.0 - - The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format - that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the - various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes - associated with the data types. - - Example: - - ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... - <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> - <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> - <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> - <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> - <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> - <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> - </data> - <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> - <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> - <comment>This is a comment</comment> - </data> - - There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple - name/value pairs. - - Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a - type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support - text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. - Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the - mimetype set. - - The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the - ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not - extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: - - Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format - that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can - read any of the formats listed below. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 - value : The object must be serialized with - : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - - mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 - value : The object must be serialized into a byte array - : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter - : and then encoded with base64 encoding. - --> - <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> - <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> - <xsd:element name="metadata"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="assembly"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="data"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> - <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - <xsd:element name="resheader"> - <xsd:complexType> - <xsd:sequence> - <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> - </xsd:sequence> - <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:choice> - </xsd:complexType> - </xsd:element> - </xsd:schema> - <resheader name="resmimetype"> - <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="version"> - <value>2.0</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="reader"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> - <resheader name="writer"> - <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> - </resheader> -</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 95fc3ad58..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// <auto-generated> -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// </auto-generated> -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { - - - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")] - internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase { - - private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); - - public static Settings Default { - get { - return defaultInstance; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings deleted file mode 100644 index 39645652a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)"> - <Profiles> - <Profile Name="(Default)" /> - </Profiles> - <Settings /> -</SettingsFile> diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ab6b9a83a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/ - -This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit, -Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of -Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system -that has both hiddev and Mono. - -Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and -64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often -neglected. - - -Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics. - -Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET -Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs). - - -A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate -methods. - -LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other -examples on common devices are welcomed. - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index 8517d6f42..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003"> - <PropertyGroup> - <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration> - <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform> - <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion> - <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion> - <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid> - <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType> - <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder> - <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace> - <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName> - <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion> - <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment> - <FileUpgradeFlags> - </FileUpgradeFlags> - <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion> - <UpgradeBackupLocation /> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols> - <DebugType>full</DebugType> - <Optimize>false</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' "> - <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType> - <Optimize>true</Optimize> - <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath> - <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants> - <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> - <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> - </PropertyGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL"> - <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion> - <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System" /> - <Reference Include="System.Core"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions"> - <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> - </Reference> - <Reference Include="System.Data" /> - <Reference Include="System.Deployment" /> - <Reference Include="System.Drawing" /> - <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" /> - <Reference Include="System.Xml" /> - </ItemGroup> - <ItemGroup> - <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs"> - <SubType>Form</SubType> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs"> - <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> - </Compile> - <Compile Include="Program.cs" /> - <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" /> - <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx"> - <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx"> - <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - <SubType>Designer</SubType> - </EmbeddedResource> - <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon> - <DesignTime>True</DesignTime> - </Compile> - <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings"> - <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator> - <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> - </None> - <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs"> - <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> - <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon> - <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput> - </Compile> - </ItemGroup> - <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" /> - <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. - Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets. - <Target Name="BeforeBuild"> - </Target> - <Target Name="AfterBuild"> - </Target> - --> -</Project>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py deleted file mode 100644 index 5a6bf2da1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -""" - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -""" - -""" - Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script - configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user - defined logging interval. - - The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to - a multiple of 500ms. - - Usage: - python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval> - - Example: - python temp_log_config.py 500 - - Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/). -""" - -import sys -from datetime import datetime -import pywinusb.hid as hid - -# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased -# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended) -device_vid = 0x03EB -device_pid = 0x2063 -report_length = 1 + 7 - - -def get_hid_device_handle(): - hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid, - product_id=device_pid) - - valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices() - - if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0: - return None - else: - return valid_hid_devices[0] - - -def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms): - # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) - report_data = [0] - - # Followed by the time/date data - report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute, - time_date.second, time_date.day, - time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000]) - - # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time - report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms]) - - # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be - report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data))) - - # Send the generated report to the device - device.send_output_report(report_data) - - -def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms): - hid_device = get_hid_device_handle() - - if hid_device is None: - print("No valid HID device found.") - sys.exit(1) - - try: - hid_device.open() - - print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" % - (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id, - hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name)) - - configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms) - - print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date) - print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0))) - - finally: - hid_device.close() - - -if __name__ == '__main__': - time_date = datetime.now() - log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2 - - # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range - log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01) - log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF) - - main(time_date, log_interval_500ms) diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4d4e0b5e8..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i> - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td> - * <td>Mass Storage Device \n - * Human Interface Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td> - * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n - * Keyboard Subclass</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n - * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n - * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n - * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n - * USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by - * the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem - * each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage - * device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the - * logging commences. - * - * A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the - * sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token - * is specified - see \ref Sec_Options. - * - * Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host. - * For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system. - * - * This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library - * LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/). - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>DUMMY_RTC</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system - * clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index bf7ee2c3f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Temperature Datalogger project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="HID Class"/>
- <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index a9f335379..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2366 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "Temperature Datalogger Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ - TempLogHostApp/ \ - TempLogHostApp_Python/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index eb662f66b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = TempDataLogger -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \ - $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d5f58a4a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE - #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1000c4a34..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x204B, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CDC_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Header = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - }, - - .CDC_Functional_ACM = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, - - .Capabilities = 0x06, - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, - - .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - }, - - .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .CDC_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA USB-RS232 Adapter"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index ce014c632..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // CDC Command Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; - - // CDC Data Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf deleted file mode 100644 index b00fab6a4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -;************************************************************ -; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation -;************************************************************ - -[DefaultInstall] -CopyINF="LUFA USBtoSerial.inf" - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Ports -ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 - -[SourceDisksNames] - -[SourceDisksFiles] - -[DestinationDirs] -DefaultDestDir=12 - -[DriverInstall] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection -AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg - -[DriverInstall.Services] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst - -[DriverInstall.AddReg] -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -[DeviceList.NTx86] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -[DeviceList.NTia64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" -DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB to Serial"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c deleted file mode 100644 index 343b51ba5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the USBtoSerial project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "USBtoSerial.h" - -/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the device via the serial port. */ -static RingBuffer_t USBtoUSART_Buffer; - -/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USBtoUSART_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */ -static uint8_t USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data[128]; - -/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */ -static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer; - -/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */ -static uint8_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128]; - -/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - }, - }; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USBtoUSART_Buffer, USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data)); - RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data)); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - /* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */ - if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USBtoUSART_Buffer))) - { - int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - /* Store received byte into the USART transmit buffer */ - if (!(ReceivedByte < 0)) - RingBuffer_Insert(&USBtoUSART_Buffer, ReceivedByte); - } - - uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer); - if (BufferCount) - { - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.Config.DataINEndpoint.Address); - - /* Check if a packet is already enqueued to the host - if so, we shouldn't try to send more data - * until it completes as there is a chance nothing is listening and a lengthy timeout could occur */ - if (Endpoint_IsINReady()) - { - /* Never send more than one bank size less one byte to the host at a time, so that we don't block - * while a Zero Length Packet (ZLP) to terminate the transfer is sent if the host isn't listening */ - uint8_t BytesToSend = MIN(BufferCount, (CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE - 1)); - - /* Read bytes from the USART receive buffer into the USB IN endpoint */ - while (BytesToSend--) - { - /* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */ - if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, - RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError) - { - break; - } - - /* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */ - RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer); - } - } - } - - /* Load the next byte from the USART transmit buffer into the USART if transmit buffer space is available */ - if (Serial_IsSendReady() && !(RingBuffer_IsEmpty(&USBtoUSART_Buffer))) - Serial_SendByte(RingBuffer_Remove(&USBtoUSART_Buffer)); - - CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - -/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer - * for later transmission to the host. - */ -ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1; - - if ((USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured) && !(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer))) - RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte); -} - -/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event. - * - * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint8_t ConfigMask = 0; - - switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType) - { - case CDC_PARITY_Odd: - ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10)); - break; - case CDC_PARITY_Even: - ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11); - break; - } - - if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits) - ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1); - - switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits) - { - case 6: - ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10); - break; - case 7: - ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11); - break; - case 8: - ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10)); - break; - } - - /* Keep the TX line held high (idle) while the USART is reconfigured */ - PORTD |= (1 << 3); - - /* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */ - UCSR1B = 0; - UCSR1A = 0; - UCSR1C = 0; - - /* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */ - UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS); - - /* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */ - UCSR1C = ConfigMask; - UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1); - UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1)); - - /* Release the TX line after the USART has been reconfigured */ - PORTD &= ~(1 << 3); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h deleted file mode 100644 index afa3e43d3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for USBtoSerial.c. - */ - -#ifndef _USB_SERIAL_H_ -#define _USB_SERIAL_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - - void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0620f9393..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage USB to Serial Converter Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * USB to Serial bridge project. This project allows a USB AVR to serve - * as a USB to USART bridge between a USB host and a device lacking a - * USB port. When programmed into a USB AVR, the AVR will enumerate as a - * virtual COM port. - * - * The AVR's hardware USART's settings will change to mirror as closely as - * possible the serial settings set on the host. However, due to hardware - * limitations, some options may not be supported (baud rates with unacceptable - * error rates at the AVR's clock speed, data lengths other than 6, 7 or 8 bits, - * 1.5 stop bits, parity other than none, even or odd). - * - * After running this project for the first time on a new computer, - * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this project - * project's directory as the device's driver when running under - * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, - * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other - * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt - * CDC-ACM drivers. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td> - * None - * </td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5afcafe7c..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="USB to Serial Converter" id="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial" caption="USB to Serial Converter">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- USB to Serial USART converter project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="USBtoSerial.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA USBtoSerial.inf"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="USBtoSerial.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="USBtoSerial.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index d5e415aa6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - USB to Serial Device Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 72daabd90..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = USBtoSerial -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 40ebe7ddc..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT - #define ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER - #define ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER - #define MAX_URI_LENGTH 50 - - #define DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){ 10, 0, 0, 2} - #define DEVICE_NETMASK (uint8_t[]){255, 255, 255, 0} - #define DEVICE_GATEWAY (uint8_t[]){ 10, 0, 0, 1} - #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){ 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0} - - #define UIP_CONF_UDP (defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER)) - #define UIP_CONF_BROADCAST 1 - #define UIP_CONF_TCP 1 - #define UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS 1 - #define UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS 3 - #define UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS 5 - #define UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE 1514 - #define UIP_CONF_LL_802154 0 - #define UIP_CONF_LL_80211 0 - #define UIP_CONF_ROUTER 0 - #define UIP_CONF_ICMP6 0 - #define UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH 1 - #define UIP_URGDATA 0 - #define UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM 0 - #define UIP_ARCH_ADD32 0 - #define UIP_NEIGHBOR_CONF_ADDRTYPE 0 - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index fa407999e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) -// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT -// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE - #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP -// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7be6e4b21..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,295 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2069, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 3, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CDC_IAD = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, - - .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol, - - .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Header = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - }, - - .CDC_Functional_ACM = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, - - .Capabilities = 0x00, - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, - - .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - }, - - .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .MS_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass, - .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass, - .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .MS_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .MS_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Webserver"); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b656e4b6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ - #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64 - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 5) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // RNDIS CDC Command Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; - - // RNDIS CDC Data Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint; - - // Mass Storage Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 2, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum StringDescriptors_t - { - STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf deleted file mode 100644 index c77de8f6b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation - -[DefaultInstall] -CopyINF="LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf" - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Net -ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 - -[ControlFlags] -ExcludeFromSelect=* - -[DriverInstall] -Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI -BusType=15 -include=netrndis.inf -needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi -AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista - -[DriverInstall.Services] -include=netrndis.inf -needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069 - -[DeviceList.NTx86] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069 - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069 - -[DeviceList.NTia64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069 - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" -DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo" diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3b1d2d702..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * DHCP Client Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will retrieve IP configuration settings from the - * DHCP server on the network. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C -#include "DHCPClientApp.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Initialization function for the DHCP client. */ -void DHCPClientApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */ - struct uip_udp_conn* Connection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */ - if (Connection != NULL) - { - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &Connection->appstate; - uip_udp_bind(Connection, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT)); - - /* Set the initial client state */ - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover; - - /* Set timeout period to half a second for a DHCP server to respond */ - timer_set(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout, CLOCK_SECOND / 2); - } -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP client. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack - * needs a UDP packet to be processed. - */ -void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void) -{ - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_udp_conn->appstate; - DHCP_Header_t* const AppData = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata; - uint16_t AppDataSize = 0; - - switch (AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState) - { - case DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover: - /* Clear all DHCP settings, reset client IP address */ - memset(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data, 0x00, sizeof(AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data)); - uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP); - - /* Fill out the DHCP response header */ - AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_DISCOVER, AppState); - - /* Add the required DHCP options list to the packet */ - uint8_t RequiredOptionList[] = {DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER}; - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST, sizeof(RequiredOptionList), - RequiredOptionList); - - /* Send the DHCP DISCOVER packet */ - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - /* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */ - timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout); - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer; - - break; - case DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer: - if (!(uip_newdata())) - { - /* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */ - if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout)) - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover; - - break; - } - - uint8_t OfferResponse_MessageType; - if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) && - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &OfferResponse_MessageType) && - (OfferResponse_MessageType == DHCP_OFFER)) - { - /* Received a DHCP offer for an IP address, copy over values for later request */ - memcpy(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, &AppData->YourIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask); - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP); - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP); - - timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout); - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendRequest; - } - - break; - case DHCP_STATE_SendRequest: - /* Fill out the DHCP response header */ - AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_REQUEST, AppState); - - /* Add the DHCP REQUESTED IP ADDRESS option to the packet */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), - &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP); - - /* Add the DHCP SERVER IP ADDRESS option to the packet */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), - &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP); - - /* Send the DHCP REQUEST packet */ - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - /* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */ - timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout); - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK; - - break; - case DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK: - if (!(uip_newdata())) - { - /* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */ - if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout)) - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover; - - break; - } - - uint8_t RequestResponse_MessageType; - if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) && - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &RequestResponse_MessageType) && - (RequestResponse_MessageType == DHCP_ACK)) - { - /* Set the new network parameters from the DHCP server */ - uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP); - uip_setnetmask((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask); - uip_setdraddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP); - - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased; - } - - break; - } -} - -/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required - * fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP server. - * - * \param[out] DHCPHeader Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to - * \param[in] DHCPMessageType DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER - * \param[in] AppState Application state of the current UDP connection - * - * \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet - */ -static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState) -{ - /* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */ - memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); - - /* Fill out the DHCP packet header */ - DHCPHeader->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST; - DHCPHeader->HardwareType = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET; - DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress); - DHCPHeader->Hops = 0; - DHCPHeader->TransactionID = DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID; - DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds = 0; - DHCPHeader->Flags = HTONS(BOOTP_BROADCAST); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, &MACAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr)); - DHCPHeader->Cookie = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE; - - /* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */ - DHCPHeader->Options[0] = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE; - DHCPHeader->Options[1] = 1; - DHCPHeader->Options[2] = DHCPMessageType; - DHCPHeader->Options[3] = DHCP_OPTION_END; - - /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */ - return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 298ff7354..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DHCPClientApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_ -#define _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <uip.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - #include "../Webserver.h" - #include "DHCPCommon.h" - - /* Enums: */ - /** States for each DHCP connection to a DHCP client. */ - enum DHCP_Client_States_t - { - DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover, /**< Send DISCOVER packet to retrieve DHCP lease offers */ - DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer, /**< Waiting for OFFER packet giving available DHCP leases */ - DHCP_STATE_SendRequest, /**< Send REQUEST packet to request a DHCP lease */ - DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK, /**< Wait for ACK packet to complete the DHCP lease */ - DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased, /**< DHCP address has been leased from a DHCP server */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DHCPClientApp_Init(void); - void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C) - static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState); - #endif -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7dbcaf069..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Common DHCP routines to manage DHCP packet data. - */ - -#include "DHCPCommon.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Sets the given DHCP option in the DHCP packet's option list. This automatically moves the - * end of options terminator past the new option in the options list. - * - * \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list - * \param[in] Option DHCP option to add to the list - * \param[in] DataLen Size in bytes of the option data to add - * \param[in] OptionData Buffer where the option's data is to be sourced from - * - * \return Number of bytes added to the DHCP packet - */ -uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - const uint8_t DataLen, - void* const OptionData) -{ - /* Skip through the DHCP options list until the terminator option is found */ - while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END) - DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2); - - /* Overwrite the existing terminator with the new option, add a new terminator at the end of the list */ - DHCPOptionList[0] = Option; - DHCPOptionList[1] = DataLen; - memcpy(&DHCPOptionList[2], OptionData, DataLen); - DHCPOptionList[2 + DataLen] = DHCP_OPTION_END; - - /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */ - return (2 + DataLen); -} - -/** Retrieves the given option's data (if present) from the DHCP packet's options list. - * - * \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list - * \param[in] Option DHCP option to retrieve to the list - * \param[out] Destination Buffer where the option's data is to be written to if found - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the option was found in the DHCP packet's options list, \c false otherwise - */ -bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - void* const Destination) -{ - /* Look through the incoming DHCP packet's options list for the requested option */ - while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END) - { - /* Check if the current DHCP option in the packet is the one requested */ - if (DHCPOptionList[0] == Option) - { - /* Copy request option's data to the destination buffer */ - memcpy(Destination, &DHCPOptionList[2], DHCPOptionList[1]); - - /* Indicate that the requested option data was successfully retrieved */ - return true; - } - - /* Skip to next DHCP option in the options list */ - DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2); - } - - /* Requested option not found in the incoming packet's DHCP options list */ - return false; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1ded5420a..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for common DHCP defines. - */ - -#ifndef _DHCP_COMMON_H_ -#define _DHCP_COMMON_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <stdint.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - #include <string.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <uip.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** UDP listen port for a BOOTP server. */ - #define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67 - - /** UDP listen port for a BOOTP client. */ - #define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68 - - /** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REQUEST message. */ - #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01 - - /** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REPLY message. */ - #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02 - - /** BOOTP flag for a BOOTP broadcast message. */ - #define BOOTP_BROADCAST 0x8000 - - /** Magic DHCP cookie for a BOOTP message to identify it as a DHCP message. */ - #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63538263 - - /** Unique transaction ID used to identify DHCP responses to the client. */ - #define DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID 0x13245466 - - /** DHCP message type for a DISCOVER message. */ - #define DHCP_DISCOVER 1 - - /** DHCP message type for an OFFER message. */ - #define DHCP_OFFER 2 - - /** DHCP message type for a REQUEST message. */ - #define DHCP_REQUEST 3 - - /** DHCP message type for a DECLINE message. */ - #define DHCP_DECLINE 4 - - /** DHCP message type for an ACK message. */ - #define DHCP_ACK 5 - - /** DHCP message type for a NAK message. */ - #define DHCP_NAK 6 - - /** DHCP message type for a RELEASE message. */ - #define DHCP_RELEASE 7 - - /** DHCP medium type for standard Ethernet. */ - #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 1 - - /** DHCP message option for the network subnet mask. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1 - - /** DHCP message option for the network gateway IP. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3 - - /** DHCP message option for the network DNS server. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6 - - /** DHCP message option for the requested client IP address. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR 50 - - /** DHCP message option for the IP address lease time. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51 - - /** DHCP message option for the DHCP message type. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE 53 - - /** DHCP message option for the DHCP server IP. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54 - - /** DHCP message option for the list of required options from the server. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST 55 - - /** DHCP message option for the options list terminator. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */ - uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */ - uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */ - uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */ - - uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */ - - uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */ - uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */ - - uip_ipaddr_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */ - uip_ipaddr_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */ - uip_ipaddr_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - uip_ipaddr_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - - uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */ - uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - - uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */ - - uint8_t Options[]; /**< DHCP message options */ - } DHCP_Header_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - const uint8_t DataLen, - void* const OptionData); - bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - void* const Destination); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9ed521e57..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,265 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * DHCP Server Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will send IP configuration settings to a - * DHCP client on the network. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C -#include "DHCPServerApp.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -struct uip_conn* BroadcastConnection; - -uint8_t LeasedIPs[255 / 8]; - -/** Initialization function for the DHCP server. */ -void DHCPServerApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Listen on port 67 for DHCP server connections from hosts */ - uip_listen(HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */ - struct uip_udp_conn* BroadcastConnection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT)); - - /* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */ - if (BroadcastConnection != NULL) - uip_udp_bind(BroadcastConnection, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* Set all IP addresses as unleased */ - memset(LeasedIPs, 0x00, sizeof(LeasedIPs)); -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP server. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack - * needs a UDP packet to be processed. - */ -void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void) -{ - DHCP_Header_t* const AppData = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata; - uint16_t AppDataSize = 0; - - /* Only process when new data arrives - don't retransmit lost packets */ - if (uip_newdata()) - { - /* Get the DHCP message type (if present), otherwise early-abort */ - uint8_t DHCPMessageType; - if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &DHCPMessageType))) - return; - - uip_ipaddr_t Netmask, GatewayIPAddress, PreferredClientIP; - struct uip_eth_addr RemoteMACAddress; - uint32_t TransactionID; - - /* Get configured network mask, gateway IP and extract out DHCP transaction ID and remote IP */ - uip_getnetmask(&Netmask); - uip_getdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress); - memcpy(&RemoteMACAddress, &AppData->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr)); - TransactionID = AppData->TransactionID; - - /* Try to extract out the client's preferred IP address if it is indicated in the packet */ - if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, &PreferredClientIP))) - memcpy(&PreferredClientIP, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - - switch (DHCPMessageType) - { - case DHCP_DISCOVER: - /* If no preference was made or the preferred IP is already taken, find a new address */ - if (DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP)) - DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(&PreferredClientIP); - - /* Create a new DHCP OFFER packet with the offered IP address */ - AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_OFFER, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID); - - /* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP OFFER packet options */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask); - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress); - - /* Send the DHCP OFFER packet */ - uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection); - memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - break; - case DHCP_REQUEST: - /* Check to see if the requested IP address has already been leased to a client */ - if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP))) - { - /* Create a new DHCP ACK packet to accept the IP address lease */ - AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_ACK, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID); - - /* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP ACK packet options */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask); - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress); - - /* Mark the requested IP as leased to a client */ - DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(&PreferredClientIP); - } - else - { - /* Create a new DHCP NAK packet to reject the requested allocation */ - AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_NAK, &RemoteMACAddress, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, TransactionID); - } - - /* Send the DHCP ACK or NAK packet */ - uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection); - memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - break; - case DHCP_RELEASE: - /* Mark the IP address as released in the allocation table */ - DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr); - break; - } - } -} - -/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required - * fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP client. - * - * \param[out] DHCPHeader Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to - * \param[in] DHCPMessageType DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER - * \param[in] ClientHardwareAddress Client MAC address the created transaction should be directed to - * \param[in] PreferredClientIP Preferred IP that should be given to the client if it is unallocated - * \param[in] TransactionID Transaction ID the created transaction should be associated with - * - * \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet - */ -static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress, - const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP, - const uint32_t TransactionID) -{ - /* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */ - memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); - - DHCPHeader->Operation = DHCPMessageType; - DHCPHeader->HardwareType = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET; - DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress); - DHCPHeader->Hops = 0; - DHCPHeader->TransactionID = TransactionID; - DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds = 0; - DHCPHeader->Flags = 0; - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, PreferredClientIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr)); - DHCPHeader->Cookie = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE; - - /* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */ - DHCPHeader->Options[0] = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE; - DHCPHeader->Options[1] = 1; - DHCPHeader->Options[2] = DHCPMessageType; - DHCPHeader->Options[3] = DHCP_OPTION_END; - - /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */ - return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4); -} - -/** Checks to see if the nominated IP address has already been allocated to a client. - * - * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address whose lease status should be checked - * - * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the IP has already been leased to a client, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress) -{ - uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8); - uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8)); - - /* Make sure that the requested IP address isn't already leased to the virtual server or another client */ - if (IPAddress->u8[3] && !(IPAddress->u8[3] == uip_hostaddr.u8[3]) && !(LeasedIPs[Byte] & Mask)) - return false; - else - return true; -} - -/** Retrieves the next unleased IP in the IP address pool. - * - * \param[out] NewIPAddress Location where the generated IP Address should be stored - */ -static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress) -{ - uip_ipaddr_copy(NewIPAddress, &uip_hostaddr); - - /** Look through the current subnet, skipping the broadcast and zero IP addresses */ - for (uint8_t IP = 1; IP < 254; IP++) - { - /* Update new IP address to lease with the current IP address to test */ - NewIPAddress->u8[3] = IP; - - /* If we've found an unleased IP, abort with the updated IP stored for the called */ - if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(NewIPAddress))) - return; - } -} - -/** Marks the given IP Address as leased in the address pool, so that it will not be - * allocated to another client unless it is first released. - * - * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address to mark as leased - * - * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver. - */ -static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress) -{ - uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8); - uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8)); - - /* Mark the IP address as leased in the allocation table */ - LeasedIPs[Byte] |= Mask; -} - -/** Marks the given IP Address as not leased in the address pool, so that it can be - * allocated to another client upon request. - * - * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address to mark as not leased - * - * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver. - */ -static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress) -{ - uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8); - uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8)); - - /* Mark the IP address as unleased in the allocation table */ - LeasedIPs[Byte] &= ~Mask; -} -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index c8195a64c..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DHCPServerApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_ -#define _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <uip.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - #include "../Webserver.h" - #include "DHCPCommon.h" - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DHCPServerApp_Init(void); - void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C) - static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress, - const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP, - const uint32_t TransactionID); - static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress); - static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress); - static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress); - static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress); - #endif -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c deleted file mode 100644 index d8dc54dad..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,534 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of - * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored - * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such - * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C -#include "DataflashManager.h" - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes - * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the - * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the - * Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read - * the files stored on the Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ -void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) -{ - /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - - /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - #endif - - /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise - */ -bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnByte; - - /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - #endif - - return true; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h deleted file mode 100644 index da34b3926..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DataflashManager.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ -#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include "../Descriptors.h" - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) - #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - - /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying - * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 - - /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not - * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - - /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */ - #define DISK_READ_ONLY false - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); - bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 80d8843d1..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 - - -FILES - - ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module. - ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module. - ff.c FatFs module. - diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module. - diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs. - integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs. - option Optional external functions. - - Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs - module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific - storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written - to control your storage device. - - - -AGREEMENTS - - FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to - small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, - research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. - - Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. - - * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. - * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for - personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. - * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. - - - -REVISION HISTORY - - Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype - - Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release. - - Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12. - Removed unbuffered mode. - Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition. - - Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM. - - Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename. - Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. - - Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast. - Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32. - - Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs) - Changed some APIs for multiple drive system. - Added f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs) - - Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs) - Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek. - Added minimization level 3. - Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an - existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs) - - May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option. - Added FSInfo support. - Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs) - Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. - Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object. - - Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write. - Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs) - - Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate(). - Added f_utime(). - Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. - Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. - Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. - - Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs) - Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). - Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster. - - Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option. - Added long file name support. - Added multiple code page support. - Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. - Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). - Added rewind option to f_readdir(). - Changed result code of critical errors. - Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. - - Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. - Added multiple sector size support. - - Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error. - Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). - Added relative path feature. - Added f_chdir(). - Added f_chdrive(). - Added proper case conversion for extended characters. - - Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. - Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. - Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. - Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. - Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. - - May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN) - Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) - Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) - Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. - Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. - String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. - - Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) - Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) - Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. - Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. - Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. - - Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). - f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. - Extended format syntax of f_printf function. - Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names. - - Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. - Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) - - Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16. - Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash. - Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c deleted file mode 100644 index b119b1a40..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */ -/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "diskio.h" - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Initialize a Drive */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Return Disk Status */ - -DSTATUS disk_status ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Sector(s) */ - -DRESULT disk_read ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write Sector(s) */ - -#if _READONLY == 0 -DRESULT disk_write ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} -#endif /* _READONLY */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65e3048a0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- -/ Low level disk interface module include file -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED -#define _DISKIO_DEFINED - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" -#include "ff.h" - -#include "../DataflashManager.h" - - -/* Status of Disk Functions */ -typedef BYTE DSTATUS; - -/* Results of Disk Functions */ -typedef enum { - RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */ - RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */ - RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */ - RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */ - RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */ -} DRESULT; - - -/*---------------------------------------*/ -/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE); -DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE); -DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*); - - -/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ - -#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ -#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ -#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f58adf83..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4139 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype. -/ -/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version. -/ -/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support. -/ Removed unbuffered mode. -/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition. -/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM). -/ -/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename(). -/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. -/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32. -/ -/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. -/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system. -/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount(). -/ Added f_mkfs(). -/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive. -/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek(). -/ Added minimization level 3. -/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs(). -/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG. -/ Added FSInfo support. -/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. -/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object. -/ -/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs(). -/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. -/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime(). -/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. -/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. -/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. -/ -/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). -/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster. -/ -/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY) -/ Added long file name feature. -/ Added multiple code page feature. -/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. -/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). -/ Added rewind option to f_readdir(). -/ Changed result code of critical errors. -/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. -/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. -/ Added multiple sector size feature. -/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error. -/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). -/ Added relative path feature. -/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive(). -/ Added proper case conversion to extended char. -/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. -/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. -/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. -/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. -/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. -/ -/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3) -/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) -/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) -/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. -/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. -/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. -/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) -/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) -/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. -/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. -/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. -/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). -/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. -/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function. -/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name. -/ -/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. -/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) -/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume. -/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash. -/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. -/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */ -#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Definitions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */ -#error Wrong include file (ff.h). -#endif - - -/* Definitions on sector size */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096 -#error Wrong sector size. -#endif -#if _MAX_SS != 512 -#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */ -#else -#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */ -#endif - - -/* Reentrancy related */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -#if _USE_LFN == 1 -#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration. -#endif -#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; } -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; } -#else -#define ENTER_FF(fs) -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res -#endif - -#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); } - - -/* File access control feature */ -#if _FS_LOCK -#if _FS_READONLY -#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg. -#endif -typedef struct { - FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */ - DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */ - WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */ - WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */ -} FILESEM; -#endif - - - -/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */ - -#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */ -#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */ -#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */ -#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */ -#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */ -#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */ -#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */ -#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */ - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0x80 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x41 -#define _DS1E 0x5A -#define _DS2S 0x61 -#define _DS2E 0x7A -#define _DS3S 0x81 -#define _DS3E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0xA1 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \ - 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \ - 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \ - 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */ -#if _USE_LFN -#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page. -#endif -#define _DF1S 0 - -#else -#error Unknown code page - -#endif - - -/* Character code support macros */ -#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z')) -#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z')) -#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9')) - -#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */ - -#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E)) -#else /* One 1st byte area */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) -#endif - -#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E)) -#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E)) -#endif - -#else /* Code page is SBCS */ - -#define IsDBCS1(c) 0 -#define IsDBCS2(c) 0 - -#endif /* _DF1S */ - - -/* Name status flags */ -#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */ -#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */ -#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */ -#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */ -#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */ -#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */ -#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */ - - -/* FAT sub-type boundaries */ -/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */ -#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */ -#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */ - - -/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of -/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between -/ different platforms */ - -#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */ -#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */ -#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */ -#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */ -#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */ -#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */ -#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */ -#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */ -#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */ -#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */ -#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */ -#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */ -#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */ -#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */ -#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */ -#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */ -#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */ -#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */ -#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */ -#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */ -#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */ -#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */ - -#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */ -#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */ -#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */ -#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */ -#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */ -#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */ -#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */ -#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */ -#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */ -#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */ -#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */ -#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */ -#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */ -#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */ - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Module private work area */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are -/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up -/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard. -*/ - -#if _VOLUMES -static -FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */ -#else -#error Number of volumes must not be 0. -#endif - -static -WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - -#if _FS_RPATH -static -BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */ -#endif - -#if _FS_LOCK -static -FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */ -static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1]; -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \ - if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \ - (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; } -#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn) - -#else -#error Wrong LFN configuration. -#endif - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Functions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* String functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Copy memory to memory */ -static -void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src; - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 - while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) { - *(int*)d = *(int*)s; - d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int); - cnt -= sizeof (int); - } -#endif - while (cnt--) - *d++ = *s++; -} - -/* Fill memory */ -static -void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - - while (cnt--) - *d++ = (BYTE)val; -} - -/* Compare memory to memory */ -static -int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src; - int r = 0; - - while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; - return r; -} - -/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ -static -int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { - while (*str && *str != chr) str++; - return *str; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - -static -int lock_fs ( - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj); -} - - -static -void unlock_fs ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */ -) -{ - if (fs && - res != FR_NOT_ENABLED && - res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE && - res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT && - res != FR_TIMEOUT) { - ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj); - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* File lock control functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_LOCK - -static -FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */ - int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */ -) -{ - UINT i, be; - - /* Search file semaphore table */ - for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */ - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } else { /* Blank entry */ - be++; - } - } - if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */ - return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */ - - /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */ - return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK; -} - - -static -int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */ -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1; -} - - -static -UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */ - int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */ -) -{ - UINT i; - - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } - - if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */ - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */ - Files[i].fs = dj->fs; - Files[i].clu = dj->sclust; - Files[i].idx = dj->index; - Files[i].ctr = 0; - } - - if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */ - - Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */ - - return i + 1; -} - - -static -FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */ - UINT i /* Semaphore index */ -) -{ - WORD n; - FRESULT res; - - - if (--i < _FS_LOCK) { - n = Files[i].ctr; - if (n == 0x100) n = 0; - if (n) n--; - Files[i].ctr = n; - if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } else { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - return res; -} - - -static -void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */ - FATFS *fs -) -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0; - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change window offset */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT move_window ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */ -) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */ -{ - DWORD wsect; - - - wsect = fs->winsect; - if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */ - if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->wflag = 0; - if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */ - BYTE nf; - for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */ - wsect += fs->fsize; - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1); - } - } - } -#endif - if (sector) { - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->winsect = sector; - } - } - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Clean-up cached data */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */ - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = move_window(fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */ - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) { - fs->winsect = 0; - /* Create FSInfo structure */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512); - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust); - /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */ - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1); - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - } - /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK) - res = FR_DISK_ERR; - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get sector# from cluster# */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */ -) -{ - clst -= 2; - if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */ - return clst * fs->csize + fs->database; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */ -) -{ - UINT wc, bc; - BYTE *p; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */ - return 1; - - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8; - return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); - - case FS_FAT16 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_WORD(p); - - case FS_FAT32 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - - return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY - -FRESULT put_fat ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */ - DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */ -) -{ - UINT bc; - BYTE *p; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val; - bc++; - fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F)); - break; - - case FS_FAT16 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val); - break; - - case FS_FAT32 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000; - ST_DWORD(p, val); - break; - - default : - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - fs->wflag = 1; - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT remove_chain ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD nxt; -#if _USE_ERASE - DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2]; -#endif - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - res = FR_OK; - while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */ - nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */ - if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */ - if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */ - if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */ - res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */ - fs->free_clust++; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } -#if _USE_ERASE - if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */ - ecl = nxt; - } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */ - rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */ - rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */ - disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */ - scl = ecl = nxt; - } -#endif - clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */ - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */ -) -{ - DWORD cs, ncl, scl; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */ - scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */ - if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1; - } - else { /* Stretch the current chain */ - cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */ - if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */ - if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */ - scl = clst; - } - - ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */ - for (;;) { - ncl++; /* Next cluster */ - if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */ - ncl = 2; - if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */ - if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */ - if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */ - return cs; - if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - - res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */ - if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) { - res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */ - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */ - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { - fs->free_clust--; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } - } else { - ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1; - } - - return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */ -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK -static -DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */ - FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */ -) -{ - DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl; - - - tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */ - cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */ - for (;;) { - ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */ - if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */ - if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */ - cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */ - } - return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */ -} -#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Set directory index */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_sdi ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - WORD idx /* Index of directory table */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD ic; - - - dj->index = idx; - clst = dj->sclust; - if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ - clst = dj->fs->dirbase; - - if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */ - dj->clust = clst; - if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */ - ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */ - while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */ - if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - idx -= ic; - } - dj->clust = clst; - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */ - - return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD i; - - - stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */ - i = dj->index + 1; - if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - - if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */ - dj->sect++; /* Next sector */ - - if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */ - if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - } - else { /* Dynamic table */ - if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - BYTE c; - if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */ - clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */ - if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */ - if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - /* Clean-up stretched table */ - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */ - mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */ - dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */ - for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - dj->fs->winsect++; - } - dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */ -#else - return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */ -#endif - } - dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */ - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); - } - } - } - - dj->index = i; - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -DWORD ld_clust ( - FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - DWORD cl; - - cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) - cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16; - - return cl; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void st_clust ( - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - DWORD cl /* Value to be set */ -) -{ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16); -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */ - - -static -int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */ - return 0; /* Not matched */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */ - - if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */ - return 0; - - return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */ -} - - - -static -int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */ - - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */ - - if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i] = 0; - } - - return 1; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void fit_lfn ( - const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */ - BYTE sum /* SFN sum */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc; - - - dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */ - dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */ - dir[LDIR_Type] = 0; - ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0); - - i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = wc = 0; - do { - if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */ - ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */ - if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */ - } while (++s < 13); - if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */ - dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */ -} - -#endif -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create numbered name */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -void gen_numname ( - BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */ - const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */ - const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */ - WORD seq /* Sequence number */ -) -{ - BYTE ns[8], c; - UINT i, j; - - - mem_cpy(dst, src, 11); - - if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */ - do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn); - } - - /* itoa (hexdecimal) */ - i = 7; - do { - c = (seq % 16) + '0'; - if (c > '9') c += 7; - ns[i--] = c; - seq /= 16; - } while (seq); - ns[i] = '~'; - - /* Append the number */ - for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) { - if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) { - if (j == i - 1) break; - j++; - } - } - do { - dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' '; - } while (j < 8); -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Calculate sum of an SFN */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -BYTE sum_sfn ( - const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */ -) -{ - BYTE sum = 0; - UINT n = 11; - - do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n); - return sum; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_find ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord, sum; -#endif - - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */ - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - -#if _USE_LFN - ord = sum = 0xFF; -#endif - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (dj->lfn) { - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */ - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */ - ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */ - if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */ - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -FRESULT dir_read ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF; -#endif - - res = FR_NO_FILE; - while (dj->sect) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check LFN validity and capture it */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */ - dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */ - break; - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - - if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; - - return res; -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Register an object to the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD n, ne, is; - BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum; - WCHAR *lfn; - - - fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn; - mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12); - - if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */ - fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */ - for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) { - gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */ - res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */ - fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn; - } - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */ - for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ; - ne = (ne + 25) / 13; - } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */ - ne = 1; - } - - /* Reserve contiguous entries */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - n = is = 0; - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */ - if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */ - if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */ - if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */ - } else { - n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */ - } - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, is); - if (res == FR_OK) { - sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */ - ne--; - do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum); - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK && --ne); - } - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; - if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */ - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - } -#endif - - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj->dir; - mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */ - mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */ -#if _USE_LFN - dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */ -#endif - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Remove an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE -static -FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD i; - - i = dj->index; /* SFN index */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } -#endif - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT create_name ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ -) -{ -#ifdef _EXCVT - static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, cf; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - UINT i, ni, si, di; - const TCHAR *p; - - /* Create LFN in Unicode */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - si = di = 0; - for (;;) { - w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */ - if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w &= 0xFF; - if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(b)) - return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */ - w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */ - } - w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */ - if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */ -#endif - if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */ - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ -#if _FS_RPATH - if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */ - (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) { - lfn[di] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) - dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' '; - dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */ - w = lfn[di-1]; - if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break; - di--; - } - if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - - lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */ - - /* Create SFN in directory form */ - mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11); - for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */ - if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; - while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */ - - b = i = 0; ni = 8; - for (;;) { - w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */ - if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */ - if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue; - } - - if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */ - if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break; - } - if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */ - if (si > di) break; /* No extension */ - si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */ - b <<= 2; continue; - } - - if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */ - if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */ -#else - w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */ -#endif - cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */ - } - - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - if (i >= ni - 1) { - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue; - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8); - } else { /* Single byte char */ - if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */ - w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */ - } else { - if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */ - b |= 1; w -= 0x20; - } - } - } - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w; - } - - if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */ - cf |= NS_LFN; - if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */ - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */ - } - - dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */ - - return FR_OK; - - -#else /* Non-LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, c, d, *sfn; - UINT ni, si, i; - const char *p; - - /* Create file name in directory form */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - sfn = dj->fn; - mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); - si = i = b = 0; ni = 8; -#if _FS_RPATH - if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */ - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break; - sfn[i++] = c; - } - if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { - if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - i = 8; ni = 11; - b <<= 2; continue; - } - if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */ - b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */ -#else -#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#endif -#endif - } - if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - sfn[i++] = c; - sfn[i++] = d; - } else { /* Single byte code */ - if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */ - b |= 1; c -= 0x20; - } - } - sfn[i++] = c; - } - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - - if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */ - - sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */ - - return FR_OK; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get file information from directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */ -) -{ - UINT i; - BYTE nt, *dir; - TCHAR *p, c; - - - p = fno->fname; - if (dj->sect) { - dir = dj->dir; - nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */ - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */ - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */ - *p++ = '.'; - for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - } - fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */ - fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */ - fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */ - fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */ - } - *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */ - -#if _USE_LFN - if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) { - TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - - i = 0; - if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */ -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */ - if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */ - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8); -#endif - if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w; - } - } - tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */ - } -#endif -} -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Follow a file path */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ - DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ - const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE *dir, ns; - - -#if _FS_RPATH - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */ - path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */ - } else { /* No heading separator */ - dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */ - } -#else - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */ - path++; - dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */ -#endif - - if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - dj->dir = 0; - } else { /* Follow path */ - for (;;) { - res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */ - ns = *(dj->fn+NS); - if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */ - /* Object not found */ - if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */ - dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */ - res = FR_OK; - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue; - } else { /* Could not find the object */ - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - break; - } - if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */ - dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; break; - } - dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir); - } - } - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ -) -{ - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */ - return 3; - if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */ - return 2; - - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */ - return 0; - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) - return 0; - - return 1; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */ - const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */ - FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */ - BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */ -) -{ - BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl; - UINT vol; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat; - WORD nrsv; - const TCHAR *p = *path; - FATFS *fs; - - - /* Get logical drive number from the path name */ - vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */ - if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */ - p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */ - } else { /* No drive number is given */ -#if _FS_RPATH - vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */ -#else - vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */ -#endif - } - - /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ - *rfs = 0; - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */ - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */ - - ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */ - - *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */ - if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */ - stat = disk_status(fs->drv); - if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */ - } - } - - /* The file system object is not valid. */ - /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */ - - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */ - fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */ - stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */ - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */ - return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */ - if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */ - if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */ - /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */ - pi = LD2PT(vol); - if (pi) pi--; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */ - if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */ - bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */ - } - } - if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */ - - /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */ - - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - - fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32); - fs->fsize = fasize; - - fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */ - if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */ - fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */ - - fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */ - - fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */ - if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */ - - tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */ - if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32); - - nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */ - if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */ - - /* Determine the FAT sub type */ - sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */ - if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */ - if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Boundaries and Limits */ - fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */ - fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */ - fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */ - szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */ - } else { - if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */ - szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */ - fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1); - } - if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - -#if !_FS_READONLY - /* Initialize cluster allocation information */ - fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF; - fs->last_clust = 0; - - /* Get fsinfo if available */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo); - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK && - LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) { - fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free); - fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count); - } - } -#endif - fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */ - fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */ - fs->wflag = 0; -#if _FS_RPATH - fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */ - clear_lock(fs); -#endif - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */ - void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */ -) -{ - FIL *fil; - - - fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */ - if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id) - return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */ - - if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT) - return FR_NOT_READY; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Public Functions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mount ( - BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */ - FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/ -) -{ - FATFS *rfs; - - - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */ - - if (rfs) { -#if _FS_LOCK - clear_lock(rfs); -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */ - if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */ - } - - if (fs) { - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */ - if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */ - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Open or Create a File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_open ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */ - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */ - BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */ - -#if !_FS_READONLY - mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ)); -#else - mode &= FA_READ; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - dir = dj.dir; -#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - else - res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); -#endif - } - /* Create or Open a file */ - if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) { - DWORD dw, cl; - - if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; -#else - res = dir_register(&dj); -#endif - mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */ - dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */ - } - else { /* Any object is already existing */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } else { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */ - res = FR_EXIST; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */ - dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw); - dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */ - cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */ - st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - dw = dj.fs->winsect; - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, dw); - } - } - } - } - else { /* Open an existing file */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */ - mode |= FA__WRITTEN; - fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - fp->dir_ptr = dir; -#if _FS_LOCK - fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); - if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - -#else /* R/O configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } - } -#endif - FREE_BUF(); - - if (res == FR_OK) { - fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */ - fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */ - fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */ - fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */ - fp->dsect = 0; -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */ -#endif - fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */ - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_read ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */ - UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect, remain; - UINT rcnt, cc; - BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff; - - - *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */ - rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */ -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs)); -#else - if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs)); -#endif -#endif - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if !_FS_TINY - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#else - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_write ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */ - UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */ - UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect; - UINT wcnt, cc; - const BYTE *wbuff = buff; - BYTE csect; - - - *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */ - - for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */ - wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */ - fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */ - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#else - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->fs->wflag = 0; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */ - if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->fs->winsect = sect; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */ - if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize && - disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */ - if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->fs->wflag = 1; -#else - mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY; -#endif - } - - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */ - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Synchronize the File Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_sync ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD tim; - BYTE *dir; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */ -#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */ - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - /* Update the directory entry */ - res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = fp->dir_ptr; - dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */ - st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */ - tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0); - fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN; - fp->fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(fp->fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Close File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_close ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - -#if _FS_READONLY - res = validate(fp); - { -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs; -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); - } -#else - res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs;; - res = validate(fp); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); - unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK); - } -#else - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); -#endif - } -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - return res; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 1 - -FRESULT f_chdrive ( - BYTE drv /* Drive number */ -) -{ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - - CurrVol = drv; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - -FRESULT f_chdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (!dj.dir) { - dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */ - } else { - if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */ - dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); - else - res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 2 -FRESULT f_getcwd ( - TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */ - UINT sz_path /* Size of path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - UINT i, n; - DWORD ccl; - TCHAR *tp; - FILINFO fno; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - *path = 0; - res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */ - dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */ - while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */ - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */ - res = dir_next(&dj, 0); - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; -#if _USE_LFN - fno.lfname = path; - fno.lfsize = i; -#endif - get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */ - tp = fno.fname; - if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path; - for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ; - if (i < n + 3) { - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break; - } - while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n]; - path[--i] = '/'; - } - tp = path; - if (res == FR_OK) { - *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */ - *tp++ = ':'; - if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */ - *tp++ = '/'; - } else { /* Sub-dir */ - do /* Add stacked path str */ - *tp++ = path[i++]; - while (i < sz_path); - } - } - *tp = 0; - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */ -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */ - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Seek File R/W Pointer */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_lseek ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */ - DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl; - - if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */ - tbl = fp->cltbl; - tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */ - cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */ - if (cl) { - do { - /* Get a fragment */ - tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */ - do { - pcl = cl; ncl++; - cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl); - if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } while (cl == pcl + 1); - if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */ - *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl; - } - } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */ - } - *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */ - if (ulen <= tlen) - *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */ - else - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */ - - } else { /* Fast seek */ - if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */ - ofs = fp->fsize; - fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */ - if (ofs) { - fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1); - dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1); - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = dsc; - } - } - } - } else -#endif - - /* Normal Seek */ - { - DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr; - - if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE) -#endif - ) ofs = fp->fsize; - - ifptr = fp->fptr; - fp->fptr = nsect = 0; - if (ofs) { - bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */ - if (ifptr > 0 && - (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */ - fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */ - ofs -= fp->fptr; - clst = fp->clust; - } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->sclust = clst; - } -#endif - fp->clust = clst; - } - if (clst != 0) { - while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */ - if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */ - ofs = bcs; break; - } - } else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; - fp->fptr += bcs; - ofs -= bcs; - } - fp->fptr += ofs; - if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) { - nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */ - if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs); - } - } - } - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = nsect; - } -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */ - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - } -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_opendir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */ - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0); - fs = dj->fs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */ - if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */ - dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir); - } else { /* The object is not a directory */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj->id = fs->id; - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function failed */ - } else { - dj->fs = 0; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_readdir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!fno) { - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */ - } else { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */ - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */ - get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get File Status */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_stat ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */ - get_fileinfo(&dj, fno); - else /* It is root dir */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get Number of Free Clusters */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_getfree ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */ - DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */ - FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DWORD n, clst, sect, stat; - UINT i; - BYTE fat, *p; - - - /* Get drive number */ - res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0); - fs = *fatfs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */ - if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) { - *nclst = fs->free_clust; - } else { - /* Get number of free clusters */ - fat = fs->fs_type; - n = 0; - if (fat == FS_FAT12) { - clst = 2; - do { - stat = get_fat(fs, clst); - if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 0) n++; - } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent); - } else { - clst = fs->n_fatent; - sect = fs->fatbase; - i = 0; p = 0; - do { - if (!i) { - res = move_window(fs, sect++); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = fs->win; - i = SS(fs); - } - if (fat == FS_FAT16) { - if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++; - p += 2; i -= 2; - } else { - if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++; - p += 4; i -= 4; - } - } while (--clst); - } - fs->free_clust = n; - if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1; - *nclst = n; - } - } - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Truncate File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_truncate ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD ncl; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) { - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */ - res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust); - fp->sclust = 0; - } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */ - ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - res = FR_OK; - if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) { - res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF); - if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl); - } - } - } - if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Delete a File or Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_unlink ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj, sdj; - BYTE *dir; - DWORD dclst; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */ -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */ - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO) - res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */ - } - dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); - if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */ - if (dclst < 2) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */ - sdj.sclust = dclst; - res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_read(&sdj); - if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */ -#if _FS_RPATH - || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */ -#endif - ) res = FR_DENIED; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */ - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst); - if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mkdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir, n; - DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime(); - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */ - dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */ - res = FR_OK; - if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */ - if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */ - dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl); - dir = dj.fs->win; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */ - dir[DIR_Name] = '.'; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - st_clust(dir, dcl); - mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */ - dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust; - if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase) - pcl = 0; - st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl); - for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */ - dj.fs->winsect = dsc++; - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directory */ - if (res != FR_OK) { - remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */ - } else { - dir = dj.dir; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */ - st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Attribute */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_chmod ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */ - BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub directory */ - mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */ - dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Timestamp */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_utime ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */ - const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Root directory */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub-directory */ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate); - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Rename File/Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_rename ( - const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */ - const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR djo, djn; - BYTE buf[21], *dir; - DWORD dw; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - djn.fs = djo.fs; - INIT_BUF(djo); - res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */ - if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */ - res = follow_path(&djn, path_new); - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */ -/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */ - res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19); - dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC; - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */ - dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir)); - if (!dw) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - res = move_window(djo.fs, dw); - dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */ - if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') { - dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust; - st_clust(dir, dw); - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) - res = sync(djo.fs); - } - } -/* End critical section */ - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY - -FRESULT f_forward ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */ - UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD remain, clst, sect; - UINT rcnt; - BYTE csect; - - - *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */ - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */ - fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */ - fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->dsect = sect; - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; - rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); - if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} -#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */ - - - -#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create File System on the Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */ -#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */ - - -FRESULT f_mkfs ( - BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */ - BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */ - UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */ -) -{ - static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0}; - static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512}; - BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part; - DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect; - UINT i; - DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */ - DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */ - FATFS *fs; - DSTATUS stat; - - - /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - fs = FatFs[drv]; - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; - fs->fs_type = 0; - pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */ - part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/ - - /* Get disk statics */ - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */ - if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */ - b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */ - } else { - /* Create a partition in this function */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */ - } - - if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */ - vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512)); - for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ; - au = cst[i]; - } - au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (au == 0) au = 1; - if (au > 128) au = 128; - - /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = n_vol / au; - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 32; - n_dir = 0; - } else { - n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4; - n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 1; - n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs); - } - b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */ - b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */ - b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */ - if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */ - - /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1; - n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */ - n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */ - n_rsv += n; - b_fat += n; - } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */ - n_fat += n; - } - - /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au; - if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16) - || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32)) - return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - - switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */ - case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break; - case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break; - default: sys = 0x0C; - } - - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Update system ID in the partition table */ - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - tbl[4] = sys; - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } else { - if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */ - md = 0xF0; - } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs)); - tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */ - tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */ - tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */ - tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */ - tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */ - tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */ - n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255; - tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */ - tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */ - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } - } - - /* Create BPB in the VBR */ - tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); - mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */ - i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i); - tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */ - tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i); - if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol); - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol); - } - tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */ - n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1); - - /* Initialize FAT area */ - wsect = b_fat; - for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */ - n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */ - if (fmt != FS_FAT32) { - n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */ - } else { - n |= 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF); - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */ - } - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */ - for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } - } - - /* Initialize root directory */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir; - do { - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } while (--i); - -#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */ - { - DWORD eb[2]; - - eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1; - disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb); - } -#endif - - /* Create FSInfo if needed */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */ - } - - return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR; -} - - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Divide Physical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_fdisk ( - BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */ - const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */ - void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */ -) -{ - UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl; - BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part; - - - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - - /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */ - for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ; - if (n == 256) n--; - e_hd = n - 1; - sz_cyl = 63 * n; - tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl; - - /* Create partition table */ - mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS); - p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) { - p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl; - if (!p_cyl) continue; - s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl; - sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl; - if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */ - s_hd = 1; - s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63; - } else { - s_hd = 0; - } - e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1; - if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - - /* Set partition table */ - p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */ - p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */ - p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */ - p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */ - p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */ - p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */ - p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */ - - /* Next partition */ - b_cyl += p_cyl; - } - ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55); - - /* Write it to the MBR */ - return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; -} - - -#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */ -#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get a string from the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -TCHAR* f_gets ( - TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */ - int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n = 0; - TCHAR c, *p = buff; - BYTE s[2]; - UINT rc; - - - while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */ - c = s[0]; -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c >= 0x80) { - if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */ - if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; - c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x80) c = '?'; - } else { - if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc); - if (rc != 2) break; - c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x800) c = '?'; - } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */ - c = '?'; - } - } - } -#endif -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */ -#endif - *p++ = c; - n++; - if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */ - } - *p = 0; - return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */ -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#include <stdarg.h> -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a character to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_putc ( - TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - UINT bw, btw; - BYTE s[3]; - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */ -#endif - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; - } else { - if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 2; - } else { /* 16-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F)); - s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 3; - } - } -#else /* Write the character without conversion */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; -#endif - f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */ - return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_puts ( - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n; - - - for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) { - if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF; - } - return n; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a formatted string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_printf ( - FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */ - ... /* Optional arguments... */ -) -{ - va_list arp; - BYTE f, r; - UINT i, j, w; - ULONG v; - TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p; - int res, chc, cc; - - - va_start(arp, str); - - for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) { - c = *str++; - if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */ - if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); - if (cc != EOF) cc = 1; - continue; - } - w = f = 0; - c = *str++; - if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */ - f = 1; c = *str++; - } else { - if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */ - f = 2; c = *str++; - } - } - while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */ - w = w * 10 + c - '0'; - c = *str++; - } - if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */ - f |= 4; c = *str++; - } - if (!c) break; - d = c; - if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20; - switch (d) { /* Type is... */ - case 'S' : /* String */ - p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*); - for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ; - chc = 0; - if (!(f & 2)) { - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - } - chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil)); - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = chc; - continue; - case 'C' : /* Character */ - cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue; - case 'B' : /* Binary */ - r = 2; break; - case 'O' : /* Octal */ - r = 8; break; - case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */ - case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */ - r = 10; break; - case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */ - r = 16; break; - default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue; - } - - /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */ - v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int)); - if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) { - v = 0 - v; - f |= 8; - } - i = 0; - do { - d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r; - if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07; - s[i++] = d + '0'; - } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]); - if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-'; - j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' '; - res = 0; - while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil)); - do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i); - while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = res; - } - - va_end(arp); - return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res; -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */ diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h deleted file mode 100644 index 627cbaabe..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,337 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _FATFS -#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */ -#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */ - -#if _FATFS != _FFCONF -#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h). -#endif - - - -/* Definitions of volume management */ - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */ -typedef struct { - BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */ -} PARTITION; -extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */ - -#else /* Single partition configuration */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */ - -#endif - - - -/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */ - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */ -#if !_USE_LFN -#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg. -#endif -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef WCHAR TCHAR; -#define _T(x) L ## x -#define _TEXT(x) L ## x -#endif - -#else /* ANSI/OEM string */ -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef char TCHAR; -#define _T(x) x -#define _TEXT(x) x -#endif - -#endif - - - -/* File system object structure (FATFS) */ - -typedef struct { - BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */ - BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */ - BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */ - BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID */ - WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 - WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */ -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT - _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */ -#endif -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */ - DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */ - DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */ -#endif -#if _FS_RPATH - DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */ -#endif - DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */ - DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */ - DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */ - DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */ - DWORD database; /* Data start sector */ - DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */ - BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */ -} FATFS; - - - -/* File object structure (FIL) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */ - BYTE flag; /* File status flags */ - BYTE pad1; - DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */ - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */ - DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */ - BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */ -#endif -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK - UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */ -#endif -#if !_FS_TINY - BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */ -#endif -} FIL; - - - -/* Directory object structure (DIR) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */ - WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */ - WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */ - DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */ - DWORD sect; /* Current sector */ - BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */ - BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ -#if _USE_LFN - WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */ - WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */ -#endif -} DIR; - - - -/* File status structure (FILINFO) */ - -typedef struct { - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */ - WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */ - BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */ - TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */ -#if _USE_LFN - TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */ -#endif -} FILINFO; - - - -/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ - -typedef enum { - FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */ - FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */ - FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */ - FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */ - FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */ - FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */ - FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */ - FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */ - FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */ - FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */ - FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */ - FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */ - FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */ - FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */ - FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */ - FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */ - FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */ - FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */ - FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */ - FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */ -} FRESULT; - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FatFs module application interface */ - -FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ -FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */ -FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */ -FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */ -FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */ -FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */ -FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */ -FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */ -FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */ -FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */ -FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */ -FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */ -FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */ -FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */ -FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */ -FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */ -FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */ -FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */ -FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */ -FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */ -FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */ -int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */ -int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */ -int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */ -TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */ - -#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr) -#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize) - -#ifndef EOF -#define EOF (-1) -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Additional user defined functions */ - -/* RTC function */ -#if !_FS_READONLY -DWORD get_fattime (void); -#endif - -/* Unicode support functions */ -#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */ -WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */ -WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */ -#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */ -void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */ -void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */ -#endif -#endif - -/* Sync functions */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */ -int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */ -void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */ -int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */ -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Flags and offset address */ - - -/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */ - -#define FA_READ 0x01 -#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00 -#define FA__ERROR 0x80 - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#define FA_WRITE 0x02 -#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04 -#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08 -#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10 -#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20 -#define FA__DIRTY 0x40 -#endif - - -/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ - -#define FS_FAT12 1 -#define FS_FAT16 2 -#define FS_FAT32 3 - - -/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ - -#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */ -#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */ -#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */ -#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */ -#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */ -#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */ -#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */ -#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */ - - -/* Fast seek feature */ -#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF - - - -/*--------------------------------*/ -/* Multi-byte word access macros */ - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) -#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 243a20fa2..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ -/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to -/ the configuration options. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef _FFCONF -#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Function and Buffer Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */ -/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system -/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file -/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */ - - -#define _FS_READONLY 1 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */ -/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes -/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename, -/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */ - - -#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */ -/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions. -/ -/ 0: Full function. -/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename -/ are removed. -/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1. -/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */ - - -#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */ -/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */ - - -#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */ - - -#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */ - - -#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Locale and Namespace Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _CODE_PAGE 932 -/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system. -/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure. -/ -/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows) -/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows) -/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows) -/ 1253 - Greek (Windows) -/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows) -/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows) -/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows) -/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows) -/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows) -/ 437 - U.S. (OEM) -/ 720 - Arabic (OEM) -/ 737 - Greek (OEM) -/ 775 - Baltic (OEM) -/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) -/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) -/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM) -/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM) -/ 866 - Russian (OEM) -/ 857 - Turkish (OEM) -/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM) -/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows) -/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.) -*/ - - -#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */ -#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */ -/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support. -/ -/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect. -/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant. -/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK. -/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP. -/ -/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN, -/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added -/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions -/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */ -/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode, -/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */ - - -#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */ -/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature. -/ -/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions. -/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available. -/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1. -/ -/ Note that output of the f_readdir function is affected by this option. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Physical Drive Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _VOLUMES 1 -/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */ - - -#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */ -/* Maximum sector size to be handled. -/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be -/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk. -/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size -/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implemented to the disk_ioctl function. */ - - -#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */ -/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and -/ it can mount only first primary partition. When it is set to 1, each volume -/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */ - - -#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command -/ should be added to the disk_ioctl function. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ System Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */ -/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS -/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume. -/ -/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. -/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. -/ -/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word -/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. -/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the -/ performance and code size. */ - - -/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as -/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */ - -#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */ -#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */ - -/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module. -/ -/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect. -/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers, -/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj -/ function must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */ -/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater. - The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */ - - -#endif /* _FFCONFIG */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5408fe6b3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ -/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _INTEGER -#define _INTEGER - -#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */ - -#include <windows.h> -#include <tchar.h> - -#else /* Embedded platform */ - -/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ -typedef int INT; -typedef unsigned int UINT; - -/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ -typedef char CHAR; -typedef unsigned char UCHAR; -typedef unsigned char BYTE; - -/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ -typedef short SHORT; -typedef unsigned short USHORT; -typedef unsigned short WORD; -typedef unsigned short WCHAR; - -/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ -typedef long LONG; -typedef unsigned long ULONG; -typedef unsigned long DWORD; - -#endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index b9cb3efa6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Simple HTTP Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack, - * this will serve out files to HTTP clients on port 80. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C -#include "HTTPServerApp.h" - -/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the - * given location, and gives extra connection information. - */ -const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n" - "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n" - "Connection: close\r\n" - "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n" - "Content-Type: "; - -/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given - * URL is invalid, and gives extra error information. - */ -const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n" - "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n" - "Connection: close\r\n" - "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n" - "Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n" - "Error 404: File Not Found: /"; - -/** Default filename to fetch when a directory is requested */ -const char PROGMEM DefaultDirFileName[] = "index.htm"; - -/** Default MIME type sent if no other MIME type can be determined. */ -const char PROGMEM DefaultMIMEType[] = "text/plain"; - -/** List of MIME types for each supported file extension. */ -const MIME_Type_t MIMETypes[] = - { - {.Extension = "htm", .MIMEType = "text/html"}, - {.Extension = "jpg", .MIMEType = "image/jpeg"}, - {.Extension = "gif", .MIMEType = "image/gif"}, - {.Extension = "bmp", .MIMEType = "image/bmp"}, - {.Extension = "png", .MIMEType = "image/png"}, - {.Extension = "ico", .MIMEType = "image/x-icon"}, - {.Extension = "exe", .MIMEType = "application/octet-stream"}, - {.Extension = "gz", .MIMEType = "application/x-gzip"}, - {.Extension = "zip", .MIMEType = "application/zip"}, - {.Extension = "pdf", .MIMEType = "application/pdf"}, - }; - -/** FATFs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */ -FATFS DiskFATState; - - -/** Initialization function for the simple HTTP webserver. */ -void HTTPServerApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Listen on port 80 for HTTP connections from hosts */ - uip_listen(HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* Mount the Dataflash disk via FatFS */ - f_mount(0, &DiskFATState); -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the simple HTTP webserver. This function must be called each time the - * TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed. - */ -void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - - if (uip_aborted() || uip_timedout() || uip_closed()) - { - /* Lock to the closed state so that no further processing will occur on the connection */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; - } - - if (uip_connected()) - { - /* New connection - initialize connection state values */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile; - AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false; - AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos = 0; - AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize = 0; - } - - if (uip_acked()) - { - /* Add the amount of ACKed file data to the total sent file bytes counter */ - AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos += AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize; - - /* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = AppState->HTTPServer.NextState; - } - - if (uip_rexmit()) - { - /* Return file pointer to the last ACKed position */ - f_lseek(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos); - } - - if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll()) - { - switch (AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState) - { - case WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile: - HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(); - break; - case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader: - HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(); - break; - case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData: - HTTPServerApp_SendData(); - break; - case WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing: - /* Connection is being terminated for some reason - close file handle */ - f_close(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle); - AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false; - - /* If connection is not already closed, close it */ - uip_close(); - - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed; - break; - } - } -} - -/** HTTP Server State handler for the Request Process state. This state manages the processing of incoming HTTP - * GET requests to the server from the receiving HTTP client. - */ -static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - /* No HTTP header received from the client, abort processing */ - if (!(uip_newdata())) - return; - - char* RequestToken = strtok(AppData, " "); - char* RequestedFileName = strtok(NULL, " "); - - /* Must be a GET request, abort otherwise */ - if (strcmp_P(RequestToken, PSTR("GET")) != 0) - { - uip_abort(); - return; - } - - /* Copy over the requested filename */ - strlcpy(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, &RequestedFileName[1], sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName)); - - /* Determine the length of the URI so that it can be checked to see if it is a directory */ - uint8_t FileNameLen = strlen(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName); - - /* If the URI is a directory, append the default filename */ - if ((AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen - 1] == '/') || !(FileNameLen)) - { - strlcpy_P(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen], DefaultDirFileName, - (sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName) - FileNameLen)); - } - - /* Try to open the file from the Dataflash disk */ - AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = (f_open(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, - (FA_OPEN_EXISTING | FA_READ)) == FR_OK); - - /* Lock to the SendResponseHeader state until connection terminated */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader; -} - -/** HTTP Server State handler for the HTTP Response Header Send state. This state manages the transmission of - * the HTTP response header to the receiving HTTP client. - */ -static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - char* Extension = strpbrk(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, "."); - bool FoundMIMEType = false; - - /* If the file isn't already open, it wasn't found - send back a 404 error response and abort */ - if (!(AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen)) - { - /* Copy over the HTTP 404 response header and send it to the receiving client */ - strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP404Header); - strcat(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; - return; - } - - /* Copy over the HTTP 200 response header and send it to the receiving client */ - strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP200Header); - - /* Check to see if a MIME type for the requested file's extension was found */ - if (Extension != NULL) - { - /* Look through the MIME type list, copy over the required MIME type if found */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < (sizeof(MIMETypes) / sizeof(MIMETypes[0])); i++) - { - if (strcmp(&Extension[1], MIMETypes[i].Extension) == 0) - { - strcat(AppData, MIMETypes[i].MIMEType); - FoundMIMEType = true; - break; - } - } - } - - /* Check if a MIME type was found and copied to the output buffer */ - if (!(FoundMIMEType)) - { - /* MIME type not found - copy over the default MIME type */ - strcat_P(AppData, DefaultMIMEType); - } - - /* Add the end-of-line terminator and end-of-headers terminator after the MIME type */ - strcat_P(AppData, PSTR("\r\n\r\n")); - - /* Send the MIME header to the receiving client */ - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - /* When the MIME header is ACKed, progress to the data send stage */ - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData; -} - -/** HTTP Server State handler for the Data Send state. This state manages the transmission of file chunks - * to the receiving HTTP client. - */ -static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - /* Get the maximum segment size for the current packet */ - uint16_t MaxChunkSize = uip_mss(); - - /* Read the next chunk of data from the open file */ - f_read(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppData, MaxChunkSize, &AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize); - - /* Send the next file chunk to the receiving client */ - uip_send(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize); - - /* Check if we are at the last chunk of the file, if so next ACK should close the connection */ - if (MaxChunkSize != AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize) - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6e9ada00c..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for HTTPServerApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_ -#define _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <string.h> - - #include <LUFA/Version.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <uip.h> - #include <ff.h> - - /* Enums: */ - /** States for each HTTP connection to the webserver. */ - enum Webserver_States_t - { - WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile, /**< Currently opening requested file */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader, /**< Currently sending HTTP response headers to the client */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData, /**< Currently sending HTTP page data to the client */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing, /**< Ready to close the connection to the client */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed, /**< Connection closed after all data sent */ - }; - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a MIME type handler. */ - typedef struct - { - char* Extension; /**< File extension (no leading '.' character) */ - char* MIMEType; /**< Appropriate MIME type to send when the extension is encountered */ - } MIME_Type_t; - - /* Macros: */ - /** TCP listen port for incoming HTTP traffic. */ - #define HTTP_SERVER_PORT 80 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void HTTPServerApp_Init(void); - void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C) - static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void); - static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void); - static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c deleted file mode 100644 index 315f2e3a3..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage - * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, - * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C -#include "SCSI.h" - -/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's - * features and capabilities. - */ -static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = - { - .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, - .PeripheralQualifier = 0, - - .Removable = true, - - .Version = 0, - - .ResponseDataFormat = 2, - .NormACA = false, - .TrmTsk = false, - .AERC = false, - - .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, - - .SoftReset = false, - .CmdQue = false, - .Linked = false, - .Sync = false, - .WideBus16Bit = false, - .WideBus32Bit = false, - .RelAddr = false, - - .VendorID = "LUFA", - .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", - .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, - }; - -/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE - * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. - */ -static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = - { - .ResponseCode = 0x70, - .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, - }; - - -/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches - * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns - * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess = false; - - /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ - switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) - { - case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: - case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: - case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: - case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: - /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ - CommandSuccess = true; - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - break; - default: - /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - break; - } - - /* Check if command was successfully processed */ - if (CommandSuccess) - { - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features - * and capabilities to the host. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); - uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); - - /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ - if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) - { - /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - - /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, - * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; - uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity - * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); - uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the - * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is - * supported. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ - if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) - { - /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ - if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) - { - /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address - * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual - * reading and writing of the data. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead) -{ - uint32_t BlockAddress; - uint16_t TotalBlocks; - - /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ - if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, - SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); - - /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); - - /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ - if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ - if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - else - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about - * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; - - return true; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h deleted file mode 100644 index 53274dd89..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for SCSI.c. - */ - -#ifndef _SCSI_H_ -#define _SCSI_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../Descriptors.h" - #include "DataflashManager.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This - * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about - * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. - * - * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to - * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to - * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to - */ - #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_READ true - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_WRITE false - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) - static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead); - static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index a05cd286f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * TELNET Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack, - * this will serve out raw TELNET to the client on port 23. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C -#include "TELNETServerApp.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Welcome message to send to a TELNET client when a connection is first made. */ -const char PROGMEM WelcomeHeader[] = "********************************************\r\n" - "* LUFA uIP Webserver (TELNET) *\r\n" - "********************************************\r\n"; - -/** Main TELNET menu, giving the user the list of available commands they may issue */ -const char PROGMEM TELNETMenu[] = "\r\n" - " == Available Commands: ==\r\n" - " c) List Active TCP Connections\r\n" - " =========================\r\n" - "\r\n>"; - -/** Header to print before the current connections are printed to the client */ -const char PROGMEM CurrentConnectionsHeader[] = "\r\n* Current TCP Connections: *\r\n"; - -/** Initialization function for the simple TELNET webserver. */ -void TELNETServerApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Listen on port 23 for TELNET connections from hosts */ - uip_listen(HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT)); -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the TELNET server. This function must be called each time the - * TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed. - */ -void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - if (uip_connected()) - { - /* New connection - initialize connection state values */ - AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendHeader; - } - - if (uip_acked()) - { - /* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */ - AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = AppState->TELNETServer.NextState; - } - - if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll()) - { - switch (AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState) - { - case TELNET_STATE_SendHeader: - /* Copy over and send the TELNET welcome message upon first connection */ - strcpy_P(AppData, WelcomeHeader); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu; - break; - case TELNET_STATE_SendMenu: - /* Copy over and send the TELNET menu to the client */ - strcpy_P(AppData, TELNETMenu); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_GetCommand; - break; - case TELNET_STATE_GetCommand: - if (!(uip_datalen())) - break; - - /* Save the issued command for later processing */ - AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand = AppData[0]; - - AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendResponse; - break; - case TELNET_STATE_SendResponse: - /* Determine which command was issued, perform command processing */ - switch (AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand) - { - case 'c': - TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(); - break; - default: - strcpy_P(AppData, PSTR("Invalid Command.\r\n")); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - break; - } - - AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu; - break; - } - } -} - -/** Sends a list of active TCP connections to the TELNET client. */ -static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void) -{ - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - strcpy_P(AppData, CurrentConnectionsHeader); - - uint16_t ResponseLen = strlen(AppData); - uint8_t ActiveConnCount = 0; - - /* Loop through the complete uIP TCP connections list, looking for active connections */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) - { - struct uip_conn* CurrConnection = &uip_conns[i]; - - /* If the connection is not closed, it is active and must be added to the out buffer */ - if (CurrConnection->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) - { - /* Add the current connection's details to the out buffer */ - ResponseLen += sprintf_P(&AppData[ResponseLen], PSTR("%u) %d.%d.%d.%d (Local Port %u <=> Remote Port %u)\r\n"), - ++ActiveConnCount, - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[0], - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[1], - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[2], - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[3], - HTONS(CurrConnection->lport), HTONS(CurrConnection->rport)); - } - } - - uip_send(AppData, ResponseLen); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index ac2a83654..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for TELNETServerApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_ -#define _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <string.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <uip.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** TCP listen port for incoming TELNET traffic. */ - #define TELNET_SERVER_PORT 23 - - /* Enums: */ - /** States for each TELNET connection to the server. */ - enum TELNET_States_t - { - TELNET_STATE_SendHeader, /**< Currently sending welcome header to the client */ - TELNET_STATE_SendMenu, /**< Currently sending the command list menu to the client */ - TELNET_STATE_GetCommand, /**< Currently waiting for a command from the client */ - TELNET_STATE_SendResponse, /**< Processing the issued command and sending a response */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void TELNETServerApp_Init(void); - void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C) - static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c deleted file mode 100644 index c9cbba7c5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * uIP Management functions. This file contains the functions and globals needed to maintain the uIP - * stack once an RNDIS device has been attached to the system. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C -#include "uIPManagement.h" - -/** Connection timer, to retain the time elapsed since the last time the uIP connections were managed. */ -static struct timer ConnectionTimer; - -/** ARP timer, to retain the time elapsed since the ARP cache was last updated. */ -static struct timer ARPTimer; - -/** MAC address of the RNDIS device, when enumerated. */ -struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress; - - -/** Configures the uIP stack ready for network traffic processing. */ -void uIPManagement_Init(void) -{ - /* uIP Timing Initialization */ - clock_init(); - timer_set(&ConnectionTimer, CLOCK_SECOND / 2); - timer_set(&ARPTimer, CLOCK_SECOND * 10); - - /* uIP Stack Initialization */ - uip_init(); - uip_arp_init(); - - /* DHCP/Server IP Settings Initialization */ - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - { - MACAddress.addr[0] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[0]; - MACAddress.addr[1] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[1]; - MACAddress.addr[2] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[2]; - MACAddress.addr[3] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[3]; - MACAddress.addr[4] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[4]; - MACAddress.addr[5] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[5]; - - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) - DHCPServerApp_Init(); - #endif - - uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress; - uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress, DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&Netmask, DEVICE_NETMASK[0], DEVICE_NETMASK[1], DEVICE_NETMASK[2], DEVICE_NETMASK[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0], DEVICE_GATEWAY[1], DEVICE_GATEWAY[2], DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]); - uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress); - uip_setnetmask(&Netmask); - uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress); - } - else - { - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) - DHCPClientApp_Init(); - #else - uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress; - uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress, DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&Netmask, DEVICE_NETMASK[0], DEVICE_NETMASK[1], DEVICE_NETMASK[2], DEVICE_NETMASK[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0], DEVICE_GATEWAY[1], DEVICE_GATEWAY[2], DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]); - uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress); - uip_setnetmask(&Netmask); - uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress); - #endif - } - - /* Virtual Webserver Ethernet Address Configuration */ - uip_setethaddr(MACAddress); - - /* HTTP Webserver Initialization */ - HTTPServerApp_Init(); - - /* TELNET Server Initialization */ - #if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) - TELNETServerApp_Init(); - #endif -} - -/** uIP Management function. This function manages the uIP stack when called while an RNDIS device has been - * attached to the system. - */ -void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void) -{ - if (((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host) && (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Configured)) || - ((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) && (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured))) - { - uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(); - uIPManagement_ManageConnections(); - } -} - -/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given TCP connection. This routine dispatches - * to the appropriate TCP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number. - */ -void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void) -{ - /* Call the correct TCP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */ - switch (uip_conn->lport) - { - case HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT): - HTTPServerApp_Callback(); - break; - #if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) - case HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT): - TELNETServerApp_Callback(); - break; - #endif - } -} - -/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given UDP connection. This routine dispatches - * to the appropriate UDP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number. - */ -void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void) -{ - /* Call the correct UDP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */ - switch (uip_udp_conn->lport) - { - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) - case HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT): - DHCPClientApp_Callback(); - break; - #endif - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) - case HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT): - DHCPServerApp_Callback(); - break; - #endif - } -} - -/** Processes Incoming packets to the server from the connected RNDIS device, creating responses as needed. */ -static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void) -{ - /* Determine which USB mode the system is currently initialized in */ - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - { - /* If no packet received, exit processing routine */ - if (!(RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device))) - return; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - /* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */ - RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, &uip_len); - } - else - { - /* If no packet received, exit processing routine */ - if (!(RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host))) - return; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - /* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */ - RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, &uip_len); - } - - /* If the packet contains an Ethernet frame, process it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - switch (((struct uip_eth_hdr*)uip_buf)->type) - { - case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP): - /* Filter packet by MAC destination */ - uip_arp_ipin(); - - /* Process Incoming packet */ - uip_input(); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - uip_split_output(); - } - - break; - case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP): - /* Process ARP packet */ - uip_arp_arpin(); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - uip_split_output(); - - break; - } - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); -} - -/** Manages the currently open network connections, including TCP and (if enabled) UDP. */ -static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void) -{ - /* Poll TCP connections for more data to send back to the host */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) - { - uip_poll_conn(&uip_conns[i]); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - /* Split and send the outgoing packet */ - uip_split_output(); - } - } - - /* Manage open connections for timeouts */ - if (timer_expired(&ConnectionTimer)) - { - timer_reset(&ConnectionTimer); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) - { - /* Run periodic connection management for each TCP connection */ - uip_periodic(i); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - /* Split and send the outgoing packet */ - uip_split_output(); - } - } - - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) - { - /* Run periodic connection management for each UDP connection */ - uip_udp_periodic(i); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - /* Split and send the outgoing packet */ - uip_split_output(); - } - } - #endif - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - } - - /* Manage ARP cache refreshing */ - if (timer_expired(&ARPTimer)) - { - timer_reset(&ARPTimer); - uip_arp_timer(); - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a6fa1759..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for uIPManagement.c. - */ - -#ifndef _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_ -#define _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include <uip.h> - #include <uip_arp.h> - #include <uip-split.h> - #include <timer.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include "DHCPClientApp.h" - #include "DHCPServerApp.h" - #include "HTTPServerApp.h" - #include "TELNETServerApp.h" - - /* External Variables: */ - extern struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void uIPManagement_Init(void); - void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void); - void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void); - void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C) - static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void); - static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c deleted file mode 100644 index e71f7209d..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> - -#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - -#include "clock.h" - -//Counted time -volatile clock_time_t clock_datetime = 0; - -//Overflow interrupt -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - clock_datetime += 1; -} - -//Initialise the clock -void clock_init() -{ - OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1); - TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10)); - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); -} - -//Return time -clock_time_t clock_time() -{ - clock_time_t time; - - GlobalInterruptDisable(); - time = clock_datetime; - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - return time; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h deleted file mode 100644 index bbfa4ac0e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ -#define __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ - -#include <stdint.h> -#include <util/atomic.h> - -typedef uint16_t clock_time_t; -#define CLOCK_SECOND 100 -void clock_init(void); -clock_time_t clock_time(void); - -#endif /* __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c deleted file mode 100644 index eae06f43b..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup timer - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * Timer library implementation. - * \author - * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: timer.c,v 1.2 2006/06/12 08:00:30 adam Exp $ - */ - -#include "clock.h" -#include "timer.h" - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Set a timer. - * - * This function is used to set a timer for a time sometime in the - * future. The function timer_expired() will evaluate to true after - * the timer has expired. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer - * \param interval The interval before the timer expires. - * - */ -void -timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval) -{ - t->interval = interval; - t->start = clock_time(); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Reset the timer with the same interval. - * - * This function resets the timer with the same interval that was - * given to the timer_set() function. The start point of the interval - * is the exact time that the timer last expired. Therefore, this - * function will cause the timer to be stable over time, unlike the - * timer_restart() function. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer. - * - * \sa timer_restart() - */ -void -timer_reset(struct timer *t) -{ - t->start += t->interval; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Restart the timer from the current point in time - * - * This function restarts a timer with the same interval that was - * given to the timer_set() function. The timer will start at the - * current time. - * - * \note A periodic timer will drift if this function is used to reset - * it. For periodic timers, use the timer_reset() function instead. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer. - * - * \sa timer_reset() - */ -void -timer_restart(struct timer *t) -{ - t->start = clock_time(); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Check if a timer has expired. - * - * This function tests if a timer has expired and returns true or - * false depending on its status. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer - * - * \return Non-zero if the timer has expired, zero otherwise. - * - */ -int -timer_expired(struct timer *t) -{ - return (clock_time_t)(clock_time() - t->start) >= (clock_time_t)t->interval; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 04917e4c5..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \defgroup timer Timer library - * - * The timer library provides functions for setting, resetting and - * restarting timers, and for checking if a timer has expired. An - * application must "manually" check if its timers have expired; this - * is not done automatically. - * - * A timer is declared as a \c struct \c timer and all access to the - * timer is made by a pointer to the declared timer. - * - * \note The timer library uses the \ref clock "Clock library" to - * measure time. Intervals should be specified in the format used by - * the clock library. - * - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * \file - * Timer library header file. - * \author - * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: timer.h,v 1.3 2006/06/11 21:46:39 adam Exp $ - */ -#ifndef __TIMER_H__ -#define __TIMER_H__ - -#include "clock.h" - -/** - * A timer. - * - * This structure is used for declaring a timer. The timer must be set - * with timer_set() before it can be used. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -struct timer { - clock_time_t start; - clock_time_t interval; -}; - -void timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval); -void timer_reset(struct timer *t); -void timer_restart(struct timer *t); -int timer_expired(struct timer *t); - -#endif /* __TIMER_H__ */ - -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5222a05b6..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the Contiki operating system. - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: uip-split.c,v 1.2 2008/10/14 13:39:12 julienabeille Exp $ - */ - -#include "uip-split.h" - - -#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_split_output(void) -{ -#if UIP_TCP - u16_t tcplen, len1, len2; - - /* We only try to split maximum sized TCP segments. */ - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP && uip_len == UIP_BUFSIZE) { - - tcplen = uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN; - /* Split the segment in two. If the original packet length was - odd, we make the second packet one byte larger. */ - len1 = len2 = tcplen / 2; - if(len1 + len2 < tcplen) { - ++len2; - } - - /* Create the first packet. This is done by altering the length - field of the IP header and updating the checksums. */ - uip_len = len1 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8; - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */ - BUF->tcpchksum = 0; - BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum()); - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */ - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Transmit the first packet. */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - tcpip_ipv6_output(); -#else - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len); - else - RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Now, create the second packet. To do this, it is not enough to - just alter the length field, but we must also update the TCP - sequence number and point the uip_appdata to a new place in - memory. This place is determined by the length of the first - packet (len1). */ - uip_len = len2 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8; - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - memcpy(uip_appdata, (u8_t *)uip_appdata + len1, len2); - - uip_add32(BUF->seqno, len1); - BUF->seqno[0] = uip_acc32[0]; - BUF->seqno[1] = uip_acc32[1]; - BUF->seqno[2] = uip_acc32[2]; - BUF->seqno[3] = uip_acc32[3]; - - /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */ - BUF->tcpchksum = 0; - BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum()); - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */ - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Transmit the second packet. */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - tcpip_ipv6_output(); -#else - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len); - else - RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - return; - } -#endif /* UIP_TCP */ - - /* uip_fw_output();*/ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - tcpip_ipv6_output(); -#else - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len); - else - RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -} - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c768ce40..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the Contiki operating system. - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: uip-split.h,v 1.1 2006/06/17 22:41:19 adamdunkels Exp $ - */ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipsplit uIP TCP throughput booster hack - * @{ - * - * The basic uIP TCP implementation only allows each TCP connection to - * have a single TCP segment in flight at any given time. Because of - * the delayed ACK algorithm employed by most TCP receivers, uIP's - * limit on the amount of in-flight TCP segments seriously reduces the - * maximum achievable throughput for sending data from uIP. - * - * The uip-split module is a hack which tries to remedy this - * situation. By splitting maximum sized outgoing TCP segments into - * two, the delayed ACK algorithm is not invoked at TCP - * receivers. This improves the throughput when sending data from uIP - * by orders of magnitude. - * - * The uip-split module uses the uip-fw module (uIP IP packet - * forwarding) for sending packets. Therefore, the uip-fw module must - * be set up with the appropriate network interfaces for this module - * to work. - */ - - -/** - * \file - * Module for splitting outbound TCP segments in two to avoid the - * delayed ACK throughput degradation. - * \author - * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIP_SPLIT_H__ -#define __UIP_SPLIT_H__ - -#include <string.h> -#include <uip.h> - -#include "../../USBHostMode.h" - -#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - -/** - * Handle outgoing packets. - * - * This function inspects an outgoing packet in the uip_buf buffer and - * sends it out using the uip_fw_output() function. If the packet is a - * full-sized TCP segment it will be split into two segments and - * transmitted separately. This function should be called instead of - * the actual device driver output function, or the uip_fw_output() - * function. - * - * The headers of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the uip_buf - * buffer and the payload is assumed to be wherever uip_appdata - * points. The length of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the - * uip_len variable. - * - */ -void uip_split_output(void); -void uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16); -#endif /* __UIP_SPLIT_H__ */ - -/** @} */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c deleted file mode 100644 index fead75775..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1941 +0,0 @@ -#define DEBUG_PRINTF(...) /*printf(__VA_ARGS__)*/ - -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * The uIP TCP/IP stack code. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip.c,v 1.15 2008/10/15 08:08:32 adamdunkels Exp $ - * - */ - -/* - * uIP is a small implementation of the IP, UDP and TCP protocols (as - * well as some basic ICMP stuff). The implementation couples the IP, - * UDP, TCP and the application layers very tightly. To keep the size - * of the compiled code down, this code frequently uses the goto - * statement. While it would be possible to break the uip_process() - * function into many smaller functions, this would increase the code - * size because of the overhead of parameter passing and the fact that - * the optimizer would not be as efficient. - * - * The principle is that we have a small buffer, called the uip_buf, - * in which the device driver puts an incoming packet. The TCP/IP - * stack parses the headers in the packet, and calls the - * application. If the remote host has sent data to the application, - * this data is present in the uip_buf and the application read the - * data from there. It is up to the application to put this data into - * a byte stream if needed. The application will not be fed with data - * that is out of sequence. - * - * If the application whishes to send data to the peer, it should put - * its data into the uip_buf. The uip_appdata pointer points to the - * first available byte. The TCP/IP stack will calculate the - * checksums, and fill in the necessary header fields and finally send - * the packet back to the peer. -*/ - -#include "uip.h" -#include "uipopt.h" -#include "uip_arp.h" - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 /* If UIP_CONF_IPV6 is defined, we compile the - uip6.c file instead of this one. Therefore - this #ifndef removes the entire compilation - output of the uip.c file */ - - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#include "net/uip-neighbor.h" -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -#include <string.h> - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Variable definitions. */ - - -/* The IP address of this host. If it is defined to be fixed (by - setting UIP_FIXEDADDR to 1 in uipopt.h), the address is set - here. Otherwise, the address */ -#if UIP_FIXEDADDR > 0 -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr = - { UIP_IPADDR0, UIP_IPADDR1, UIP_IPADDR2, UIP_IPADDR3 }; -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_draddr = - { UIP_DRIPADDR0, UIP_DRIPADDR1, UIP_DRIPADDR2, UIP_DRIPADDR3 }; -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_netmask = - { UIP_NETMASK0, UIP_NETMASK1, UIP_NETMASK2, UIP_NETMASK3 }; -#else -uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_draddr, uip_netmask; -#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ - -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr = -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, - 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } }; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } }; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr = { { 0x0, /* rest is 0 */ } }; - -#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR -const struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{UIP_ETHADDR0, - UIP_ETHADDR1, - UIP_ETHADDR2, - UIP_ETHADDR3, - UIP_ETHADDR4, - UIP_ETHADDR5}}; -#else -struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{0,0,0,0,0,0}}; -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER -u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE + 2]; /* The packet buffer that contains - incoming packets. */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER */ - -void *uip_appdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to - application data. */ -void *uip_sappdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to - the application data which is to - be sent. */ -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 -void *uip_urgdata; /* The uip_urgdata pointer points to - urgent data (out-of-band data), if - present. */ -u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - -u16_t uip_len, uip_slen; - /* The uip_len is either 8 or 16 bits, - depending on the maximum packet - size. */ - -u8_t uip_flags; /* The uip_flags variable is used for - communication between the TCP/IP stack - and the application program. */ -struct uip_conn *uip_conn; /* uip_conn always points to the current - connection. */ - -struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS]; - /* The uip_conns array holds all TCP - connections. */ -u16_t uip_listenports[UIP_LISTENPORTS]; - /* The uip_listenports list all currently - listening ports. */ -#if UIP_UDP -struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn; -struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS]; -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -static u16_t ipid; /* Ths ipid variable is an increasing - number that is used for the IP ID - field. */ - -void uip_setipid(u16_t id) { ipid = id; } - -static u8_t iss[4]; /* The iss variable is used for the TCP - initial sequence number. */ - -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN -static u16_t lastport; /* Keeps track of the last port used for - a new connection. */ -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - -/* Temporary variables. */ -u8_t uip_acc32[4]; -static u8_t c, opt; -static u16_t tmp16; - -/* Structures and definitions. */ -#define TCP_FIN 0x01 -#define TCP_SYN 0x02 -#define TCP_RST 0x04 -#define TCP_PSH 0x08 -#define TCP_ACK 0x10 -#define TCP_URG 0x20 -#define TCP_CTL 0x3f - -#define TCP_OPT_END 0 /* End of TCP options list */ -#define TCP_OPT_NOOP 1 /* "No-operation" TCP option */ -#define TCP_OPT_MSS 2 /* Maximum segment size TCP option */ - -#define TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN 4 /* Length of TCP MSS option. */ - -#define ICMP_ECHO_REPLY 0 -#define ICMP_ECHO 8 - -#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE 3 -#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE 3 - -#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY 129 -#define ICMP6_ECHO 128 -#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION 135 -#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT 136 - -#define ICMP6_FLAG_S (1 << 6) - -#define ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS 1 -#define ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS 2 - - -/* Macros. */ -#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) -#define FBUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_reassbuf[0]) -#define ICMPBUF ((struct uip_icmpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) -#define UDPBUF ((struct uip_udpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) - - -#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1 -struct uip_stats uip_stat; -#define UIP_STAT(s) s -#else -#define UIP_STAT(s) -#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */ - -#if UIP_LOGGING == 1 -#include <stdio.h> -void uip_log(char *msg); -#define UIP_LOG(m) uip_log(m) -#else -#define UIP_LOG(m) -#endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */ - -#if ! UIP_ARCH_ADD32 -void -uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16) -{ - uip_acc32[3] = op32[3] + (op16 & 0xff); - uip_acc32[2] = op32[2] + (op16 >> 8); - uip_acc32[1] = op32[1]; - uip_acc32[0] = op32[0]; - - if(uip_acc32[2] < (op16 >> 8)) { - ++uip_acc32[1]; - if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) { - ++uip_acc32[0]; - } - } - - - if(uip_acc32[3] < (op16 & 0xff)) { - ++uip_acc32[2]; - if(uip_acc32[2] == 0) { - ++uip_acc32[1]; - if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) { - ++uip_acc32[0]; - } - } - } -} - -#endif /* UIP_ARCH_ADD32 */ - -#if ! UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static u16_t -chksum(u16_t sum, const u8_t *data, u16_t len) -{ - u16_t t; - const u8_t *dataptr; - const u8_t *last_byte; - - dataptr = data; - last_byte = data + len - 1; - - while(dataptr < last_byte) { /* At least two more bytes */ - t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + dataptr[1]; - sum += t; - if(sum < t) { - sum++; /* carry */ - } - dataptr += 2; - } - - if(dataptr == last_byte) { - t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + 0; - sum += t; - if(sum < t) { - sum++; /* carry */ - } - } - - /* Return sum in host byte order. */ - return sum; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -u16_t -uip_chksum(u16_t *data, u16_t len) -{ - return htons(chksum(0, (u8_t *)data, len)); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef UIP_ARCH_IPCHKSUM -u16_t -uip_ipchksum(void) -{ - u16_t sum; - - sum = chksum(0, &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_IPH_LEN); - DEBUG_PRINTF("uip_ipchksum: sum 0x%04x\n", sum); - return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum); -} -#endif -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static u16_t -upper_layer_chksum(u8_t proto) -{ - u16_t upper_layer_len; - u16_t sum; - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - UIP_IPH_LEN; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* First sum pseudo-header. */ - - /* IP protocol and length fields. This addition cannot carry. */ - sum = upper_layer_len + proto; - /* Sum IP source and destination addresses. */ - sum = chksum(sum, (u8_t *)&BUF->srcipaddr, 2 * sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - - /* Sum TCP header and data. */ - sum = chksum(sum, &uip_buf[UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN], - upper_layer_len); - - return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -u16_t -uip_icmp6chksum(void) -{ - return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_ICMP6); - -} -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -u16_t -uip_tcpchksum(void) -{ - return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_TCP); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS -u16_t -uip_udpchksum(void) -{ - return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_UDP); -} -#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ -#endif /* UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_init(void) -{ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - uip_listenports[c] = 0; - } - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - } -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - lastport = 1024; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - -#if UIP_UDP - for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) { - uip_udp_conns[c].lport = 0; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - - - /* IPv4 initialization. */ -#if UIP_FIXEDADDR == 0 - /* uip_hostaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[1] = 0;*/ -#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ - -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN -struct uip_conn * -uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport) -{ - register struct uip_conn *conn, *cconn; - - /* Find an unused local port. */ - again: - ++lastport; - - if(lastport >= 32000) { - lastport = 4096; - } - - /* Check if this port is already in use, and if so try to find - another one. */ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - conn = &uip_conns[c]; - if(conn->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED && - conn->lport == htons(lastport)) { - goto again; - } - } - - conn = 0; - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - cconn = &uip_conns[c]; - if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) { - conn = cconn; - break; - } - if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) { - if(conn == 0 || - cconn->timer > conn->timer) { - conn = cconn; - } - } - } - - if(conn == 0) { - return 0; - } - - conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_SENT; - - conn->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0]; - conn->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1]; - conn->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2]; - conn->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3]; - - conn->initialmss = conn->mss = UIP_TCP_MSS; - - conn->len = 1; /* TCP length of the SYN is one. */ - conn->nrtx = 0; - conn->timer = 1; /* Send the SYN next time around. */ - conn->rto = UIP_RTO; - conn->sa = 0; - conn->sv = 16; /* Initial value of the RTT variance. */ - conn->lport = htons(lastport); - conn->rport = rport; - uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr); - - return conn; -} -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_UDP -struct uip_udp_conn * -uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport) -{ - register struct uip_udp_conn *conn; - - /* Find an unused local port. */ - again: - ++lastport; - - if(lastport >= 32000) { - lastport = 4096; - } - - for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) { - if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == htons(lastport)) { - goto again; - } - } - - - conn = 0; - for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) { - if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == 0) { - conn = &uip_udp_conns[c]; - break; - } - } - - if(conn == 0) { - return 0; - } - - conn->lport = HTONS(lastport); - conn->rport = rport; - if(ripaddr == NULL) { - memset(&conn->ripaddr, 0, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - } else { - uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr); - } - conn->ttl = UIP_TTL; - - return conn; -} -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_unlisten(u16_t port) -{ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - if(uip_listenports[c] == port) { - uip_listenports[c] = 0; - return; - } - } -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_listen(u16_t port) -{ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - if(uip_listenports[c] == 0) { - uip_listenports[c] = port; - return; - } - } -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* XXX: IP fragment reassembly: not well-tested. */ - -#if UIP_REASSEMBLY && !UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN) -static u8_t uip_reassbuf[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE]; -static u8_t uip_reassbitmap[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE / (8 * 8)]; -static const u8_t bitmap_bits[8] = {0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f, - 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01}; -static u16_t uip_reasslen; -static u8_t uip_reassflags; -#define UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01 -static u8_t uip_reasstmr; - -#define IP_MF 0x20 - -static u8_t -uip_reass(void) -{ - u16_t offset, len; - u16_t i; - - /* If ip_reasstmr is zero, no packet is present in the buffer, so we - write the IP header of the fragment into the reassembly - buffer. The timer is updated with the maximum age. */ - if(uip_reasstmr == 0) { - memcpy(uip_reassbuf, &BUF->vhl, UIP_IPH_LEN); - uip_reasstmr = UIP_REASS_MAXAGE; - uip_reassflags = 0; - /* Clear the bitmap. */ - memset(uip_reassbitmap, 0, sizeof(uip_reassbitmap)); - } - - /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present - in the reasembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the - fragment into the buffer. */ - if(BUF->srcipaddr[0] == FBUF->srcipaddr[0] && - BUF->srcipaddr[1] == FBUF->srcipaddr[1] && - BUF->destipaddr[0] == FBUF->destipaddr[0] && - BUF->destipaddr[1] == FBUF->destipaddr[1] && - BUF->ipid[0] == FBUF->ipid[0] && - BUF->ipid[1] == FBUF->ipid[1]) { - - len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] - (BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4; - offset = (((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) << 8) + BUF->ipoffset[1]) * 8; - - /* If the offset or the offset + fragment length overflows the - reassembly buffer, we discard the entire packet. */ - if(offset > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE || - offset + len > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE) { - uip_reasstmr = 0; - goto nullreturn; - } - - /* Copy the fragment into the reassembly buffer, at the right - offset. */ - memcpy(&uip_reassbuf[UIP_IPH_LEN + offset], - (char *)BUF + (int)((BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4), - len); - - /* Update the bitmap. */ - if(offset / (8 * 8) == (offset + len) / (8 * 8)) { - /* If the two endpoints are in the same byte, we only update - that byte. */ - - uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |= - bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7] & - ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7]; - } else { - /* If the two endpoints are in different bytes, we update the - bytes in the endpoints and fill the stuff in-between with - 0xff. */ - uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |= - bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7]; - for(i = 1 + offset / (8 * 8); i < (offset + len) / (8 * 8); ++i) { - uip_reassbitmap[i] = 0xff; - } - uip_reassbitmap[(offset + len) / (8 * 8)] |= - ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7]; - } - - /* If this fragment has the More Fragments flag set to zero, we - know that this is the last fragment, so we can calculate the - size of the entire packet. We also set the - IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG flag to indicate that we have received - the final fragment. */ - - if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & IP_MF) == 0) { - uip_reassflags |= UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG; - uip_reasslen = offset + len; - } - - /* Finally, we check if we have a full packet in the buffer. We do - this by checking if we have the last fragment and if all bits - in the bitmap are set. */ - if(uip_reassflags & UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) { - /* Check all bytes up to and including all but the last byte in - the bitmap. */ - for(i = 0; i < uip_reasslen / (8 * 8) - 1; ++i) { - if(uip_reassbitmap[i] != 0xff) { - goto nullreturn; - } - } - /* Check the last byte in the bitmap. It should contain just the - right amount of bits. */ - if(uip_reassbitmap[uip_reasslen / (8 * 8)] != - (u8_t)~bitmap_bits[uip_reasslen / 8 & 7]) { - goto nullreturn; - } - - /* If we have come this far, we have a full packet in the - buffer, so we allocate a pbuf and copy the packet into it. We - also reset the timer. */ - uip_reasstmr = 0; - memcpy(BUF, FBUF, uip_reasslen); - - /* Pretend to be a "normal" (i.e., not fragmented) IP packet - from now on. */ - BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0; - BUF->len[0] = uip_reasslen >> 8; - BUF->len[1] = uip_reasslen & 0xff; - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); - - return uip_reasslen; - } - } - - nullreturn: - return 0; -} -#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static void -uip_add_rcv_nxt(u16_t n) -{ - uip_add32(uip_conn->rcv_nxt, n); - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0]; - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1]; - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2]; - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3]; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_process(u8_t flag) -{ - register struct uip_conn *uip_connr = uip_conn; - -#if UIP_UDP - if(flag == UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN) { - goto udp_send; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - - uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN]; - - /* Check if we were invoked because of a poll request for a - particular connection. */ - if(flag == UIP_POLL_REQUEST) { - if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED && - !uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - uip_len = uip_slen = 0; - uip_flags = UIP_POLL; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - goto drop; - - /* Check if we were invoked because of the periodic timer firing. */ - } else if(flag == UIP_TIMER) { -#if UIP_REASSEMBLY - if(uip_reasstmr != 0) { - --uip_reasstmr; - } -#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ - /* Increase the initial sequence number. */ - if(++iss[3] == 0) { - if(++iss[2] == 0) { - if(++iss[1] == 0) { - ++iss[0]; - } - } - } - - /* Reset the length variables. */ - uip_len = 0; - uip_slen = 0; - - /* Check if the connection is in a state in which we simply wait - for the connection to time out. If so, we increase the - connection's timer and remove the connection if it times - out. */ - if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT || - uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_FIN_WAIT_2) { - ++(uip_connr->timer); - if(uip_connr->timer == UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - } - } else if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) { - /* If the connection has outstanding data, we increase the - connection's timer and see if it has reached the RTO value - in which case we retransmit. */ - if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - if(uip_connr->timer-- == 0) { - if(uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXRTX || - ((uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_SENT || - uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_RCVD) && - uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXSYNRTX)) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - - /* We call UIP_APPCALL() with uip_flags set to - UIP_TIMEDOUT to inform the application that the - connection has timed out. */ - uip_flags = UIP_TIMEDOUT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - - /* We also send a reset packet to the remote host. */ - BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - /* Exponential back-off. */ - uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO << (uip_connr->nrtx > 4? - 4: - uip_connr->nrtx); - ++(uip_connr->nrtx); - - /* Ok, so we need to retransmit. We do this differently - depending on which state we are in. In ESTABLISHED, we - call upon the application so that it may prepare the - data for the retransmit. In SYN_RCVD, we resend the - SYNACK that we sent earlier and in LAST_ACK we have to - retransmit our FINACK. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rexmit); - switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) { - case UIP_SYN_RCVD: - /* In the SYN_RCVD state, we should retransmit our - SYNACK. */ - goto tcp_send_synack; - -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - case UIP_SYN_SENT: - /* In the SYN_SENT state, we retransmit out SYN. */ - BUF->flags = 0; - goto tcp_send_syn; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - - case UIP_ESTABLISHED: - /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application - to do the actual retransmit after which we jump into - the code for sending out the packet (the apprexmit - label). */ - uip_flags = UIP_REXMIT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto apprexmit; - - case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1: - case UIP_CLOSING: - case UIP_LAST_ACK: - /* In all these states we should retransmit a FINACK. */ - goto tcp_send_finack; - - } - } - } else if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED) { - /* If there was no need for a retransmission, we poll the - application for new data. */ - uip_len = uip_slen = 0; - uip_flags = UIP_POLL; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - } - goto drop; - } -#if UIP_UDP - if(flag == UIP_UDP_TIMER) { - if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0) { - uip_conn = NULL; - uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN]; - uip_len = uip_slen = 0; - uip_flags = UIP_POLL; - UIP_UDP_APPCALL(); - goto udp_send; - } else { - goto drop; - } - } -#endif - - /* This is where the input processing starts. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.recv); - - /* Start of IP input header processing code. */ - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Check validity of the IP header. */ - if((BUF->vtc & 0xf0) != 0x60) { /* IP version and header length. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr); - UIP_LOG("ipv6: invalid version."); - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* Check validity of the IP header. */ - if(BUF->vhl != 0x45) { /* IP version and header length. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: invalid version or header length."); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Check the size of the packet. If the size reported to us in - uip_len is smaller the size reported in the IP header, we assume - that the packet has been corrupted in transit. If the size of - uip_len is larger than the size reported in the IP packet header, - the packet has been padded and we set uip_len to the correct - value.. */ - - if((BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] <= uip_len) { - uip_len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1]; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - uip_len += 40; /* The length reported in the IPv6 header is the - length of the payload that follows the - header. However, uIP uses the uip_len variable - for holding the size of the entire packet, - including the IP header. For IPv4 this is not a - problem as the length field in the IPv4 header - contains the length of the entire packet. But - for IPv6 we need to add the size of the IPv6 - header (40 bytes). */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - } else { - UIP_LOG("ip: packet shorter than reported in IP header."); - goto drop; - } - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Check the fragment flag. */ - if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) != 0 || - BUF->ipoffset[1] != 0) { -#if UIP_REASSEMBLY - uip_len = uip_reass(); - if(uip_len == 0) { - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.fragerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: fragment dropped."); - goto drop; -#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - /* If we are configured to use ping IP address configuration and - hasn't been assigned an IP address yet, we accept all ICMP - packets. */ -#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF && !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { - UIP_LOG("ip: possible ping config packet received."); - goto icmp_input; - } else { - UIP_LOG("ip: packet dropped since no address assigned."); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */ - - } else { - /* If IP broadcast support is configured, we check for a broadcast - UDP packet, which may be destined to us. */ -#if UIP_BROADCAST - DEBUG_PRINTF("UDP IP checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum()); - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP && - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr)) - { - if (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr); - - goto udp_input; - } -#endif /* UIP_BROADCAST */ - - /* Check if the packet is destined for our IP address. */ -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* For IPv6, packet reception is a little trickier as we need to - make sure that we listen to certain multicast addresses (all - hosts multicast address, and the solicited-node multicast - address) as well. However, we will cheat here and accept all - multicast packets that are sent to the ff02::/16 addresses. */ - if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr) && - BUF->destipaddr.u16[0] != HTONS(0xff02)) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - } - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - if(uip_ipchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the IP header - checksum. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.chkerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: bad checksum."); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP) { /* Check for TCP packet. If so, - proceed with TCP input - processing. */ - goto tcp_input; - } - -#if UIP_UDP - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP) { - goto udp_input; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* ICMPv4 processing code follows. */ - if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { /* We only allow ICMP packets from - here. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp."); - goto drop; - } - -#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF - icmp_input: -#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv); - - /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only change - the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and adjust the ICMP - checksum before we return the packet. */ - if(ICMPBUF->type != ICMP_ECHO) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr); - UIP_LOG("icmp: not icmp echo."); - goto drop; - } - - /* If we are configured to use ping IP address assignment, we use - the destination IP address of this ping packet and assign it to - yourself. */ -#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - uip_hostaddr = BUF->destipaddr; - } -#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */ - - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_ECHO_REPLY; - - if(ICMPBUF->icmpchksum >= HTONS(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) { - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1; - } else { - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8); - } - - /* Swap IP addresses. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent); - BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL; - goto ip_send_nolen; - - /* End of IPv4 input header processing code. */ -#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* This is IPv6 ICMPv6 processing code. */ - DEBUG_PRINTF("icmp6_input: length %d\n", uip_len); - - if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP6) { /* We only allow ICMPv6 packets from - here. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp6."); - goto drop; - } - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv); - - /* If we get a neighbor solicitation for our address we should send - a neighbor advertisement message back. */ - if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION) { - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ICMPBUF->icmp6data, &uip_hostaddr)) { - - if(ICMPBUF->options[0] == ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS) { - /* Save the sender's address in our neighbor list. */ - uip_neighbor_add(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &(ICMPBUF->options[2])); - } - - /* We should now send a neighbor advertisement back to where the - neighbor solicitation came from. */ - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT; - ICMPBUF->flags = ICMP6_FLAG_S; /* Solicited flag. */ - - ICMPBUF->reserved1 = ICMPBUF->reserved2 = ICMPBUF->reserved3 = 0; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->destipaddr, &ICMPBUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - ICMPBUF->options[0] = ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS; - ICMPBUF->options[1] = 1; /* Options length, 1 = 8 bytes. */ - memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->options[2]), &uip_ethaddr, sizeof(uip_ethaddr)); - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0; - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum(); - - goto send; - - } - goto drop; - } else if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_ECHO) { - /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only - change the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and update the - ICMP checksum before we return the packet. */ - - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0; - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum(); - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent); - goto send; - } else { - DEBUG_PRINTF("Unknown icmp6 message type %d\n", ICMPBUF->type); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr); - UIP_LOG("icmp: unknown ICMP message."); - goto drop; - } - - /* End of IPv6 ICMP processing. */ - -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -#if UIP_UDP - /* UDP input processing. */ - udp_input: - /* UDP processing is really just a hack. We don't do anything to the - UDP/IP headers, but let the UDP application do all the hard - work. If the application sets uip_slen, it has a packet to - send. */ -#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS - uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN; - uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN]; - if(UDPBUF->udpchksum != 0 && uip_udpchksum() != 0xffff) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.chkerr); - UIP_LOG("udp: bad checksum."); - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ - uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN; -#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ - - /* Demultiplex this UDP packet between the UDP "connections". */ - for(uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[0]; - uip_udp_conn < &uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS]; - ++uip_udp_conn) { - /* If the local UDP port is non-zero, the connection is considered - to be used. If so, the local port number is checked against the - destination port number in the received packet. If the two port - numbers match, the remote port number is checked if the - connection is bound to a remote port. Finally, if the - connection is bound to a remote IP address, the source IP - address of the packet is checked. */ - if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0 && - UDPBUF->destport == uip_udp_conn->lport && - (uip_udp_conn->rport == 0 || - UDPBUF->srcport == uip_udp_conn->rport) && - (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) || - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr) || - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr))) { - goto udp_found; - } - } - UIP_LOG("udp: no matching connection found"); -#if UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH && !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Copy fields from packet header into payload of this ICMP packet. */ - memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->payload[0]), ICMPBUF, UIP_IPH_LEN + 8); - - /* Set the ICMP type and code. */ - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE; - ICMPBUF->icode = ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE; - - /* Calculate the ICMP checksum. */ - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0; - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_chksum((u16_t *)&(ICMPBUF->type), 36); - - /* Set the IP destination address to be the source address of the - original packet. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - - /* Set our IP address as the source address. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - /* The size of the ICMP destination unreachable packet is 36 + the - size of the IP header (20) = 56. */ - uip_len = 36 + UIP_IPH_LEN; - ICMPBUF->len[0] = 0; - ICMPBUF->len[1] = (u8_t)uip_len; - ICMPBUF->ttl = UIP_TTL; - ICMPBUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_ICMP; - - goto ip_send_nolen; -#else /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */ - goto drop; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */ - - udp_found: - uip_conn = NULL; - uip_flags = UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN]; - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_UDP_APPCALL(); - - udp_send: - if(uip_slen == 0) { - goto drop; - } - uip_len = uip_slen + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN; - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - BUF->ttl = uip_udp_conn->ttl; - BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_UDP; - - UDPBUF->udplen = HTONS(uip_slen + UIP_UDPH_LEN); - UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0; - - BUF->srcport = uip_udp_conn->lport; - BUF->destport = uip_udp_conn->rport; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr); - - uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPTCPH_LEN]; - -#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS - /* Calculate UDP checksum. */ - UDPBUF->udpchksum = ~(uip_udpchksum()); - if(UDPBUF->udpchksum == 0) { - UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0xffff; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ - - goto ip_send_nolen; -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - - /* TCP input processing. */ - tcp_input: - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.recv); - - /* Start of TCP input header processing code. */ - - if(uip_tcpchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the TCP - checksum. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.chkerr); - UIP_LOG("tcp: bad checksum."); - goto drop; - } - - /* Demultiplex this segment. */ - /* First check any active connections. */ - for(uip_connr = &uip_conns[0]; uip_connr <= &uip_conns[UIP_CONNS - 1]; - ++uip_connr) { - if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED && - BUF->destport == uip_connr->lport && - BUF->srcport == uip_connr->rport && - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr)) { - goto found; - } - } - - /* If we didn't find and active connection that expected the packet, - either this packet is an old duplicate, or this is a SYN packet - destined for a connection in LISTEN. If the SYN flag isn't set, - it is an old packet and we send a RST. */ - if((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) != TCP_SYN) { - goto reset; - } - - tmp16 = BUF->destport; - /* Next, check listening connections. */ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - if(tmp16 == uip_listenports[c]) { - goto found_listen; - } - } - - /* No matching connection found, so we send a RST packet. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.synrst); - - reset: - /* We do not send resets in response to resets. */ - if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) { - goto drop; - } - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rst); - - BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK; - uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN; - BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4; - - /* Flip the seqno and ackno fields in the TCP header. */ - c = BUF->seqno[3]; - BUF->seqno[3] = BUF->ackno[3]; - BUF->ackno[3] = c; - - c = BUF->seqno[2]; - BUF->seqno[2] = BUF->ackno[2]; - BUF->ackno[2] = c; - - c = BUF->seqno[1]; - BUF->seqno[1] = BUF->ackno[1]; - BUF->ackno[1] = c; - - c = BUF->seqno[0]; - BUF->seqno[0] = BUF->ackno[0]; - BUF->ackno[0] = c; - - /* We also have to increase the sequence number we are - acknowledging. If the least significant byte overflowed, we need - to propagate the carry to the other bytes as well. */ - if(++BUF->ackno[3] == 0) { - if(++BUF->ackno[2] == 0) { - if(++BUF->ackno[1] == 0) { - ++BUF->ackno[0]; - } - } - } - - /* Swap port numbers. */ - tmp16 = BUF->srcport; - BUF->srcport = BUF->destport; - BUF->destport = tmp16; - - /* Swap IP addresses. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - /* And send out the RST packet! */ - goto tcp_send_noconn; - - /* This label will be jumped to if we matched the incoming packet - with a connection in LISTEN. In that case, we should create a new - connection and send a SYNACK in return. */ - found_listen: - /* First we check if there are any connections available. Unused - connections are kept in the same table as used connections, but - unused ones have the tcpstate set to CLOSED. Also, connections in - TIME_WAIT are kept track of and we'll use the oldest one if no - CLOSED connections are found. Thanks to Eddie C. Dost for a very - nice algorithm for the TIME_WAIT search. */ - uip_connr = 0; - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) { - uip_connr = &uip_conns[c]; - break; - } - if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) { - if(uip_connr == 0 || - uip_conns[c].timer > uip_connr->timer) { - uip_connr = &uip_conns[c]; - } - } - } - - if(uip_connr == 0) { - /* All connections are used already, we drop packet and hope that - the remote end will retransmit the packet at a time when we - have more spare connections. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.syndrop); - UIP_LOG("tcp: found no unused connections."); - goto drop; - } - uip_conn = uip_connr; - - /* Fill in the necessary fields for the new connection. */ - uip_connr->rto = uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO; - uip_connr->sa = 0; - uip_connr->sv = 4; - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - uip_connr->lport = BUF->destport; - uip_connr->rport = BUF->srcport; - uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_connr->ripaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_RCVD; - - uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3]; - uip_connr->len = 1; - - /* rcv_nxt should be the seqno from the incoming packet + 1. */ - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0]; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - - /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */ - if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) { - for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) { - opt = uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c]; - if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) { - /* End of options. */ - break; - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) { - ++c; - /* NOP option. */ - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS && - uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) { - /* An MSS option with the right option length. */ - tmp16 = ((u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) | - (u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c]; - uip_connr->initialmss = uip_connr->mss = - tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16; - - /* And we are done processing options. */ - break; - } else { - /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily - can skip past them. */ - if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) { - /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed - and we don't process them further. */ - break; - } - c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c]; - } - } - } - - /* Our response will be a SYNACK. */ -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - tcp_send_synack: - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK; - - tcp_send_syn: - BUF->flags |= TCP_SYN; -#else /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - tcp_send_synack: - BUF->flags = TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - - /* We send out the TCP Maximum Segment Size option with our - SYNACK. */ - BUF->optdata[0] = TCP_OPT_MSS; - BUF->optdata[1] = TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN; - BUF->optdata[2] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) / 256; - BUF->optdata[3] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) & 255; - uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN; - BUF->tcpoffset = ((UIP_TCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) / 4) << 4; - goto tcp_send; - - /* This label will be jumped to if we found an active connection. */ - found: - uip_conn = uip_connr; - uip_flags = 0; - /* We do a very naive form of TCP reset processing; we just accept - any RST and kill our connection. We should in fact check if the - sequence number of this reset is within our advertised window - before we accept the reset. */ - if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - UIP_LOG("tcp: got reset, aborting connection."); - uip_flags = UIP_ABORT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto drop; - } - /* Calculate the length of the data, if the application has sent - any data to us. */ - c = (BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) << 2; - /* uip_len will contain the length of the actual TCP data. This is - calculated by subtracing the length of the TCP header (in - c) and the length of the IP header (20 bytes). */ - uip_len = uip_len - c - UIP_IPH_LEN; - - /* First, check if the sequence number of the incoming packet is - what we're expecting next. If not, we send out an ACK with the - correct numbers in. */ - if(!(((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_SYN_SENT) && - ((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)))) { - if((uip_len > 0 || ((BUF->flags & (TCP_SYN | TCP_FIN)) != 0)) && - (BUF->seqno[0] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] || - BUF->seqno[1] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] || - BUF->seqno[2] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] || - BUF->seqno[3] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3])) { - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - } - - /* Next, check if the incoming segment acknowledges any outstanding - data. If so, we update the sequence number, reset the length of - the outstanding data, calculate RTT estimations, and reset the - retransmission timer. */ - if((BUF->flags & TCP_ACK) && uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - uip_add32(uip_connr->snd_nxt, uip_connr->len); - - if(BUF->ackno[0] == uip_acc32[0] && - BUF->ackno[1] == uip_acc32[1] && - BUF->ackno[2] == uip_acc32[2] && - BUF->ackno[3] == uip_acc32[3]) { - /* Update sequence number. */ - uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3]; - - /* Do RTT estimation, unless we have done retransmissions. */ - if(uip_connr->nrtx == 0) { - signed char m; - m = uip_connr->rto - uip_connr->timer; - /* This is taken directly from VJs original code in his paper */ - m = m - (uip_connr->sa >> 3); - uip_connr->sa += m; - if(m < 0) { - m = -m; - } - m = m - (uip_connr->sv >> 2); - uip_connr->sv += m; - uip_connr->rto = (uip_connr->sa >> 3) + uip_connr->sv; - - } - /* Set the acknowledged flag. */ - uip_flags = UIP_ACKDATA; - /* Reset the retransmission timer. */ - uip_connr->timer = uip_connr->rto; - - /* Reset length of outstanding data. */ - uip_connr->len = 0; - } - - } - - /* Do different things depending on in what state the connection is. */ - switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) { - /* CLOSED and LISTEN are not handled here. CLOSE_WAIT is not - implemented, since we force the application to close when the - peer sends a FIN (hence the application goes directly from - ESTABLISHED to LAST_ACK). */ - case UIP_SYN_RCVD: - /* In SYN_RCVD we have sent out a SYNACK in response to a SYN, and - we are waiting for an ACK that acknowledges the data we sent - out the last time. Therefore, we want to have the UIP_ACKDATA - flag set. If so, we enter the ESTABLISHED state. */ - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED; - uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED; - uip_connr->len = 0; - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - goto drop; -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - case UIP_SYN_SENT: - /* In SYN_SENT, we wait for a SYNACK that is sent in response to - our SYN. The rcv_nxt is set to sequence number in the SYNACK - plus one, and we send an ACK. We move into the ESTABLISHED - state. */ - if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) && - (BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)) { - - /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */ - if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) { - for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) { - opt = uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c]; - if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) { - /* End of options. */ - break; - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) { - ++c; - /* NOP option. */ - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS && - uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) { - /* An MSS option with the right option length. */ - tmp16 = (uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) | - uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c]; - uip_connr->initialmss = - uip_connr->mss = tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16; - - /* And we are done processing options. */ - break; - } else { - /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily - can skip past them. */ - if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) { - /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed - and we don't process them further. */ - break; - } - c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c]; - } - } - } - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3]; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED | UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_connr->len = 0; - uip_len = 0; - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - /* Inform the application that the connection failed */ - uip_flags = UIP_ABORT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - /* The connection is closed after we send the RST */ - uip_conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - goto reset; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - - case UIP_ESTABLISHED: - /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application to feed - data into the uip_buf. If the UIP_ACKDATA flag is set, the - application should put new data into the buffer, otherwise we are - retransmitting an old segment, and the application should put that - data into the buffer. - - If the incoming packet is a FIN, we should close the connection on - this side as well, and we send out a FIN and enter the LAST_ACK - state. We require that there is no outstanding data; otherwise the - sequence numbers will be screwed up. */ - - if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) { - if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - goto drop; - } - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1 + uip_len); - uip_flags |= UIP_CLOSE; - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; - } - UIP_APPCALL(); - uip_connr->len = 1; - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_LAST_ACK; - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - tcp_send_finack: - BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - /* Check the URG flag. If this is set, the segment carries urgent - data that we must pass to the application. */ - if((BUF->flags & TCP_URG) != 0) { -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 - uip_urglen = (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]; - if(uip_urglen > uip_len) { - /* There is more urgent data in the next segment to come. */ - uip_urglen = uip_len; - } - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_urglen); - uip_len -= uip_urglen; - uip_urgdata = uip_appdata; - uip_appdata += uip_urglen; - } else { - uip_urglen = 0; -#else /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - uip_appdata = ((char *)uip_appdata) + ((BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]); - uip_len -= (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - } - - /* If uip_len > 0 we have TCP data in the packet, and we flag this - by setting the UIP_NEWDATA flag and update the sequence number - we acknowledge. If the application has stopped the dataflow - using uip_stop(), we must not accept any data packets from the - remote host. */ - if(uip_len > 0 && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) { - uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - - /* Check if the available buffer space advertised by the other end - is smaller than the initial MSS for this connection. If so, we - set the current MSS to the window size to ensure that the - application does not send more data than the other end can - handle. - - If the remote host advertises a zero window, we set the MSS to - the initial MSS so that the application will send an entire MSS - of data. This data will not be acknowledged by the receiver, - and the application will retransmit it. This is called the - "persistent timer" and uses the retransmission mechanism. - */ - tmp16 = ((u16_t)BUF->wnd[0] << 8) + (u16_t)BUF->wnd[1]; - if(tmp16 > uip_connr->initialmss || - tmp16 == 0) { - tmp16 = uip_connr->initialmss; - } - uip_connr->mss = tmp16; - - /* If this packet constitutes an ACK for outstanding data (flagged - by the UIP_ACKDATA flag, we should call the application since it - might want to send more data. If the incoming packet had data - from the peer (as flagged by the UIP_NEWDATA flag), the - application must also be notified. - - When the application is called, the global variable uip_len - contains the length of the incoming data. The application can - access the incoming data through the global pointer - uip_appdata, which usually points UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN - bytes into the uip_buf array. - - If the application wishes to send any data, this data should be - put into the uip_appdata and the length of the data should be - put into uip_len. If the application don't have any data to - send, uip_len must be set to 0. */ - if(uip_flags & (UIP_NEWDATA | UIP_ACKDATA)) { - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_APPCALL(); - - appsend: - - if(uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) { - uip_slen = 0; - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - if(uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) { - uip_slen = 0; - uip_connr->len = 1; - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_1; - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - /* If uip_slen > 0, the application has data to be sent. */ - if(uip_slen > 0) { - - /* If the connection has acknowledged data, the contents of - the ->len variable should be discarded. */ - if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) != 0) { - uip_connr->len = 0; - } - - /* If the ->len variable is non-zero the connection has - already data in transit and cannot send anymore right - now. */ - if(uip_connr->len == 0) { - - /* The application cannot send more than what is allowed by - the mss (the minumum of the MSS and the available - window). */ - if(uip_slen > uip_connr->mss) { - uip_slen = uip_connr->mss; - } - - /* Remember how much data we send out now so that we know - when everything has been acknowledged. */ - uip_connr->len = uip_slen; - } else { - - /* If the application already had unacknowledged data, we - make sure that the application does not send (i.e., - retransmit) out more than it previously sent out. */ - uip_slen = uip_connr->len; - } - } - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - apprexmit: - uip_appdata = uip_sappdata; - - /* If the application has data to be sent, or if the incoming - packet had new data in it, we must send out a packet. */ - if(uip_slen > 0 && uip_connr->len > 0) { - /* Add the length of the IP and TCP headers. */ - uip_len = uip_connr->len + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN; - /* We always set the ACK flag in response packets. */ - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK | TCP_PSH; - /* Send the packet. */ - goto tcp_send_noopts; - } - /* If there is no data to send, just send out a pure ACK if - there is newdata. */ - if(uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) { - uip_len = UIP_TCPIP_HLEN; - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_noopts; - } - } - goto drop; - case UIP_LAST_ACK: - /* We can close this connection if the peer has acknowledged our - FIN. This is indicated by the UIP_ACKDATA flag. */ - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE; - UIP_APPCALL(); - } - break; - - case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1: - /* The application has closed the connection, but the remote host - hasn't closed its end yet. Thus we do nothing but wait for a - FIN from the other side. */ - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) { - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT; - uip_connr->timer = 0; - uip_connr->len = 0; - } else { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSING; - } - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto tcp_send_ack; - } else if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_2; - uip_connr->len = 0; - goto drop; - } - if(uip_len > 0) { - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - goto drop; - - case UIP_FIN_WAIT_2: - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT; - uip_connr->timer = 0; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - if(uip_len > 0) { - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - goto drop; - - case UIP_TIME_WAIT: - goto tcp_send_ack; - - case UIP_CLOSING: - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT; - uip_connr->timer = 0; - } - } - goto drop; - - /* We jump here when we are ready to send the packet, and just want - to set the appropriate TCP sequence numbers in the TCP header. */ - tcp_send_ack: - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK; - - tcp_send_nodata: - uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN; - - tcp_send_noopts: - BUF->tcpoffset = (UIP_TCPH_LEN / 4) << 4; - - /* We're done with the input processing. We are now ready to send a - reply. Our job is to fill in all the fields of the TCP and IP - headers before calculating the checksum and finally send the - packet. */ - tcp_send: - BUF->ackno[0] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0]; - BUF->ackno[1] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1]; - BUF->ackno[2] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2]; - BUF->ackno[3] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3]; - - BUF->seqno[0] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[0]; - BUF->seqno[1] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[1]; - BUF->seqno[2] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[2]; - BUF->seqno[3] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[3]; - - BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_TCP; - - BUF->srcport = uip_connr->lport; - BUF->destport = uip_connr->rport; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr); - - if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) { - /* If the connection has issued uip_stop(), we advertise a zero - window so that the remote host will stop sending data. */ - BUF->wnd[0] = BUF->wnd[1] = 0; - } else { - BUF->wnd[0] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) >> 8); - BUF->wnd[1] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) & 0xff); - } - - tcp_send_noconn: - BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - BUF->urgp[0] = BUF->urgp[1] = 0; - - /* Calculate TCP checksum. */ - BUF->tcpchksum = 0; - BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum()); - - ip_send_nolen: -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - BUF->vtc = 0x60; - BUF->tcflow = 0x00; - BUF->flow = 0x00; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->vhl = 0x45; - BUF->tos = 0; - BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0; - ++ipid; - BUF->ipid[0] = ipid >> 8; - BUF->ipid[1] = ipid & 0xff; - /* Calculate IP checksum. */ - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); - DEBUG_PRINTF("uip ip_send_nolen: checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum()); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.sent); -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - send: -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - DEBUG_PRINTF("Sending packet with length %d (%d)\n", uip_len, - (BUF->len[0] << 8) | BUF->len[1]); - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.sent); - /* Return and let the caller do the actual transmission. */ - uip_flags = 0; - return; - - drop: - uip_len = 0; - uip_flags = 0; - return; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -u16_t -htons(u16_t val) -{ - return HTONS(val); -} - -u32_t -htonl(u32_t val) -{ - return HTONL(val); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_send(const void *data, int len) -{ - int copylen; -#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b)? (a): (b)) - copylen = MIN(len, UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - - (int)((char *)uip_sappdata - (char *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN])); - if(copylen > 0) { - uip_slen = copylen; - if(data != uip_sappdata) { - memcpy(uip_sappdata, (data), uip_slen); - } - } -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @} */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b87a2c77..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2130 +0,0 @@ - -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * Header file for the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - * \author Julien Abeille <jabeille@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code) - * \author Mathilde Durvy <mdurvy@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code) - * - * The uIP TCP/IP stack header file contains definitions for a number - * of C macros that are used by uIP programs as well as internal uIP - * structures, TCP/IP header structures and function declarations. - * - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip.h,v 1.24 2009/04/06 13:18:50 nvt-se Exp $ - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIP_H__ -#define __UIP_H__ - -#include "uipopt.h" - -/** - * Representation of an IP address. - * - */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -typedef union uip_ip6addr_t { - u8_t u8[16]; /* Initialiser, must come first!!! */ - u16_t u16[8]; -} uip_ip6addr_t; - -typedef uip_ip6addr_t uip_ipaddr_t; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -typedef union uip_ip4addr_t { - u8_t u8[4]; /* Initialiser, must come first!!! */ - u16_t u16[2]; -#if 0 - u32_t u32; -#endif -} uip_ip4addr_t; -typedef uip_ip4addr_t uip_ipaddr_t; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** \brief 16 bit 802.15.4 address */ -struct uip_802154_shortaddr { - u8_t addr[2]; -}; -/** \brief 64 bit 802.15.4 address */ -struct uip_802154_longaddr { - u8_t addr[8]; -}; - -/** \brief 802.11 address */ -struct uip_80211_addr { - u8_t addr[6]; -}; - -/** \brief 802.3 address */ -struct uip_eth_addr { - u8_t addr[6]; -}; - -#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154 -/** \brief 802.15.4 address */ -typedef struct uip_802154_longaddr uip_lladdr_t; -#define UIP_802154_SHORTADDR_LEN 2 -#define UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN 8 -#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN -#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/ -#if UIP_CONF_LL_80211 -/** \brief 802.11 address */ -typedef struct uip_80211_addr uip_lladdr_t; -#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6 -#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/ -/** \brief Ethernet address */ -typedef struct uip_eth_addr uip_lladdr_t; -#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6 -#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/ -#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/ - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* First, the functions that should be called from the - * system. Initialization, the periodic timer, and incoming packets are - * handled by the following three functions. - */ -/** - * \defgroup uipconffunc uIP configuration functions - * @{ - * - * The uIP configuration functions are used for setting run-time - * parameters in uIP such as IP addresses. - */ - -/** - * Set the IP address of this host. - * - * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first - * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte - * array. - * - * Example: - \code - - uip_ipaddr_t addr; - - uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,1,2); - uip_sethostaddr(&addr); - - \endcode - * \param addr A pointer to an IP address of type uip_ipaddr_t; - * - * \sa uip_ipaddr() - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_sethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_hostaddr, (addr)) - -/** - * Get the IP address of this host. - * - * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first - * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte - * array. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t hostaddr; - - uip_gethostaddr(&hostaddr); - \endcode - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the currently configured IP address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_gethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_hostaddr) - -/** - * Set the default router's IP address. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP - * address of the default router. - * - * \sa uip_ipaddr() - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_setdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_draddr, (addr)) - -/** - * Set the netmask. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP - * address of the netmask. - * - * \sa uip_ipaddr() - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_setnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_netmask, (addr)) - - -/** - * Get the default router's IP address. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the IP address of the default router. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_getdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_draddr) - -/** - * Get the netmask. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the value of the netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_getnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_netmask) - -/** @} */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipinit uIP initialization functions - * @{ - * - * The uIP initialization functions are used for booting uIP. - */ - -/** - * uIP initialization function. - * - * This function should be called at boot up to initialize the uIP - * TCP/IP stack. - */ -void uip_init(void); - -/** - * uIP initialization function. - * - * This function may be used at boot time to set the initial ip_id. - */ -void uip_setipid(u16_t id); - -/** @} */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipdevfunc uIP device driver functions - * @{ - * - * These functions are used by a network device driver for interacting - * with uIP. - */ - -/** - * Process an incoming packet. - * - * This function should be called when the device driver has received - * a packet from the network. The packet from the device driver must - * be present in the uip_buf buffer, and the length of the packet - * should be placed in the uip_len variable. - * - * When the function returns, there may be an outbound packet placed - * in the uip_buf packet buffer. If so, the uip_len variable is set to - * the length of the packet. If no packet is to be sent out, the - * uip_len variable is set to 0. - * - * The usual way of calling the function is presented by the source - * code below. - \code - uip_len = devicedriver_poll(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_input(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP - * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over - * Ethernet, you will need to call the uIP ARP code before calling - * this function: - \code - #define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0]) - uip_len = ethernet_devicedrver_poll(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) { - uip_arp_ipin(); - uip_input(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_arp_out(); - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } else if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) { - uip_arp_arpin(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_input() uip_process(UIP_DATA) - - -/** - * Periodic processing for a connection identified by its number. - * - * This function does the necessary periodic processing (timers, - * polling) for a uIP TCP connection, and should be called when the - * periodic uIP timer goes off. It should be called for every - * connection, regardless of whether they are open of closed. - * - * When the function returns, it may have an outbound packet waiting - * for service in the uIP packet buffer, and if so the uip_len - * variable is set to a value larger than zero. The device driver - * should be called to send out the packet. - * - * The usual way of calling the function is through a for() loop like - * this: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) { - uip_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP - * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over - * Ethernet, you will need to call the uip_arp_out() function before - * calling the device driver: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) { - uip_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_arp_out(); - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \param conn The number of the connection which is to be periodically polled. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if UIP_TCP -#define uip_periodic(conn) do { uip_conn = &uip_conns[conn]; \ - uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0) - -/** - * - * - */ -#define uip_conn_active(conn) (uip_conns[conn].tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) - -/** - * Perform periodic processing for a connection identified by a pointer - * to its structure. - * - * Same as uip_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual uip_conn - * struct instead of an integer as its argument. This function can be - * used to force periodic processing of a specific connection. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to - * be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \ - uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0) - -/** - * Request that a particular connection should be polled. - * - * Similar to uip_periodic_conn() but does not perform any timer - * processing. The application is polled for new data. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to - * be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_poll_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \ - uip_process(UIP_POLL_REQUEST); } while (0) - -#endif /* UIP_TCP */ - -#if UIP_UDP -/** - * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by its number. - * - * This function is essentially the same as uip_periodic(), but for - * UDP connections. It is called in a similar fashion as the - * uip_periodic() function: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) { - uip_udp_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \note As for the uip_periodic() function, special care has to be - * taken when using uIP together with ARP and Ethernet: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) { - uip_udp_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_arp_out(); - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \param conn The number of the UDP connection to be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_periodic(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[conn]; \ - uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0) - -/** - * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by a pointer to - * its structure. - * - * Same as uip_udp_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual - * uip_conn struct instead of an integer as its argument. This - * function can be used to force periodic processing of a specific - * connection. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn struct for the connection - * to be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = conn; \ - uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0) -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -/** \brief Abandon the reassembly of the current packet */ -void uip_reass_over(void); - -/** - * The uIP packet buffer. - * - * The uip_buf array is used to hold incoming and outgoing - * packets. The device driver should place incoming data into this - * buffer. When sending data, the device driver should read the link - * level headers and the TCP/IP headers from this buffer. The size of - * the link level headers is configured by the UIP_LLH_LEN define. - * - * \note The application data need not be placed in this buffer, so - * the device driver must read it from the place pointed to by the - * uip_appdata pointer as illustrated by the following example: - \code - void - devicedriver_send(void) - { - hwsend(&uip_buf[0], UIP_LLH_LEN); - if(uip_len <= UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) { - hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN); - } else { - hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_TCPIP_HLEN); - hwsend(uip_appdata, uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN); - } - } - \endcode -*/ -extern u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2]; - - - -/** @} */ - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Functions that are used by the uIP application program. Opening and - * closing connections, sending and receiving data, etc. is all - * handled by the functions below. - */ -/** - * \defgroup uipappfunc uIP application functions - * @{ - * - * Functions used by an application running of top of uIP. - */ - -/** - * Start listening to the specified port. - * - * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte - * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary. - * - \code - uip_listen(HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order. - */ -void uip_listen(u16_t port); - -/** - * Stop listening to the specified port. - * - * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte - * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary. - * - \code - uip_unlisten(HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order. - */ -void uip_unlisten(u16_t port); - -/** - * Connect to a remote host using TCP. - * - * This function is used to start a new connection to the specified - * port on the specified host. It allocates a new connection identifier, - * sets the connection to the SYN_SENT state and sets the - * retransmission timer to 0. This will cause a TCP SYN segment to be - * sent out the next time this connection is periodically processed, - * which usually is done within 0.5 seconds after the call to - * uip_connect(). - * - * \note This function is available only if support for active open - * has been configured by defining UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN to 1 in uipopt.h. - * - * \note Since this function requires the port number to be in network - * byte order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary. - * - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2); - uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host. - * - * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order. - * - * \return A pointer to the uIP connection identifier for the new connection, - * or NULL if no connection could be allocated. - * - */ -struct uip_conn *uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t port); - - - -/** - * \internal - * - * Check if a connection has outstanding (i.e., unacknowledged) data. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn structure for the connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_outstanding(conn) ((conn)->len) - -/** - * Send data on the current connection. - * - * This function is used to send out a single segment of TCP - * data. Only applications that have been invoked by uIP for event - * processing can send data. - * - * The amount of data that actually is sent out after a call to this - * function is determined by the maximum amount of data TCP allows. uIP - * will automatically crop the data so that only the appropriate - * amount of data is sent. The function uip_mss() can be used to query - * uIP for the amount of data that actually will be sent. - * - * \note This function does not guarantee that the sent data will - * arrive at the destination. If the data is lost in the network, the - * application will be invoked with the uip_rexmit() event being - * set. The application will then have to resend the data using this - * function. - * - * \param data A pointer to the data which is to be sent. - * - * \param len The maximum amount of data bytes to be sent. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -void uip_send(const void *data, int len); - -/** - * The length of any incoming data that is currently available (if available) - * in the uip_appdata buffer. - * - * The test function uip_data() must first be used to check if there - * is any data available at all. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -/*void uip_datalen(void);*/ -#define uip_datalen() uip_len - -/** - * The length of any out-of-band data (urgent data) that has arrived - * on the connection. - * - * \note The configuration parameter UIP_URGDATA must be set for this - * function to be enabled. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_urgdatalen() uip_urglen - -/** - * Close the current connection. - * - * This function will close the current connection in a nice way. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_close() (uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE) - -/** - * Abort the current connection. - * - * This function will abort (reset) the current connection, and is - * usually used when an error has occurred that prevents using the - * uip_close() function. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_abort() (uip_flags = UIP_ABORT) - -/** - * Tell the sending host to stop sending data. - * - * This function will close our receiver's window so that we stop - * receiving data for the current connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_stop() (uip_conn->tcpstateflags |= UIP_STOPPED) - -/** - * Find out if the current connection has been previously stopped with - * uip_stop(). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_stopped(conn) ((conn)->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) - -/** - * Restart the current connection, if is has previously been stopped - * with uip_stop(). - * - * This function will open the receiver's window again so that we - * start receiving data for the current connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_restart() do { uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; \ - uip_conn->tcpstateflags &= ~UIP_STOPPED; \ - } while(0) - - -/* uIP tests that can be made to determine in what state the current - connection is, and what the application function should do. */ - -/** - * Is the current connection a UDP connection? - * - * This function checks whether the current connection is a UDP connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - * - */ -#define uip_udpconnection() (uip_conn == NULL) - -/** - * Is new incoming data available? - * - * Will reduce to non-zero if there is new data for the application - * present at the uip_appdata pointer. The size of the data is - * available through the uip_len variable. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_newdata() (uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) - -/** - * Has previously sent data been acknowledged? - * - * Will reduce to non-zero if the previously sent data has been - * acknowledged by the remote host. This means that the application - * can send new data. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_acked() (uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) - -/** - * Has the connection just been connected? - * - * Reduces to non-zero if the current connection has been connected to - * a remote host. This will happen both if the connection has been - * actively opened (with uip_connect()) or passively opened (with - * uip_listen()). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_connected() (uip_flags & UIP_CONNECTED) - -/** - * Has the connection been closed by the other end? - * - * Is non-zero if the connection has been closed by the remote - * host. The application may then do the necessary clean-ups. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_closed() (uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) - -/** - * Has the connection been aborted by the other end? - * - * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted (reset) by the - * remote host. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_aborted() (uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) - -/** - * Has the connection timed out? - * - * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted due to too many - * retransmissions. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_timedout() (uip_flags & UIP_TIMEDOUT) - -/** - * Do we need to retransmit previously data? - * - * Reduces to non-zero if the previously sent data has been lost in - * the network, and the application should retransmit it. The - * application should send the exact same data as it did the last - * time, using the uip_send() function. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_rexmit() (uip_flags & UIP_REXMIT) - -/** - * Is the connection being polled by uIP? - * - * Is non-zero if the reason the application is invoked is that the - * current connection has been idle for a while and should be - * polled. - * - * The polling event can be used for sending data without having to - * wait for the remote host to send data. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_poll() (uip_flags & UIP_POLL) - -/** - * Get the initial maximum segment size (MSS) of the current - * connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_initialmss() (uip_conn->initialmss) - -/** - * Get the current maximum segment size that can be sent on the current - * connection. - * - * The current maximum segment size that can be sent on the - * connection is computed from the receiver's window and the MSS of - * the connection (which also is available by calling - * uip_initialmss()). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_mss() (uip_conn->mss) - -/** - * Set up a new UDP connection. - * - * This function sets up a new UDP connection. The function will - * automatically allocate an unused local port for the new - * connection. However, another port can be chosen by using the - * uip_udp_bind() call, after the uip_udp_new() function has been - * called. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t addr; - struct uip_udp_conn *c; - - uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,2,1); - c = uip_udp_new(&addr, HTONS(12345)); - if(c != NULL) { - uip_udp_bind(c, HTONS(12344)); - } - \endcode - * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host. - * - * \param rport The remote port number in network byte order. - * - * \return The uip_udp_conn structure for the new connection or NULL - * if no connection could be allocated. - */ -struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport); - -/** - * Removed a UDP connection. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_remove(conn) (conn)->lport = 0 - -/** - * Bind a UDP connection to a local port. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the - * connection. - * - * \param port The local port number, in network byte order. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_bind(conn, port) (conn)->lport = port - -/** - * Send a UDP datagram of length len on the current connection. - * - * This function can only be called in response to a UDP event (poll - * or newdata). The data must be present in the uip_buf buffer, at the - * place pointed to by the uip_appdata pointer. - * - * \param len The length of the data in the uip_buf buffer. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_send(len) uip_send((char *)uip_appdata, len) - -/** @} */ - -/* uIP convenience and converting functions. */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipconvfunc uIP conversion functions - * @{ - * - * These functions can be used for converting between different data - * formats used by uIP. - */ - -/** - * Convert an IP address to four bytes separated by commas. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - printf("ipaddr=%d.%d.%d.%d\n", uip_ipaddr_to_quad(&ipaddr)); - \endcode - * - * \param a A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t. - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr_to_quad(a) (a)->u8[0],(a)->u8[1],(a)->u8[2],(a)->u8[3] - -/** - * Construct an IP address from four bytes. - * - * This function constructs an IP address of the type that uIP handles - * internally from four bytes. The function is handy for specifying IP - * addresses to use with e.g. the uip_connect() function. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - struct uip_conn *c; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2); - c = uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the IP address. - * - * \param addr0 The first octet of the IP address. - * \param addr1 The second octet of the IP address. - * \param addr2 The third octet of the IP address. - * \param addr3 The forth octet of the IP address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3) do { \ - (addr)->u8[0] = addr0; \ - (addr)->u8[1] = addr1; \ - (addr)->u8[2] = addr2; \ - (addr)->u8[3] = addr3; \ - } while(0) - -/** - * Construct an IPv6 address from eight 16-bit words. - * - * This function constructs an IPv6 address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ip6addr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7) do { \ - (addr)->u16[0] = HTONS(addr0); \ - (addr)->u16[1] = HTONS(addr1); \ - (addr)->u16[2] = HTONS(addr2); \ - (addr)->u16[3] = HTONS(addr3); \ - (addr)->u16[4] = HTONS(addr4); \ - (addr)->u16[5] = HTONS(addr5); \ - (addr)->u16[6] = HTONS(addr6); \ - (addr)->u16[7] = HTONS(addr7); \ - } while(0) - -/** - * Construct an IPv6 address from sixteen 8-bit words. - * - * This function constructs an IPv6 address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ip6addr_u8(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7,addr8,addr9,addr10,addr11,addr12,addr13,addr14,addr15) do { \ - (addr)->u8[0] = addr0; \ - (addr)->u8[1] = addr1; \ - (addr)->u8[2] = addr2; \ - (addr)->u8[3] = addr3; \ - (addr)->u8[4] = addr4; \ - (addr)->u8[5] = addr5; \ - (addr)->u8[6] = addr6; \ - (addr)->u8[7] = addr7; \ - (addr)->u8[8] = addr8; \ - (addr)->u8[9] = addr9; \ - (addr)->u8[10] = addr10; \ - (addr)->u8[11] = addr11; \ - (addr)->u8[12] = addr12; \ - (addr)->u8[13] = addr13; \ - (addr)->u8[14] = addr14; \ - (addr)->u8[15] = addr15; \ - } while(0) - - -/** - * Copy an IP address to another IP address. - * - * Copies an IP address from one place to another. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1); - \endcode - * - * \param dest The destination for the copy. - * \param src The source from where to copy. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef uip_ipaddr_copy -#define uip_ipaddr_copy(dest, src) (*(dest) = *(src)) -#endif - -/** - * Compare two IP addresses - * - * Compares two IP addresses. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1)) { - printf("They are the same"); - } - \endcode - * - * \param addr1 The first IP address. - * \param addr2 The second IP address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->u16[0] == (addr2)->u16[0] && \ - (addr1)->u16[1] == (addr2)->u16[1]) -#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, sizeof(uip_ip6addr_t)) == 0) -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -/** - * Compare two IP addresses with netmasks - * - * Compares two IP addresses with netmasks. The masks are used to mask - * out the bits that are to be compared. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, mask; - - uip_ipaddr(&mask, 255,255,255,0); - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr2, 192,16,1,3); - if(uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&ipaddr1, &ipaddr2, &mask)) { - printf("They are the same"); - } - \endcode - * - * \param addr1 The first IP address. - * \param addr2 The second IP address. - * \param mask The netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) \ - (((((u16_t *)addr1)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]) == \ - (((u16_t *)addr2)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0])) && \ - ((((u16_t *)addr1)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]) == \ - (((u16_t *)addr2)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]))) -#else -#define uip_ipaddr_prefixcmp(addr1, addr2, length) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, length>>3) == 0) -#endif - - -/** - * Check if an address is a broadcast address for a network. - * - * Checks if an address is the broadcast address for a network. The - * network is defined by an IP address that is on the network and the - * network's netmask. - * - * \param addr The IP address. - * \param netaddr The network's IP address. - * \param netmask The network's netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -/*#define uip_ipaddr_isbroadcast(addr, netaddr, netmask) - ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16 & ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16*/ - - - -/** - * Mask out the network part of an IP address. - * - * Masks out the network part of an IP address, given the address and - * the netmask. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, netmask; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - uip_ipaddr(&netmask, 255,255,255,0); - uip_ipaddr_mask(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1, &netmask); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "ipaddr2" will contain the IP - * address 192.168.1.0. - * - * \param dest Where the result is to be placed. - * \param src The IP address. - * \param mask The netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr_mask(dest, src, mask) do { \ - ((u16_t *)dest)[0] = ((u16_t *)src)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]; \ - ((u16_t *)dest)[1] = ((u16_t *)src)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]; \ - } while(0) - -/** - * Pick the first octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the first octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr1(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 1. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr1(addr) ((addr)->u8[0]) - -/** - * Pick the second octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the second octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr2(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 2. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr2(addr) ((addr)->u8[1]) - -/** - * Pick the third octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the third octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr3(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 3. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr3(addr) ((addr)->u8[2]) - -/** - * Pick the fourth octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the fourth octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr4(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 4. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr4(addr) ((addr)->u8[3]) - -/** - * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order. - * - * This macro is primarily used for converting constants from host - * byte order to network byte order. For converting variables to - * network byte order, use the htons() function instead. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef HTONS -# if UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN -# define HTONS(n) (n) -# define HTONL(n) (n) -# else /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */ -# define HTONS(n) (u16_t)((((u16_t) (n)) << 8) | (((u16_t) (n)) >> 8)) -# define HTONL(n) (((u32_t)HTONS(n) << 16) | HTONS((u32_t)(n) >> 16)) -# endif /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */ -#else -#error "HTONS already defined!" -#endif /* HTONS */ - -/** - * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order. - * - * This function is primarily used for converting variables from host - * byte order to network byte order. For converting constants to - * network byte order, use the HTONS() macro instead. - */ -#ifndef htons -u16_t htons(u16_t val); -#endif /* htons */ -#ifndef ntohs -#define ntohs htons -#endif - -#ifndef htonl -u32_t htonl(u32_t val); -#endif /* htonl */ -#ifndef ntohl -#define ntohl htonl -#endif - -/** @} */ - -/** - * Pointer to the application data in the packet buffer. - * - * This pointer points to the application data when the application is - * called. If the application wishes to send data, the application may - * use this space to write the data into before calling uip_send(). - */ -extern void *uip_appdata; - -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 -/* u8_t *uip_urgdata: - * - * This pointer points to any urgent data that has been received. Only - * present if compiled with support for urgent data (UIP_URGDATA). - */ -extern void *uip_urgdata; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - - -/** - * \defgroup uipdrivervars Variables used in uIP device drivers - * @{ - * - * uIP has a few global variables that are used in device drivers for - * uIP. - */ - -/** - * The length of the packet in the uip_buf buffer. - * - * The global variable uip_len holds the length of the packet in the - * uip_buf buffer. - * - * When the network device driver calls the uIP input function, - * uip_len should be set to the length of the packet in the uip_buf - * buffer. - * - * When sending packets, the device driver should use the contents of - * the uip_len variable to determine the length of the outgoing - * packet. - * - */ -extern u16_t uip_len; - -/** - * The length of the extension headers - */ -extern u8_t uip_ext_len; -/** @} */ - -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 -extern u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - - -/** - * Representation of a uIP TCP connection. - * - * The uip_conn structure is used for identifying a connection. All - * but one field in the structure are to be considered read-only by an - * application. The only exception is the appstate field whose purpose - * is to let the application store application-specific state (e.g., - * file pointers) for the connection. The type of this field is - * configured in the "uipopt.h" header file. - */ -struct uip_conn { - uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr; /**< The IP address of the remote host. */ - - u16_t lport; /**< The local TCP port, in network byte order. */ - u16_t rport; /**< The local remote TCP port, in network byte - order. */ - - u8_t rcv_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that we expect to - receive next. */ - u8_t snd_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that was last sent by - us. */ - u16_t len; /**< Length of the data that was previously sent. */ - u16_t mss; /**< Current maximum segment size for the - connection. */ - u16_t initialmss; /**< Initial maximum segment size for the - connection. */ - u8_t sa; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state - variable. */ - u8_t sv; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state - variable. */ - u8_t rto; /**< Retransmission time-out. */ - u8_t tcpstateflags; /**< TCP state and flags. */ - u8_t timer; /**< The retransmission timer. */ - u8_t nrtx; /**< The number of retransmissions for the last - segment sent. */ - - /** The application state. */ - uip_tcp_appstate_t appstate; -}; - - -/** - * Pointer to the current TCP connection. - * - * The uip_conn pointer can be used to access the current TCP - * connection. - */ - -extern struct uip_conn *uip_conn; -#if UIP_TCP -/* The array containing all uIP connections. */ -extern struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS]; -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup uiparch - * @{ - */ - -/** - * 4-byte array used for the 32-bit sequence number calculations. - */ -extern u8_t uip_acc32[4]; -/** @} */ - -/** - * Representation of a uIP UDP connection. - */ -struct uip_udp_conn { - uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr; /**< The IP address of the remote peer. */ - u16_t lport; /**< The local port number in network byte order. */ - u16_t rport; /**< The remote port number in network byte order. */ - u8_t ttl; /**< Default time-to-live. */ - - /** The application state. */ - uip_udp_appstate_t appstate; -}; - -/** - * The current UDP connection. - */ -extern struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn; -extern struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS]; - -struct uip_router { - int (*activate)(void); - int (*deactivate)(void); - uip_ipaddr_t *(*lookup)(uip_ipaddr_t *destipaddr, uip_ipaddr_t *nexthop); -}; - -#if UIP_CONF_ROUTER -extern const struct uip_router *uip_router; - -/** - * uIP routing driver registration function. - */ -void uip_router_register(const struct uip_router *router); -#endif /*UIP_CONF_ROUTER*/ - -#if UIP_CONF_ICMP6 -struct uip_icmp6_conn { - uip_icmp6_appstate_t appstate; -}; -extern struct uip_icmp6_conn uip_icmp6_conns; -#endif /*UIP_CONF_ICMP6*/ - -/** - * The uIP TCP/IP statistics. - * - * This is the variable in which the uIP TCP/IP statistics are gathered. - */ -#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1 -extern struct uip_stats uip_stat; -#define UIP_STAT(s) s -#else -#define UIP_STAT(s) -#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */ - -/** - * The structure holding the TCP/IP statistics that are gathered if - * UIP_STATISTICS is set to 1. - * - */ -struct uip_stats { - struct { - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t forwarded;/**< Number of forwarded packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t vhlerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong - IP version or header length. */ - uip_stats_t hblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong - IP length, high byte. */ - uip_stats_t lblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong - IP length, low byte. */ - uip_stats_t fragerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they - were IP fragments. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to IP - checksum errors. */ - uip_stats_t protoerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they - were neither ICMP, UDP nor TCP. */ - } ip; /**< IP statistics. */ - struct { - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ICMP packets. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ICMP packets. */ - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ICMP packets. */ - uip_stats_t typeerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a wrong - type. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a bad - checksum. */ - } icmp; /**< ICMP statistics. */ -#if UIP_TCP - struct { - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad - checksum. */ - uip_stats_t ackerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad ACK - number. */ - uip_stats_t rst; /**< Number of received TCP RST (reset) segments. */ - uip_stats_t rexmit; /**< Number of retransmitted TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t syndrop; /**< Number of dropped SYNs due to too few - connections was available. */ - uip_stats_t synrst; /**< Number of SYNs for closed ports, - triggering a RST. */ - } tcp; /**< TCP statistics. */ -#endif -#if UIP_UDP - struct { - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped UDP segments. */ - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received UDP segments. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent UDP segments. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of UDP segments with a bad - checksum. */ - } udp; /**< UDP statistics. */ -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - struct { - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ND6 packets. */ - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ND6 packets */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ND6 packets */ - } nd6; -#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/ -}; - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* All the stuff below this point is internal to uIP and should not be - * used directly by an application or by a device driver. - */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -/* u8_t uip_flags: - * - * When the application is called, uip_flags will contain the flags - * that are defined in this file. Please read below for more - * information. - */ -extern u8_t uip_flags; - -/* The following flags may be set in the global variable uip_flags - before calling the application callback. The UIP_ACKDATA, - UIP_NEWDATA, and UIP_CLOSE flags may both be set at the same time, - whereas the others are mutually exclusive. Note that these flags - should *NOT* be accessed directly, but only through the uIP - functions/macros. */ - -#define UIP_ACKDATA 1 /* Signifies that the outstanding data was - acked and the application should send - out new data instead of retransmitting - the last data. */ -#define UIP_NEWDATA 2 /* Flags the fact that the peer has sent - us new data. */ -#define UIP_REXMIT 4 /* Tells the application to retransmit the - data that was last sent. */ -#define UIP_POLL 8 /* Used for polling the application, to - check if the application has data that - it wants to send. */ -#define UIP_CLOSE 16 /* The remote host has closed the - connection, thus the connection has - gone away. Or the application signals - that it wants to close the - connection. */ -#define UIP_ABORT 32 /* The remote host has aborted the - connection, thus the connection has - gone away. Or the application signals - that it wants to abort the - connection. */ -#define UIP_CONNECTED 64 /* We have got a connection from a remote - host and have set up a new connection - for it, or an active connection has - been successfully established. */ - -#define UIP_TIMEDOUT 128 /* The connection has been aborted due to - too many retransmissions. */ - - -/** - * \brief process the options within a hop by hop or destination option header - * \retval 0: nothing to send, - * \retval 1: drop pkt - * \retval 2: ICMP error message to send -*/ -/*static u8_t -uip_ext_hdr_options_process(); */ - -/* uip_process(flag): - * - * The actual uIP function which does all the work. - */ -void uip_process(u8_t flag); - - /* The following flags are passed as an argument to the uip_process() - function. They are used to distinguish between the two cases where - uip_process() is called. It can be called either because we have - incoming data that should be processed, or because the periodic - timer has fired. These values are never used directly, but only in - the macros defined in this file. */ - -#define UIP_DATA 1 /* Tells uIP that there is incoming - data in the uip_buf buffer. The - length of the data is stored in the - global variable uip_len. */ -#define UIP_TIMER 2 /* Tells uIP that the periodic timer - has fired. */ -#define UIP_POLL_REQUEST 3 /* Tells uIP that a connection should - be polled. */ -#define UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN 4 /* Tells uIP that a UDP datagram - should be constructed in the - uip_buf buffer. */ -#if UIP_UDP -#define UIP_UDP_TIMER 5 -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -/* The TCP states used in the uip_conn->tcpstateflags. */ -#define UIP_CLOSED 0 -#define UIP_SYN_RCVD 1 -#define UIP_SYN_SENT 2 -#define UIP_ESTABLISHED 3 -#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_1 4 -#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_2 5 -#define UIP_CLOSING 6 -#define UIP_TIME_WAIT 7 -#define UIP_LAST_ACK 8 -#define UIP_TS_MASK 15 - -#define UIP_STOPPED 16 - -/* The TCP and IP headers. */ -struct uip_tcpip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPv6 header. */ - u8_t vtc, - tcflow; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IPv4 header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* TCP header. */ - u16_t srcport, - destport; - u8_t seqno[4], - ackno[4], - tcpoffset, - flags, - wnd[2]; - u16_t tcpchksum; - u8_t urgp[2]; - u8_t optdata[4]; -}; - -/* The ICMP and IP headers. */ -struct uip_icmpip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPv6 header. */ - u8_t vtc, - tcf; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IPv4 header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* ICMP header. */ - u8_t type, icode; - u16_t icmpchksum; -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - u16_t id, seqno; - u8_t payload[1]; -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -}; - - -/* The UDP and IP headers. */ -struct uip_udpip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPv6 header. */ - u8_t vtc, - tcf; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IP header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* UDP header. */ - u16_t srcport, - destport; - u16_t udplen; - u16_t udpchksum; -}; - -/* - * In IPv6 the length of the L3 headers before the transport header is - * not fixed, due to the possibility to include extension option headers - * after the IP header. hence we split here L3 and L4 headers - */ -/* The IP header */ -struct uip_ip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPV6 header */ - u8_t vtc; - u8_t tcflow; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IPV4 header */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -}; - - -/* - * IPv6 extension option headers: we are able to process - * the 4 extension headers defined in RFC2460 (IPv6): - * - Hop by hop option header, destination option header: - * These two are not used by any core IPv6 protocol, hence - * we just read them and go to the next. They convey options, - * the options defined in RFC2460 are Pad1 and PadN, which do - * some padding, and that we do not need to read (the length - * field in the header is enough) - * - Routing header: this one is most notably used by MIPv6, - * which we do not implement, hence we just read it and go - * to the next - * - Fragmentation header: we read this header and are able to - * reassemble packets - * - * We do not offer any means to send packets with extension headers - * - * We do not implement Authentication and ESP headers, which are - * used in IPSec and defined in RFC4302,4303,4305,4385 - */ -/* common header part */ -struct uip_ext_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* Hop by Hop option header */ -struct uip_hbho_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* destination option header */ -struct uip_desto_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* We do not define structures for PAD1 and PADN options */ - -/* - * routing header - * the routing header as 4 common bytes, then routing header type - * specific data there are several types of routing header. Type 0 was - * deprecated as per RFC5095 most notable other type is 2, used in - * RFC3775 (MIPv6) here we do not implement MIPv6, so we just need to - * parse the 4 first bytes - */ -struct uip_routing_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; - u8_t routing_type; - u8_t seg_left; -}; - -/* fragmentation header */ -struct uip_frag_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t res; - u16_t offsetresmore; - u32_t id; -}; - -/* - * an option within the destination or hop by hop option headers - * it contains type an length, which is true for all options but PAD1 - */ -struct uip_ext_hdr_opt { - u8_t type; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* PADN option */ -struct uip_ext_hdr_opt_padn { - u8_t opt_type; - u8_t opt_len; -}; - -/* TCP header */ -struct uip_tcp_hdr { - u16_t srcport; - u16_t destport; - u8_t seqno[4]; - u8_t ackno[4]; - u8_t tcpoffset; - u8_t flags; - u8_t wnd[2]; - u16_t tcpchksum; - u8_t urgp[2]; - u8_t optdata[4]; -}; - -/* The ICMP headers. */ -struct uip_icmp_hdr { - u8_t type, icode; - u16_t icmpchksum; -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - u16_t id, seqno; -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -}; - - -/* The UDP headers. */ -struct uip_udp_hdr { - u16_t srcport; - u16_t destport; - u16_t udplen; - u16_t udpchksum; -}; - - -/** - * The buffer size available for user data in the \ref uip_buf buffer. - * - * This macro holds the available size for user data in the \ref - * uip_buf buffer. The macro is intended to be used for checking - * bounds of available user data. - * - * Example: - \code - snprintf(uip_appdata, UIP_APPDATA_SIZE, "%u\n", i); - \endcode - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define UIP_APPDATA_SIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) -#define UIP_APPDATA_PTR (void *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN] - -#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP 1 -#define UIP_PROTO_TCP 6 -#define UIP_PROTO_UDP 17 -#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP6 58 - - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** @{ */ -/** \brief extension headers types */ -#define UIP_PROTO_HBHO 0 -#define UIP_PROTO_DESTO 60 -#define UIP_PROTO_ROUTING 43 -#define UIP_PROTO_FRAG 44 -#define UIP_PROTO_NONE 59 -/** @} */ - -/** @{ */ -/** \brief Destination and Hop By Hop extension headers option types */ -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PAD1 0 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PADN 1 -/** @} */ - -/** @{ */ -/** - * \brief Bitmaps for extension header processing - * - * When processing extension headers, we should record somehow which one we - * see, because you cannot have twice the same header, except for destination - * We store all this in one u8_t bitmap one bit for each header expected. The - * order in the bitmap is the order recommended in RFC2460 - */ -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_HBHO 0x01 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO1 0x02 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ROUTING 0x04 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_FRAG 0x08 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_AH 0x10 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ESP 0x20 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO2 0x40 -/** @} */ - - -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - -/* Header sizes. */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define UIP_IPH_LEN 40 -#define UIP_FRAGH_LEN 8 -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -#define UIP_IPH_LEN 20 /* Size of IP header */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -#define UIP_UDPH_LEN 8 /* Size of UDP header */ -#define UIP_TCPH_LEN 20 /* Size of TCP header */ -#ifdef UIP_IPH_LEN -#define UIP_ICMPH_LEN 4 /* Size of ICMP header */ -#endif -#define UIP_IPUDPH_LEN (UIP_UDPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* Size of IP + - * UDP - * header */ -#define UIP_IPTCPH_LEN (UIP_TCPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* Size of IP + - * TCP - * header */ -#define UIP_TCPIP_HLEN UIP_IPTCPH_LEN -#define UIP_IPICMPH_LEN (UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) /* size of ICMP - + IP header */ -#define UIP_LLIPH_LEN (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* size of L2 - + IP header */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** - * The sums below are quite used in ND. When used for uip_buf, we - * include link layer length when used for uip_len, we do not, hence - * we need values with and without LLH_LEN we do not use capital - * letters as these values are variable - */ -#define uip_l2_l3_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len) -#define uip_l2_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) -#define uip_l3_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len) -#define uip_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) -#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/ - - -#if UIP_FIXEDADDR -extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr; -#else /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ -extern uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr; -#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ -extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr; -extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr; - -#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR -extern const uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr; -#else -extern uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr; -#endif - - - - -#ifdef UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** - * \brief Is IPv6 address a the unspecified address - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t - */ -#define uip_is_addr_unspecified(a) \ - ((((a)->u16[0]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[7]) == 0)) - -/** \brief Is IPv6 address a the link local all-nodes multicast address */ -#define uip_is_addr_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) \ - ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xff) && \ - (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) && \ - (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == 0x01)) - -/** \brief set IP address a to unspecified */ -#define uip_create_unspecified(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) - -/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-nodes multicast address */ -#define uip_create_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0001) - -/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-routers multicast address */ -#define uip_create_linklocal_allrouters_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0002) - -/** - * \brief is addr (a) a solicited node multicast address, see RFC3513 - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t* - */ -#define uip_is_addr_solicited_node(a) \ - ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF) && \ - (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) && \ - (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 1) && \ - (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xFF)) - -/** - * \briefput in b the solicited node address corresponding to address a - * both a and b are of type uip_ipaddr_t* - * */ -#define uip_create_solicited_node(a, b) \ - (((b)->u8[0]) = 0xFF); \ - (((b)->u8[1]) = 0x02); \ - (((b)->u16[1]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u16[2]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u16[3]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u16[4]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u8[10]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u8[11]) = 0x01); \ - (((b)->u8[12]) = 0xFF); \ - (((b)->u8[13]) = ((a)->u8[13])); \ - (((b)->u16[7]) = ((a)->u16[7])) - -/** - * \brief is addr (a) a link local unicast address, see RFC3513 - * i.e. is (a) on prefix FE80::/10 - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t* - */ -#define uip_is_addr_link_local(a) \ - ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFE) && \ - (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x80)) - -/** - * \brief was addr (a) forged based on the mac address m - * a type is uip_ipaddr_t - * m type is uiplladdr_t - */ -#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154 -#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \ - ((((a)->u8[8]) == (((m)->addr[0]) ^ 0x02)) && \ - (((a)->u8[9]) == (m)->addr[1]) && \ - (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) && \ - (((a)->u8[11]) == (m)->addr[3]) && \ - (((a)->u8[12]) == (m)->addr[4]) && \ - (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[5]) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[6]) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[7])) -#else - -#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \ - ((((a)->u8[8]) == (((m)->addr[0]) | 0x02)) && \ - (((a)->u8[9]) == (m)->addr[1]) && \ - (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) && \ - (((a)->u8[11]) == 0xff) && \ - (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xfe) && \ - (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[3]) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[4]) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[5])) - -#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/ - -/** - * \brief is address a multicast address, see RFC 3513 - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t* - * */ -#define uip_is_addr_mcast(a) \ - (((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF) - -/** - * \brief is group-id of multicast address a - * the all nodes group-id - */ -#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_nodes(a) \ - ((((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == 1)) - -/** - * \brief is group-id of multicast address a - * the all routers group-id - */ -#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_routers(a) \ - ((((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == 2)) - - -#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/ - -/** - * Calculate the Internet checksum over a buffer. - * - * The Internet checksum is the one's complement of the one's - * complement sum of all 16-bit words in the buffer. - * - * See RFC1071. - * - * \param buf A pointer to the buffer over which the checksum is to be - * computed. - * - * \param len The length of the buffer over which the checksum is to - * be computed. - * - * \return The Internet checksum of the buffer. - */ -u16_t uip_chksum(u16_t *buf, u16_t len); - -/** - * Calculate the IP header checksum of the packet header in uip_buf. - * - * The IP header checksum is the Internet checksum of the 20 bytes of - * the IP header. - * - * \return The IP header checksum of the IP header in the uip_buf - * buffer. - */ -u16_t uip_ipchksum(void); - -/** - * Calculate the TCP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata. - * - * The TCP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the - * TCP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC793. - * - * \return The TCP checksum of the TCP segment in uip_buf and pointed - * to by uip_appdata. - */ -u16_t uip_tcpchksum(void); - -/** - * Calculate the UDP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata. - * - * The UDP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the - * UDP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC768. - * - * \return The UDP checksum of the UDP segment in uip_buf and pointed - * to by uip_appdata. - */ -u16_t uip_udpchksum(void); - -/** - * Calculate the ICMP checksum of the packet in uip_buf. - * - * \return The ICMP checksum of the ICMP packet in uip_buf - */ -u16_t uip_icmp6chksum(void); - - -#endif /* __UIP_H__ */ - - -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c deleted file mode 100644 index fcb783b14..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,432 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \defgroup uiparp uIP Address Resolution Protocol - * @{ - * - * The Address Resolution Protocol ARP is used for mapping between IP - * addresses and link level addresses such as the Ethernet MAC - * addresses. ARP uses broadcast queries to ask for the link level - * address of a known IP address and the host which is configured with - * the IP address for which the query was meant, will respond with its - * link level address. - * - * \note This ARP implementation only supports Ethernet. - */ - -/** - * \file - * Implementation of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - * - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip_arp.c,v 1.5 2008/02/07 01:35:00 adamdunkels Exp $ - * - */ - - -#include "uip_arp.h" - -#include <string.h> - -struct arp_hdr { - struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr; - u16_t hwtype; - u16_t protocol; - u8_t hwlen; - u8_t protolen; - u16_t opcode; - struct uip_eth_addr shwaddr; - uip_ipaddr_t sipaddr; - struct uip_eth_addr dhwaddr; - uip_ipaddr_t dipaddr; -}; - -struct ethip_hdr { - struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr; - /* IP header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -}; - -#define ARP_REQUEST 1 -#define ARP_REPLY 2 - -#define ARP_HWTYPE_ETH 1 - -struct arp_entry { - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - struct uip_eth_addr ethaddr; - u8_t time; -}; - -static const struct uip_eth_addr broadcast_ethaddr = - {{0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff}}; -static const u16_t broadcast_ipaddr[2] = {0xffff,0xffff}; - -static struct arp_entry arp_table[UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE]; -static uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; -static u8_t i, c; - -static u8_t arptime; -static u8_t tmpage; - -#define BUF ((struct arp_hdr *)&uip_buf[0]) -#define IPBUF ((struct ethip_hdr *)&uip_buf[0]) - -#define DEBUG 0 -#if DEBUG -#include <stdio.h> -#define PRINTF(...) printf(__VA_ARGS__) -#else -#define PRINTF(...) -#endif - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Initialize the ARP module. - * - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_init(void) -{ - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - memset(&arp_table[i].ipaddr, 0, 4); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Periodic ARP processing function. - * - * This function performs periodic timer processing in the ARP module - * and should be called at regular intervals. The recommended interval - * is 10 seconds between the calls. - * - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_timer(void) -{ - struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL; - - ++arptime; - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) && - arptime - tabptr->time >= UIP_ARP_MAXAGE) { - memset(&tabptr->ipaddr, 0, 4); - } - } - -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static void -uip_arp_update(uip_ipaddr_t *ipaddr, struct uip_eth_addr *ethaddr) -{ - register struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL; - /* Walk through the ARP mapping table and try to find an entry to - update. If none is found, the IP -> MAC address mapping is - inserted in the ARP table. */ - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - /* Only check those entries that are actually in use. */ - if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - - /* Check if the source IP address of the incoming packet matches - the IP address in this ARP table entry. */ - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) { - - /* An old entry found, update this and return. */ - memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6); - tabptr->time = arptime; - - return; - } - } - } - - /* If we get here, no existing ARP table entry was found, so we - create one. */ - - /* First, we try to find an unused entry in the ARP table. */ - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - break; - } - } - - /* If no unused entry is found, we try to find the oldest entry and - throw it away. */ - if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) { - tmpage = 0; - c = 0; - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(arptime - tabptr->time > tmpage) { - tmpage = arptime - tabptr->time; - c = i; - } - } - i = c; - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - } - - /* Now, i is the ARP table entry which we will fill with the new - information. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&tabptr->ipaddr, ipaddr); - memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6); - tabptr->time = arptime; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * ARP processing for incoming IP packets - * - * This function should be called by the device driver when an IP - * packet has been received. The function will check if the address is - * in the ARP cache, and if so the ARP cache entry will be - * refreshed. If no ARP cache entry was found, a new one is created. - * - * This function expects an IP packet with a prepended Ethernet header - * in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the global - * variable uip_len. - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if 0 -void -uip_arp_ipin(void) -{ - uip_len -= sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr); - - /* Only insert/update an entry if the source IP address of the - incoming IP packet comes from a host on the local network. */ - if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0]) != - (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0])) { - return; - } - if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1]) != - (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1])) { - return; - } - uip_arp_update(IPBUF->srcipaddr, &(IPBUF->ethhdr.src)); - - return; -} -#endif /* 0 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * ARP processing for incoming ARP packets. - * - * This function should be called by the device driver when an ARP - * packet has been received. The function will act differently - * depending on the ARP packet type: if it is a reply for a request - * that we previously sent out, the ARP cache will be filled in with - * the values from the ARP reply. If the incoming ARP packet is an ARP - * request for our IP address, an ARP reply packet is created and put - * into the uip_buf[] buffer. - * - * When the function returns, the value of the global variable uip_len - * indicates whether the device driver should send out a packet or - * not. If uip_len is zero, no packet should be sent. If uip_len is - * non-zero, it contains the length of the outbound packet that is - * present in the uip_buf[] buffer. - * - * This function expects an ARP packet with a prepended Ethernet - * header in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the - * global variable uip_len. - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_arpin(void) -{ - if(uip_len < sizeof(struct arp_hdr)) { - uip_len = 0; - return; - } - uip_len = 0; - - switch(BUF->opcode) { - case HTONS(ARP_REQUEST): - /* ARP request. If it asked for our address, we send out a - reply. */ - /* if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] && - BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {*/ - PRINTF("uip_arp_arpin: request for %d.%d.%d.%d (we are %d.%d.%d.%d)\n", - BUF->dipaddr.u8[0], BUF->dipaddr.u8[1], - BUF->dipaddr.u8[2], BUF->dipaddr.u8[3], - uip_hostaddr.u8[0], uip_hostaddr.u8[1], - uip_hostaddr.u8[2], uip_hostaddr.u8[3]); - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) { - /* First, we register the one who made the request in our ARP - table, since it is likely that we will do more communication - with this host in the future. */ - uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr); - - BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REPLY); - - memcpy(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, BUF->shwaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 6); - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &BUF->sipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP); - uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr); - } - break; - case HTONS(ARP_REPLY): - /* ARP reply. We insert or update the ARP table if it was meant - for us. */ - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) { - uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr); - } - break; - } - - return; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Prepend Ethernet header to an outbound IP packet and see if we need - * to send out an ARP request. - * - * This function should be called before sending out an IP packet. The - * function checks the destination IP address of the IP packet to see - * what Ethernet MAC address that should be used as a destination MAC - * address on the Ethernet. - * - * If the destination IP address is in the local network (determined - * by logical ANDing of netmask and our IP address), the function - * checks the ARP cache to see if an entry for the destination IP - * address is found. If so, an Ethernet header is prepended and the - * function returns. If no ARP cache entry is found for the - * destination IP address, the packet in the uip_buf[] is replaced by - * an ARP request packet for the IP address. The IP packet is dropped - * and it is assumed that they higher level protocols (e.g., TCP) - * eventually will retransmit the dropped packet. - * - * If the destination IP address is not on the local network, the IP - * address of the default router is used instead. - * - * When the function returns, a packet is present in the uip_buf[] - * buffer, and the length of the packet is in the global variable - * uip_len. - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_out(void) -{ - struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL; - - /* Find the destination IP address in the ARP table and construct - the Ethernet header. If the destination IP address isn't on the - local network, we use the default router's IP address instead. - - If not ARP table entry is found, we overwrite the original IP - packet with an ARP request for the IP address. */ - - /* First check if destination is a local broadcast. */ - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr)) { - memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, broadcast_ethaddr.addr, 6); - } else { - /* Check if the destination address is on the local network. */ - if(!uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr, &uip_netmask)) { - /* Destination address was not on the local network, so we need to - use the default router's IP address instead of the destination - address when determining the MAC address. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &uip_draddr); - } else { - /* Else, we use the destination IP address. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &IPBUF->destipaddr); - } - - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) { - break; - } - } - - if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) { - /* The destination address was not in our ARP table, so we - overwrite the IP packet with an ARP request. */ - - memset(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, 0xff, 6); - memset(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 0x00, 6); - memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &ipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REQUEST); /* ARP request. */ - BUF->hwtype = HTONS(ARP_HWTYPE_ETH); - BUF->protocol = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP); - BUF->hwlen = 6; - BUF->protolen = 4; - BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP); - - uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN]; - - uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr); - return; - } - - /* Build an ethernet header. */ - memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, tabptr->ethaddr.addr, 6); - } - memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - - IPBUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP); - - uip_len += sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @} */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e78ce7b7..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \addtogroup uiparp - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * Macros and definitions for the ARP module. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - */ - - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip_arp.h,v 1.2 2006/08/26 23:58:45 oliverschmidt Exp $ - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIP_ARP_H__ -#define __UIP_ARP_H__ - -#include "uip.h" - - -extern struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr; - -/** - * The Ethernet header. - */ -struct uip_eth_hdr { - struct uip_eth_addr dest; - struct uip_eth_addr src; - u16_t type; -}; - -#define UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806 -#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP 0x0800 -#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IPV6 0x86dd - - -/* The uip_arp_init() function must be called before any of the other - ARP functions. */ -void uip_arp_init(void); - -/* The uip_arp_ipin() function should be called whenever an IP packet - arrives from the Ethernet. This function refreshes the ARP table or - inserts a new mapping if none exists. The function assumes that an - IP packet with an Ethernet header is present in the uip_buf buffer - and that the length of the packet is in the uip_len variable. */ -/*void uip_arp_ipin(void);*/ -#define uip_arp_ipin() - -/* The uip_arp_arpin() should be called when an ARP packet is received - by the Ethernet driver. This function also assumes that the - Ethernet frame is present in the uip_buf buffer. When the - uip_arp_arpin() function returns, the contents of the uip_buf - buffer should be sent out on the Ethernet if the uip_len variable - is > 0. */ -void uip_arp_arpin(void); - -/* The uip_arp_out() function should be called when an IP packet - should be sent out on the Ethernet. This function creates an - Ethernet header before the IP header in the uip_buf buffer. The - Ethernet header will have the correct Ethernet MAC destination - address filled in if an ARP table entry for the destination IP - address (or the IP address of the default router) is present. If no - such table entry is found, the IP packet is overwritten with an ARP - request and we rely on TCP to retransmit the packet that was - overwritten. In any case, the uip_len variable holds the length of - the Ethernet frame that should be transmitted. */ -void uip_arp_out(void); - -/* The uip_arp_timer() function should be called every ten seconds. It - is responsible for flushing old entries in the ARP table. */ -void uip_arp_timer(void); - -/** @} */ - -/** - * \addtogroup uipconffunc - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * Specifiy the Ethernet MAC address. - * - * The ARP code needs to know the MAC address of the Ethernet card in - * order to be able to respond to ARP queries and to generate working - * Ethernet headers. - * - * \note This macro only specifies the Ethernet MAC address to the ARP - * code. It cannot be used to change the MAC address of the Ethernet - * card. - * - * \param eaddr A pointer to a struct uip_eth_addr containing the - * Ethernet MAC address of the Ethernet card. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_setethaddr(eaddr) do {uip_ethaddr.addr[0] = eaddr.addr[0]; \ - uip_ethaddr.addr[1] = eaddr.addr[1];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[2] = eaddr.addr[2];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[3] = eaddr.addr[3];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[4] = eaddr.addr[4];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[5] = eaddr.addr[5];} while(0) - -/** @} */ - - -#endif /* __UIP_ARP_H__ */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 520c03f25..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,740 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipopt Configuration options for uIP - * @{ - * - * uIP is configured using the per-project configuration file - * "uipopt.h". This file contains all compile-time options for uIP and - * should be tweaked to match each specific project. The uIP - * distribution contains a documented example "uipopt.h" that can be - * copied and modified for each project. - */ - -/** - * \file - * Configuration options for uIP. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - * - * This file is used for tweaking various configuration options for - * uIP. You should make a copy of this file into one of your project's - * directories instead of editing this example "uipopt.h" file that - * comes with the uIP distribution. - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uipopt.h,v 1.11 2009/04/10 00:37:48 adamdunkels Exp $ - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__ -#define __UIPOPT_H__ - -#include "Config/AppConfig.h" - -#ifndef UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN -#define UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3412 -#endif /* UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN */ -#ifndef UIP_BIG_ENDIAN -#define UIP_BIG_ENDIAN 1234 -#endif /* UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptstaticconf Static configuration options - * @{ - * - * These configuration options can be used for setting the IP address - * settings statically, but only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is set to 1. The - * configuration options for a specific node includes IP address, - * netmask and default router as well as the Ethernet address. The - * netmask, default router and Ethernet address are applicable only - * if uIP should be run over Ethernet. - * - * This options are meaningful only for the IPv4 code. - * - * All of these should be changed to suit your project. - */ - -/** - * Determines if uIP should use a fixed IP address or not. - * - * If uIP should use a fixed IP address, the settings are set in the - * uipopt.h file. If not, the macros uip_sethostaddr(), - * uip_setdraddr() and uip_setnetmask() should be used instead. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define UIP_FIXEDADDR 0 - -/** - * Ping IP address assignment. - * - * uIP uses a "ping" packets for setting its own IP address if this - * option is set. If so, uIP will start with an empty IP address and - * the destination IP address of the first incoming "ping" (ICMP echo) - * packet will be used for setting the hosts IP address. - * - * \note This works only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is 0. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF -#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF -#else /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */ -#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF 0 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */ - - -/** - * Specifies if the uIP ARP module should be compiled with a fixed - * Ethernet MAC address or not. - * - * If this configuration option is 0, the macro uip_setethaddr() can - * be used to specify the Ethernet address at run-time. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define UIP_FIXEDETHADDR 0 - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptip IP configuration options - * @{ - * - */ -/** - * The IP TTL (time to live) of IP packets sent by uIP. - * - * This should normally not be changed. - */ -#define UIP_TTL 64 - -/** - * The maximum time an IP fragment should wait in the reassembly - * buffer before it is dropped. - * - */ -#define UIP_REASS_MAXAGE 60 /*60s*/ - -/** - * Turn on support for IP packet reassembly. - * - * uIP supports reassembly of fragmented IP packets. This features - * requires an additional amount of RAM to hold the reassembly buffer - * and the reassembly code size is approximately 700 bytes. The - * reassembly buffer is of the same size as the uip_buf buffer - * (configured by UIP_BUFSIZE). - * - * \note IP packet reassembly is not heavily tested. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY -#define UIP_REASSEMBLY UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY -#else /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */ -#define UIP_REASSEMBLY 0 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */ -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptipv6 IPv6 configuration options - * @{ - * - */ - -/** The maximum transmission unit at the IP Layer*/ -#define UIP_LINK_MTU 1280 - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** Do we use IPv6 or not (default: no) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6 0 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT -/** Do we do per %neighbor queuing during address resolution (default: no) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT 0 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS -/** Do we do IPv6 consistency checks (highly recommended, default: yes) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS 1 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY -/** Do we do IPv6 fragmentation (default: no) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY 0 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES -/** Default number of IPv6 addresses associated to the node's interface */ -#define UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES 3 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES -/** Default number of IPv6 prefixes associated to the node's interface */ -#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES 3 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS -/** Default number of neighbors that can be stored in the %neighbor cache */ -#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS 4 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS -/** Minimum number of default routers */ -#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS 2 -#endif -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptudp UDP configuration options - * @{ - * - * \note The UDP support in uIP is still not entirely complete; there - * is no support for sending or receiving broadcast or multicast - * packets, but it works well enough to support a number of vital - * applications such as DNS queries, though - */ - -/** - * Toggles whether UDP support should be compiled in or not. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP -#define UIP_UDP UIP_CONF_UDP -#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP */ -#define UIP_UDP 1 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP */ - -/** - * Toggles if UDP checksums should be used or not. - * - * \note Support for UDP checksums is currently not included in uIP, - * so this option has no function. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS -#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS -#else -#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 0 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum amount of concurrent UDP connections. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS -#define UIP_UDP_CONNS UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS -#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */ -#define UIP_UDP_CONNS 10 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */ - -/** - * The name of the function that should be called when UDP datagrams arrive. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ - - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipopttcp TCP configuration options - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Toggles whether TCP support should be compiled in or not. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP -#define UIP_TCP UIP_CONF_TCP -#else /* UIP_CONF_TCP */ -#define UIP_TCP 1 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_TCP */ - -/** - * Determines if support for opening connections from uIP should be - * compiled in. - * - * If the applications that are running on top of uIP for this project - * do not need to open outgoing TCP connections, this configuration - * option can be turned off to reduce the code size of uIP. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN -#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN 1 -#else /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */ -#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN -#endif /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - -/** - * The maximum number of simultaneously open TCP connections. - * - * Since the TCP connections are statically allocated, turning this - * configuration knob down results in less RAM used. Each TCP - * connection requires approximately 30 bytes of memory. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS -#define UIP_CONNS 10 -#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */ -#define UIP_CONNS UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS -#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */ - - -/** - * The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP ports. - * - * Each listening TCP port requires 2 bytes of memory. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS -#define UIP_LISTENPORTS 20 -#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */ -#define UIP_LISTENPORTS UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS -#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */ - -/** - * Determines if support for TCP urgent data notification should be - * compiled in. - * - * Urgent data (out-of-band data) is a rarely used TCP feature that - * very seldom would be required. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if !defined(UIP_URGDATA) -#define UIP_URGDATA 0 -#endif - -/** - * The initial retransmission timeout counted in timer pulses. - * - * This should not be changed. - */ -#if !defined(UIP_RTO) -#define UIP_RTO 3 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum number of times a segment should be retransmitted - * before the connection should be aborted. - * - * This should not be changed. - */ -#if !defined(UIP_MAXRTX) -#define UIP_MAXRTX 8 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum number of times a SYN segment should be retransmitted - * before a connection request should be deemed to have been - * unsuccessful. - * - * This should not need to be changed. - */ -#if !defined(UIP_MAXSYNRTX) -#define UIP_MAXSYNRTX 5 -#endif - -/** - * The TCP maximum segment size. - * - * This is should not be to set to more than - * UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN. - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS -#define UIP_TCP_MSS UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS -#else -#define UIP_TCP_MSS (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) -#endif - -/** - * The size of the advertised receiver's window. - * - * Should be set low (i.e., to the size of the uip_buf buffer) if the - * application is slow to process incoming data, or high (32768 bytes) - * if the application processes data quickly. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW -#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_TCP_MSS -#else -#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW -#endif - -/** - * How long a connection should stay in the TIME_WAIT state. - * - * This configuration option has no real implication, and it should be - * left untouched. - */ -#define UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT 120 - - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptarp ARP configuration options - * @{ - */ - -/** - * The size of the ARP table. - * - * This option should be set to a larger value if this uIP node will - * have many connections from the local network. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE -#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE -#else -#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE 8 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum age of ARP table entries measured in 10ths of seconds. - * - * An UIP_ARP_MAXAGE of 120 corresponds to 20 minutes (BSD - * default). - */ -#define UIP_ARP_MAXAGE 120 - - -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptmac layer 2 options (for ipv6) - * @{ - */ - -#define UIP_DEFAULT_PREFIX_LEN 64 - -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptsics 6lowpan options (for ipv6) - * @{ - */ -/** - * Timeout for packet reassembly at the 6lowpan layer - * (should be < 60s) - */ -#ifdef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE -#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE -#else -#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE 20 -#endif - -/** - * Do we compress the IP header or not (default: no) - */ -#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION -#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION 0 -#endif - -/** - * If we use IPHC compression, how many address contexts do we support - */ -#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS -#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS 1 -#endif - -/** - * Do we support 6lowpan fragmentation - */ -#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG -#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG 0 -#endif - -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptgeneral General configuration options - * @{ - */ - -/** - * The size of the uIP packet buffer. - * - * The uIP packet buffer should not be smaller than 60 bytes, and does - * not need to be larger than 1514 bytes. Lower size results in lower - * TCP throughput, larger size results in higher TCP throughput. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE -#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_LINK_MTU + UIP_LLH_LEN -#else /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */ -#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE -#endif /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */ - - -/** - * Determines if statistics support should be compiled in. - * - * The statistics is useful for debugging and to show the user. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_STATISTICS -#define UIP_STATISTICS 0 -#else /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */ -#define UIP_STATISTICS UIP_CONF_STATISTICS -#endif /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */ - -/** - * Determines if logging of certain events should be compiled in. - * - * This is useful mostly for debugging. The function uip_log() - * must be implemented to suit the architecture of the project, if - * logging is turned on. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_LOGGING -#define UIP_LOGGING 0 -#else /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */ -#define UIP_LOGGING UIP_CONF_LOGGING -#endif /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */ - -/** - * Broadcast support. - * - * This flag configures IP broadcast support. This is useful only - * together with UDP. - * - * \hideinitializer - * - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_BROADCAST -#define UIP_BROADCAST 0 -#else /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */ -#define UIP_BROADCAST UIP_CONF_BROADCAST -#endif /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */ - -/** - * Print out a uIP log message. - * - * This function must be implemented by the module that uses uIP, and - * is called by uIP whenever a log message is generated. - */ -void uip_log(char *msg); - -/** - * The link level header length. - * - * This is the offset into the uip_buf where the IP header can be - * found. For Ethernet, this should be set to 14. For SLIP, this - * should be set to 0. - * - * \note we probably won't use this constant for other link layers than - * ethernet as they have variable header length (this is due to variable - * number and type of address fields and to optional security features) - * E.g.: 802.15.4 -> 2 + (1/2*4/8) + 0/5/6/10/14 - * 802.11 -> 4 + (6*3/4) + 2 - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN -#define UIP_LLH_LEN UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN -#else /* UIP_LLH_LEN */ -#define UIP_LLH_LEN 14 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN */ - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptcpu CPU architecture configuration - * @{ - * - * The CPU architecture configuration is where the endianess of the - * CPU on which uIP is to be run is specified. Most CPUs today are - * little endian, and the most notable exception are the Motorolas - * which are big endian. The BYTE_ORDER macro should be changed to - * reflect the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run. - */ - -/** - * The byte order of the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run. - * - * This option can be either UIP_BIG_ENDIAN (Motorola byte order) or - * UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN (Intel byte order). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER -#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER -#else /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */ -#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN -#endif /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */ - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include <ff.h> -#include <stdbool.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#include "timer.h" - -typedef uint8_t u8_t; -typedef uint16_t u16_t; -typedef uint32_t u32_t; -typedef uint32_t uip_stats_t; - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptapp Application specific configurations - * @{ - * - * An uIP application is implemented using a single application - * function that is called by uIP whenever a TCP/IP event occurs. The - * name of this function must be registered with uIP at compile time - * using the UIP_APPCALL definition. - * - * uIP applications can store the application state within the - * uip_conn structure by specifying the type of the application - * structure by typedef:ing the type uip_tcp_appstate_t and uip_udp_appstate_t. - * - * The file containing the definitions must be included in the - * uipopt.h file. - * - * The following example illustrates how this can look. - \code - - void httpd_appcall(void); - #define UIP_APPCALL httpd_appcall - - struct httpd_state { - u8_t state; - u16_t count; - char *dataptr; - char *script; - }; - typedef struct httpd_state uip_tcp_appstate_t - \endcode -*/ -#define UIP_UDP_APPCALL uIPManagement_UDPCallback -void UIP_UDP_APPCALL(void); - -/** - * \var #define UIP_APPCALL - * - * The name of the application function that uIP should call in - * response to TCP/IP events. - * - */ -#define UIP_APPCALL uIPManagement_TCPCallback -void UIP_APPCALL(void); - -/** - * \var typedef uip_tcp_appstate_t - * - * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the - * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding - * application state information. - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint8_t CurrentState; - uint8_t NextState; - - char FileName[MAX_URI_LENGTH]; - FIL FileHandle; - bool FileOpen; - uint32_t ACKedFilePos; - uint16_t SentChunkSize; - } HTTPServer; - - struct - { - uint8_t CurrentState; - uint8_t NextState; - - uint8_t IssuedCommand; - } TELNETServer; -} uip_tcp_appstate_t; - -/** - * \var typedef uip_udp_appstate_t - * - * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the - * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding - * application state information. - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint8_t CurrentState; - struct timer Timeout; - - struct - { - uint8_t AllocatedIP[4]; - uint8_t Netmask[4]; - uint8_t GatewayIP[4]; - uint8_t ServerIP[4]; - } DHCPOffer_Data; - } DHCPClient; -} uip_udp_appstate_t; -/** @} */ - -#endif /* __UIPOPT_H__ */ -/** @} */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c deleted file mode 100644 index b2c6b3909..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Mode management functions and variables. This file contains the LUFA code required to - * manage the USB Mass Storage device mode. - */ - -#include "USBDeviceMode.h" - -/** Message buffer for RNDIS messages processed by the RNDIS device class driver. */ -static uint8_t RNDIS_Message_Buffer[192]; - -/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device = - { - .Config = - { - .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .AdapterVendorDescription = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter", - .AdapterMACAddress = {{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}}, - .MessageBuffer = RNDIS_Message_Buffer, - .MessageBufferLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Buffer), - }, - }; - -/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, - .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, - .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .TotalLUNs = 1, - }, - }; - - -/** USB device mode management task. This function manages the Mass Storage Device class driver when the device is - * initialized in USB device mode. - */ -void USBDeviceMode_USBTask(void) -{ - if (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Device) - return; - - uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(); - - RNDIS_Device_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device); - MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - uIPManagement_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - ConfigSuccess &= RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device); - ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device); - MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface); -} - -/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo); - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - - return CommandSuccess; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h deleted file mode 100644 index fe584e564..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for USBDeviceMode.c. - */ - -#ifndef _USBDEVICEMODE_H_ -#define _USBDEVICEMODE_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "Webserver.h" - #include "Descriptors.h" - #include "Lib/uIPManagement.h" - #include "Lib/SCSI.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* External Variables: */ - extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void USBDeviceMode_USBTask(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - - bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c deleted file mode 100644 index f4179e5ef..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Host Mode management functions and variables. This file contains the LUFA code required to - * manage the USB RNDIS host mode. - */ - -#include "USBHostMode.h" - -/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host = - { - .Config = - { - .DataINPipe = - { - .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1), - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTPipe = - { - .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2), - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationPipe = - { - .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3), - .Banks = 1, - }, - .HostMaxPacketSize = UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE, - }, - }; - - -/** USB host mode management task. This function manages the RNDIS Host class driver and uIP stack when the device is - * initialized in USB host mode. - */ -void USBHostMode_USBTask(void) -{ - if (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host) - return; - - uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(); - - RNDIS_Host_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); - - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512]; - - if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData, - sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - if (RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, - ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - return; - } - - if (RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0); - return; - } - - uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST); - if (RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER, - &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0); - return; - } - - if (RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS, - &MACAddress, sizeof(MACAddress)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0); - return; - } - - /* Initialize uIP stack */ - uIPManagement_Init(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_Disable(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h deleted file mode 100644 index be4eddbbb..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for USBHostMode.c. - */ - -#ifndef _USBHOSTMODE_H_ -#define _USBHOSTMODE_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "Webserver.h" - #include "Lib/uIPManagement.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* External Variables: */ - extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void USBHostMode_USBTask(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, - const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c deleted file mode 100644 index caa372b94..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the Webserver project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "Webserver.h" - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host) - USBHostMode_USBTask(); - else - USBDeviceMode_USBTask(); - - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - Dataflash_Init(); - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5879ff3ec..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Webserver.c. - */ - -#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_ -#define _WEBSERVER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - #include "USBDeviceMode.h" - #include "USBHostMode.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_LED2 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 10aa71652..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage uIP Powered Webserver Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Dual Mode Host/Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n - * Mass Storage Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard) \n - * Bulk-Only Transport</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification \n - * USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n - * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n - * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n - * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * Simple HTTP webserver project. This project combines the LUFA library with the uIP TCP/IP full network stack and FatFS - * library to create a RNDIS host capable of serving out HTTP web pages to multiple hosts simultaneously. This project - * demonstrates how the libraries can be combined into a robust network enabled application, with the addition of a RNDIS - * network device. - * - * To use this project, plug the USB AVR into a computer, so that it enumerates as a standard Mass Storage and RNDIS composite - * device. Load HTML files onto the disk, so that they can be served out to clients -- the default file to serve should be called - * <i>index.htm</i>. Filenames must be in 8.3 format for them to be retrieved correctly by the webserver, and the total - * requested file path must be equal to or less than the maximum URI length (\see \ref Sec_Options). Supply the included INF - * file when requested on Windows machines to enable the RNDIS interface, and allow the files to be viewed on a standard web-browser - * using the IP address 10.0.0.2. - * - * When attached to a RNDIS class device, such as a USB (desktop) modem, the system will enumerate the device, set the - * appropriate parameters needed for connectivity and begin listening for new HTTP connections on port 80 and TELNET - * connections on port 23. The device IP, netmask and default gateway IP must be set to values appropriate for the RNDIS - * device being used for this project to work if the DHCP client is disabled (see \ref Sec_Options) - otherwise, the device - * will query the network's DHCP server for these parameters automatically. - * - * When properly configured, the webserver can be accessed from any HTTP web browser by typing in the device's statically or - * dynamically allocated IP address. The TELNET client can be accessed via any network socket app by connecting to the device - * on port 23 on the device's statically or dynamically allocated IP address. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>When defined, this enables the TELNET server in addition to the HTTP webserver, which listens for incoming connections - * and processes user commands.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP client for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings from a DHCP server.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP server for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings to a DHCP client.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>IP address that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>DEVICE_NETMASK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Netmask that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>DEVICE_GATEWAY</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Default routing gateway that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT - * is not defined).</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MAX_URI_LENGTH</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Maximum length of a URI for the Webserver. This is the maximum file path, including subdirectories and separators.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>MAC address of the server used when sending Ethernet packets onto the bus.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ea6b4c66f..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="RNDIS Webserver" id="lufa.projects.webserver.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.webserver"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.webserver" caption="RNDIS Webserver">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- RNDIS Webserver project, using the open source uIP network stack.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Dual Role"/>
- <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
- <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Webserver.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Webserver.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="USBDeviceMode.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="USBHostMode.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Webserver.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="USBDeviceMode.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="USBHostMode.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPClientApp.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPClientApp.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPCommon.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPCommon.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPServerApp.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPServerApp.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/HTTPServerApp.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/HTTPServerApp.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TELNETServerApp.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TELNETServerApp.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uIPManagement.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uIPManagement.h"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="Lib/uip/"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/clock.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/clock.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/timer.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/timer.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip_arp.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip_arp.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip-split.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip-split.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uipopt.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index 419cf11fd..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2365 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - uIP Powered Webserver Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */uip/* \ - */FATFs/* - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2a7bb37a4..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = Webserver -SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c USBDeviceMode.c USBHostMode.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/DataflashManager.c \ - Lib/uIPManagement.c Lib/DHCPCommon.c Lib/DHCPClientApp.c Lib/DHCPServerApp.c Lib/HTTPServerApp.c \ - Lib/TELNETServerApp.c Lib/uip/uip.c Lib/uip/uip_arp.c Lib/uip/timer.c Lib/uip/clock.c \ - Lib/uip/uip-split.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -ILib/uip/ -ILib/FATFs/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7163fc9c0..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB - #define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB - #define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB - #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4) - -// #define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - - #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2 - #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 3.3 - #define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 2 -// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF -// #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT -// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE -// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO - -// #define LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT -// #define RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT -// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11 - -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index ec38aa647..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT - #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS -// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT - #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP - #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 45840e8bf..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -;************************************************************ -; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation -;************************************************************ - -[DefaultInstall] -CopyINF="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf" - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Ports -ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 - -[SourceDisksNames] - -[SourceDisksFiles] - -[DestinationDirs] -DefaultDestDir=12 - -[DriverInstall] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection -AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg - -[DriverInstall.Services] -Include=mdmcpq.inf -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst - -[DriverInstall.AddReg] -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -[DeviceList.NTx86] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -[DeviceList.NTia64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" -DESCRIPTION="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0290ca204..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 David Prentice (david.prentice [at] farming [dot] uk) - Copyright 2010 Peter Danneger - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Software UART for both data transmission and reception. This - * code continuously monitors the ring buffers set up by the main - * project source file and reads/writes data as it becomes available. - */ - -#include "SoftUART.h" - -/** Total number of bits remaining to be sent in the current frame */ -static uint8_t TX_BitsRemaining; - -/** Temporary data variable to hold the byte being transmitted as it is shifted out */ -static uint8_t TX_Data; - -/** Total number of bits remaining to be received in the current frame */ -static uint8_t RX_BitsRemaining; - -/** Temporary data variable to hold the byte being received as it is shifted in */ -static uint8_t RX_Data; - - -/** Initializes the software UART, ready for data transmission and reception into the global ring buffers. */ -void SoftUART_Init(void) -{ - /* Set TX pin to output high, enable RX pull-up */ - STXPORT |= (1 << STX); - STXDDR |= (1 << STX); - SRXPORT |= (1 << SRX); - - /* Enable INT0 for the detection of incoming start bits that signal the start of a byte */ - EICRA = (1 << ISC01); - EIMSK = (1 << INT0); - - /* Set the transmission and reception timer compare values for the default baud rate */ - SoftUART_SetBaud(9600); - - /* Setup reception timer compare ISR */ - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); - - /* Setup transmission timer compare ISR and start the timer */ - TIMSK3 = (1 << OCIE3A); - TCCR3B = ((1 << CS30) | (1 << WGM32)); -} - -/** ISR to detect the start of a bit being sent to the software UART. */ -ISR(INT0_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Reset the number of reception bits remaining counter */ - RX_BitsRemaining = 8; - - /* Reset the bit reception timer to -(1/2) of the total bit time, so that the first data bit is - * sampled mid way through the total bit time, making reception more robust. - */ - TCNT1 = -(OCR1A >> 1); - - /* Check to see that the pin is still low (prevents glitches from starting a frame reception) */ - if (!(SRXPIN & (1 << SRX))) - { - /* Disable start bit detection ISR while the next byte is received */ - EIMSK = 0; - - /* Start the reception timer */ - TCCR1B = ((1 << CS10) | (1 << WGM12)); - } -} - -/** ISR to manage the reception of bits to the software UART. */ -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Cache the current RX pin value for later checking */ - uint8_t SRX_Cached = (SRXPIN & (1 << SRX)); - - /* Check if reception has finished */ - if (RX_BitsRemaining) - { - /* Shift the current received bit mask to the next bit position */ - RX_Data >>= 1; - RX_BitsRemaining--; - - /* Store next bit into the received data variable */ - if (SRX_Cached) - RX_Data |= (1 << 7); - } - else - { - /* Disable the reception timer as all data has now been received, re-enable start bit detection ISR */ - TCCR1B = 0; - EIFR = (1 << INTF0); - EIMSK = (1 << INT0); - - /* Reception complete, store the received byte if stop bit valid */ - if (SRX_Cached) - RingBuffer_Insert(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer, RX_Data); - } -} - -/** ISR to manage the transmission of bits via the software UART. */ -ISR(TIMER3_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Check if transmission has finished */ - if (TX_BitsRemaining) - { - /* Set the TX line to the value of the next bit in the byte to send */ - if (TX_Data & (1 << 0)) - STXPORT &= ~(1 << STX); - else - STXPORT |= (1 << STX); - - /* Shift the transmission byte to move the next bit into position and decrement the bits remaining counter */ - TX_Data >>= 1; - TX_BitsRemaining--; - } - else if (!(RX_BitsRemaining) && !(RingBuffer_IsEmpty(&USBtoUART_Buffer))) - { - /* Start bit - TX line low */ - STXPORT &= ~(1 << STX); - - /* Transmission complete, get the next byte to send (if available) */ - TX_Data = ~RingBuffer_Remove(&USBtoUART_Buffer); - TX_BitsRemaining = 9; - } -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h deleted file mode 100644 index 59a2d9c29..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2010 David Prentice (david.prentice [at] farming [dot] uk) - Copyright 2010 Peter Danneger - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for SoftUART.c. - */ - -#ifndef _SOFT_UART_ -#define _SOFT_UART_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include "../XPLAINBridge.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - #define SRX PD0 - #define SRXPIN PIND - #define SRXPORT PORTD - - #define STX PD1 - #define STXPORT PORTD - #define STXDDR DDRD - - /* Inline Functions: */ - static inline void SoftUART_SetBaud(const uint32_t Baud) - { - uint16_t BitTime = ((F_CPU / Baud) - 1); - - OCR1A = BitTime; - OCR3A = BitTime; - } - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SoftUART_Init(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index 439a5f58e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "USARTDescriptors.h" - - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM USART_DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x204B, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = USART_STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM USART_ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CDC_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Header = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, - - .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - }, - - .CDC_Functional_ACM = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, - - .Capabilities = 0x06, - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, - .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, - - .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - }, - - .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, - .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, - .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - }, - - .CDC_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA XPLAIN Bridge"); - -/** Descriptor retrieval function for the USART Bridge descriptors. This function is in turn called by the GetDescriptor - * callback function in the main source file, to retrieve the device's descriptors when in USART bridge mode. - */ -uint16_t USART_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - *DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_FLASH; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &USART_DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &USART_ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case USART_STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &USART_LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&USART_LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &USART_ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&USART_ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case USART_STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &USART_ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&USART_ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index c77931cf9..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for USARTDescriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _USART_DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _USART_DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) - - /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // CDC Control Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; - USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; - - // CDC Data Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint; - } USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum USART_InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ - INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum USART_StringDescriptors_t - { - USART_STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - USART_STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t USART_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7c24c973e..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the XPLAINBridge project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "XPLAINBridge.h" - -/** Current firmware mode, making the device behave as either a programmer or a USART bridge */ -bool CurrentFirmwareMode = MODE_USART_BRIDGE; - -/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is - * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class - * within a device can be differentiated from one another. - */ -USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface = - { - .Config = - { - .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, - .DataINEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .DataOUTEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - .NotificationEndpoint = - { - .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, - .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .Banks = 1, - }, - }, - }; - -/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the device via the serial port. */ -RingBuffer_t USBtoUART_Buffer; - -/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USBtoUART_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */ -static uint8_t USBtoUART_Buffer_Data[128]; - -/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */ -RingBuffer_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer; - -/** Underlying data buffer for \ref UARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */ -static uint8_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128]; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE) - UARTBridge_Task(); - else - AVRISP_Task(); - - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -void AVRISP_Task(void) -{ - /* Must be in the configured state for the AVRISP code to process data */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - - V2Params_UpdateParamValues(); - - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR); - - /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */ - if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY); - - /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */ - V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - } -} - -void UARTBridge_Task(void) -{ - /* Must be in the configured state for the USART Bridge code to process data */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - - /* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */ - if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USBtoUART_Buffer))) - { - int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - /* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the UART transmit buffer */ - if (!(ReceivedByte < 0)) - RingBuffer_Insert(&USBtoUART_Buffer, ReceivedByte); - } - - /* Check if the UART receive buffer flush timer has expired or buffer is nearly full */ - uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer); - if ((TIFR0 & (1 << TOV0)) || (BufferCount > 200)) - { - /* Clear flush timer expiry flag */ - TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0); - - /* Read bytes from the USART receive buffer into the USB IN endpoint */ - while (BufferCount--) - { - /* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */ - if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, - RingBuffer_Peek(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError) - { - break; - } - - /* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */ - RingBuffer_Remove(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer); - } - } - - CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Disable JTAG debugging */ - MCUCR |= (1 << JTD); - MCUCR |= (1 << JTD); - - /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TDI pin so we can use it to select the mode */ - PORTF |= (1 << 7); - Delay_MS(10); - - /* Select the firmware mode based on the JTD pin's value */ - CurrentFirmwareMode = (PINF & (1 << 7)) ? MODE_USART_BRIDGE : MODE_PDI_PROGRAMMER; - - /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */ - MCUCR &= ~(1 << JTD); - MCUCR &= ~(1 << JTD); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SoftUART_Init(); - LEDs_Init(); - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode(); - #endif - - /* USB Stack Initialization */ - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - /* Configure the device endpoints according to the selected mode */ - if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE) - { - ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); - - /* Configure the UART flush timer - run at Fcpu/1024 for maximum interval before overflow */ - TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00)); - - /* Initialize ring buffers used to hold serial data between USB and software UART interfaces */ - RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USBtoUART_Buffer, USBtoUART_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USBtoUART_Buffer_Data)); - RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer, UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data)); - - /* Start the software USART */ - SoftUART_Init(); - } - else - { - ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1); - - if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK)) - ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1); - - /* Configure the V2 protocol packet handler */ - V2Protocol_Init(); - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) -{ - if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE) - CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event. - * - * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced - */ -void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Change the software UART's baud rate to match the new baud rate */ - SoftUART_SetBaud(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS); -} - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - * - * \param[in] wValue Descriptor type and index to retrieve - * \param[in] wIndex Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language) - * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Address of the retrieved descriptor - * \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace Memory space that the descriptor is stored in - * - * \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace) -{ - /* Return the correct descriptors based on the selected mode */ - if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE) - return USART_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress, DescriptorMemorySpace); - else - return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress, DescriptorMemorySpace); -} - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73da4d2ff..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XPLAINBridge.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XPLAIN_BRIDGE_H_ -#define _XPLAIN_BRIDGE_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - - #include "USARTDescriptors.h" - - #include "AVRISPDescriptors.h" - #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h" - #include "Lib/SoftUART.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_NO_LEDS - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_BUSY LEDS_LED1 - - /** Firmware mode define for the USART Bridge mode. */ - #define MODE_USART_BRIDGE false - - /** Firmware mode define for the AVRISP Programmer mode. */ - #define MODE_PDI_PROGRAMMER true - - /* External Variables: */ - extern bool CurrentFirmwareMode; - extern RingBuffer_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer; - extern RingBuffer_t USBtoUART_Buffer; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void AVRISP_Task(void); - void UARTBridge_Task(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - - void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo); - - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint8_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress, - uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4); - -#endif - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 45557ef97..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage XPLAIN UART Bridge/PDI Programmer Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li AT90USB1287 - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>1) Device</td> - * <td>2) Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>1) Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> - * <td>2) Vendor Specific Class</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>1) Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> - * <td>2) N/A</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>1) USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> - * <td>2) Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>1) Full Speed Mode</td> - * <td>2) Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description: - * - * This project serves a dual purpose. When loaded into the USB AVR on the XPLAIN board, it will act as either a USB to Serial - * converter for the XPLAIN's hardware USART (at a speed of 9600 baud), or an AVRStudio compatible PDI programmer for the XMEGA. - * This project replaces the firmware preloaded onto the XPLAIN's onboard AT90USB1287 microcontroller. - * - * When power to the board is applied, the TDI pin (pin 9) of the USB AVR's JTAG port is read. If the pin is left high, the device - * will enumerate as a regular COM port on the host, which can then be opened and data exchanged between the XMEGA and Host as if - * the XMEGA was connected directly to the host's serial port. If the pin is pulled low by shorting it to GND (pin 10), the device - * will enumerate as an AVRISP-MKII to the host, so that the XMEGA can be reprogrammed by AVRStudio or other compatible software - * such as avrdude by connecting to the board as if it was an Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. - * - * After running this project in serial bridge mode for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file - * located in this project project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use - * its inbuilt CDC virtual serial drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should - * automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers. - * - * In serial bridge mode, the UART baud rate can be altered through the host terminal software to select a new baud rate - the default - * baud is 9600. Note that parity, data bits and stop bits are fixed at none, eight and one respectively can cannot be altered. Changes - * to the connection's parity, data bits or stop bits are ignored by the firmware. As the serial link between the controllers on the - * XPLAIN is software emulated by the USB AVR, not all baud rates will work correctly. - * - * This project relies on files from the LUFA AVRISP-MKII project for compilation. - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making - * the code compatible with software such as avrdude (all platforms) that use the libUSB driver. - * - * \note This option is incompatible with \c RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT</td> - * <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td> - * <td>Define to make the /RESET line of the AVR toggle between Jungo and libUSB driver compatibility modes. Each time the AVR is - * reset externally via the reset pin, the compatibility mode will be toggled. The compatibility mode is preserved between - * power cycles and is not toggled via other forms of reset such as Watchdog or Brown Out. - * - * When this option is enabled, all board LEDs will flash twice on startup for Jungo compatibility mode, and five times for - * libUSB compatibility mode. - * - * \note This option is incompatible with \c LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible - * with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7aa2107cc..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="XPLAIN Bridge" id="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge" caption="XPLAIN Bridge">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Bridge firmware for the original (green) XPLAIN board, for programming and USB virtual serial communications.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="XPLAINBridge.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="XPLAINBridge.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="USARTDescriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="XPLAINBridge.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="USARTDescriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SoftUART.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SoftUART.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index f3498adb9..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2364 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.8 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - XPLAIN Serial Bridge/PDI Programmer Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in -# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels -# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo -# to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a -# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be -# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word -# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has -# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the -# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the -# documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list -# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter -# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( -# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( -# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, -# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to -# HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen -# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still -# experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the -# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in -# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 68e0a7088..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -AVRISP_PATH = ../AVRISP-MKII - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = XPLAIN -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = XPLAINBridge -SRC = $(TARGET).c Lib/SoftUART.c USARTDescriptors.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/AVRISPDescriptors.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/V2Protocol.c \ - $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c \ - $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c \ - $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -I$(AVRISP_PATH) -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Since this project borrows files from the AVRISP-MKII project which may also have an -# identical OBJDIR directory, we need to enforce the use of this project's object file -# directory as the one where the build object files are to be stored by pre-pending the -# absolute path of the current project to the OBJDIR variable. -ifneq ($(OBJDIR),) - override OBJDIR:=$(shell pwd)/$(OBJDIR) -endif - -# Include LUFA build script makefiles -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk -include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 6552c5940..000000000 --- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# - -# Makefile to build all the LUFA Projects. Call with "make all" to -# rebuild all projects. - -# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any -# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled -# code. - -PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */) - -# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad -# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if -# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails. -ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10) - $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED) -endif - -# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory -ifeq ($(OBJDIR),) - # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build - ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),) - MAKECMDGOALS := clean all - .NOTPARALLEL: - endif - - # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build - ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),) - MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS) - .NOTPARALLEL: - endif -endif - -%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES) - @echo . > /dev/null - -$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES): - @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS) - -.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES) - |